Bài tập -Tiếng-Anh-10-Lưu-Hoằng-Trí

LƯU HOẰNG TRÍ
(Giáo viên chuyên Anh – Trường THPT Nguyễn Thượng Hiền – TP. HCM)
BÀI TẬP
TIẾNG ANH 10
NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

Lời nói đầu
Các em học sinh thân mến!
Chúng tôi biên soạn “Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 – Không đáp án” dùng kèm với “Tiếng Anh
10” của Nhà xuất bản giáo dục Việt Nam với sự hợp tác của Tập đoàn Xuất bản Giáo dục
Person, dành cho học sinh lớp 10 ở bậc Trung học Phổ thông.
Chúng tôi tập trung biên soạn các dạng bài tập nhằm phát triển năng lực giao tiếp bằng tiếng
Anh thông qua kĩ năng nói, đọc, viết, trong đó có chú ý đến tâm lí lứa tuổi của học sinh lớp 10.
Bài tập dành cho mỗi đơn vị bài học bao gồm:
 Phần A: Phonetics (Ngữ âm)
 Phần B: Vocabulary & Grammar (Từ vựng và ngữ pháp)
 Phần C: Speaking (Nói)
 Phần D: Reading (Đọc)
 Phần E: Writing (Viết)
 Hai bài kiểm tra: Test 1 & Test 2 (mỗi bài kiểm tra gồm 50 câu hỏi với bài tập phát triển
các kĩ năng trên)
Các bài “Test yourself” giúp học sinh tự kiểm tra những nội dung kiến thức, và rèn luyện
các kĩ năng sau mỗi 2 hoặc 3 đơn vị bài học.
Các bài tập trong “Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 – Không đáp án” đa dạng, phong phú, bám sát từ
vựng, ngữ pháp và chủ đề trong sách giáo khoa “Tiếng anh 10” của Nhà xuất bản Giáo dục Việt
Nam và Tập đoàn Xuất bản Giáo dục Person.
Chúng tôi hi vọng rằng “Bài tập Tiếng Anh 10 – Không đáp án” sẽ là một tài liệu tự học
hữu ích cũng như một phương tiện hỗ trợ cho việc rèn luyện, nâng cao trình độ Tiếng Anh cho
học sinh lớp 10.
Mặc dù đã có nhiều cố gắng trong việc biên soạn, song không thể tránh khỏi thiếu sót. Chúng
tôi rất mong nhận được những đóng góp quý báu của các bạn đồng nghiệp và các em học sinh để
cuốn sách hoàn thiện hơn trong lần tái bản sau.
Xin trân trọng cảm ơn!
Tác giả
Unit 1: FAMILY LIFE
A. PHONETICS
I. Write the words in the box into the correct column.
II. Write /tr/, /kr/, and /br/ above the word that has the corresponding consonant cluster
sound. Then, practise reading the sentences.
1. We tried to catch the train to Ha Noi.
2. This morning I felt crazy because the traffic was very heavy with a lot of trucks and the
streets were crowded.
3. My father likes cream in his coffee.
4. My mother buys groceries on credit.
5. My computer crashed while I was trying to create a new directory.
6. My parents are both broad-minded, so they are willing to listen to our own opinions.
7. My brother has brown eyes and broad shoulders.
8. A breathalyser is a device to measure the amount of alcohol in a driver’s breath.
9. I spend two hours browsing the web every day.
10. People feel lonely because they build walls instead of bridges.
B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Fill in each blank with the correct word/phrase from the box.
1. Mr Long has found that his wife receives a great deal of love when he to
chores.
2. In fact, child care seems to have some important for young children.
3. Ho Xuan Huong was a female poet who was of gender inequality.
4. Ties with the family are generally very close.
5. Mothers play a(n) role in the lives of their children and the bond is
very strong.
6. Fathers and mothers who follow have made a conscious decision to
share equally in the raising of their children, household chores, breadwinning, and time for
recreation.
7. Overall, women’s time in domestic work has been declining and we see a slow but
continuing trend of in work time and the domestic division of labour.
8. My mother goes to work too and does everything else including all the ,
laundry, cleaning, and child care.
9. More than one-fourth of American families faced due to medical costs.
10. When your child was young, your role was to and guide him.
II. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.
1. One recent survey found that men’s in the home had increased almost
threefold in the last four decades. (contribute)
2. A mother’s love can be as as breastfeeding. (benefit)
3. In the traditional Japanese family system, the entire estate of the family, and the
assets are transferred from the father to the eldest son. (finance)
4. Mrs White spoke of her husband because he didn’t share anything
with household chores. (criticize)
5. My aunt works hard to support her family because her husband died in a
car accident a year ago. (enormous)
Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 3

6. When we have some trouble in our family, we should have family meetings to work out a
. (solve)
7. The husband is responsible for the family's economic well-being and takes pride in his role as
a . (provide)
8. Parenting can offer children good opportunities for their future. (collaborate)
9. We do our share of housework willingly so that we can follow interests in
our free time. (recreation)
10. Researchers found that an unequal of household chores negatively
affected wives' marital . (divide – satisfy)
III.Match the pictures 1-9 to the phrases, and write the answer in each blank. There are
some extra phrases. Number 1 has been for you.
1 do the cooking
_______ do the ironing
_______ do the washing
_______ do the vacuuming
_______ lay the table
_______ make the bed
_______ tidy your room
_______do the cleaning
_______ do the shopping
_______ do the washing-up
_______ empty the dishwasher
_______ make breakfast/lunch/dinner
_______ take the rubbish out
_______wash the car
IV. Complete the sentences with a verb from the box in the correct form.
1. Why didn’t you your bed this morning?

2. I can’t come out now. I’m the cleaning.
3. Could you the dishwasher and put the things away, please?
4. It’s not fair. I breakfast yesterday. Nam should it today.
5. Look at this bin! Please the rubbish out now.
6. Mum, I’ve my room. Can I go out now?
7. Phong, the table. It’s nearly dinnertime.
8. A: Where’s Dad?
B: He’s the car. He always the car on Sunday morning.
V. Fill the gaps with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Ms Lan is not in the office today. She (work) at home today.
2. “Where (you/come) from?” “I’m Italian - from Rome.’
3. “(you/ speak) French” “Just a little.”
4. Don’t forget your umbrella. It (rain) again.
5. “Can you help me with the dinner?” “Not now. I (watch) TV.”
6. In Viet Nam, children (look) after their old parents.
7. “Hi! What (you/do) here” “I (wait) for a friend.”
8. Can I look at the newspaper now? (you/read) it?
9. Can I phone you back? We (have) dinner.
10. Mr Long (work) in an office every day, but now he (help) his
wife to prepare dinner.

C. READING
I. Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or
not given (NG).
Career of the Year
Fourteen-year-old Ed Bond from London is this year's winner of the Young Career of the
Year Award.
When he’s not at school. Ed looks after his mother, who is disabled and in a wheelchair. He
also looks after his ten-year-old sister. He helps to do the washing and the cooking. ‘Ed’s great,’
says his father. ‘I have to go to work at six in the morning, so Ed has to help his mother a lot. He
doesn’t have to do the housework but he does it anyway. We worry because he doesn’t have
much free time, but he doesn’t complain.’ ‘I want to help.’ says Ed, ‘and anyway I don’t have to
do so much at weekends because my dad’s at home.’
T F NG
1. Ed helps to look after his mother.   
2. Ed’s mother can’t walk.   
3. Ed’s father is also ill.   
4. Ed is an only child.   
5. Ed does all the shopping for the family.   
II. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Family types vary in different countries and among different cultures. In Western,
industrialized societies, the nuclear family ranks as the most common family type. It consists of a
father, a mother and their children. But nuclear families exist together with many other types of
family units. In the single-parent family, for example, a mother or a father heads the family
alone. A blended family is formed when a divorced or widowed parent remarries. As divorce
rates have risen, the number of single-parent and blended families has increased.
In many parts of the world, parents and children live together with other family members
under the same roof. These complex families usually contain several generations of family
members, including grandparents, parents and children. They may also include brothers or sisters
and their families, uncles, aunts and cousins. Even when relatives do not live together, they still
consider themselves members of the same extended family includes grandparents, uncles, aunts
and cousins.
1. The nuclear family ranks as the most common family type .
A. an many industrialized countries B. in countries with nuclear weapons
C. that consists of more than two generations D. that leads to the divorce of parents
2. In the single-parent family, .
A. there are often no children
B. only one parent lives with his or her child or children
C. the number of blended children has increased
D. children live with their grandparents
3. Grandparents, parents and children are mentioned as .
A. the three typical generations of an extended family
B. three branches of a family tree
C. the closest and happiest relatives in family units
D. a complex combination
4. The second paragraph is about .
A. American culture B. relatives and family members
C. the relationship between family members D. the extended family
5. The word “blended” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. complex B. married C. mixed D. formed
III.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

The American family unit is in the process of change. In the first half of the 20 th century,
there were mainly two types of families: the extended and the nuclear. An extended family
includes mother, father, children and some other relatives, living in the same house. A nuclear
family is composed of just parents and children living under the same roof.
As the American economy had progressed from agricultural to industrial one, people were
forced to move to different parts of the country to get good jobs. These jobs were mainly in the
large cities. Now, in fact, three-quarters of Americans live in urban areas which occupy 2.5% of
the national total land mass. Of the 118 million in the labour force, only 3 million still work on
the farm.
Since moving for better jobs has often divided the extended family, the nuclear family
became more popular. At present, 55% of the families in the US are nuclear families. But besides
the two types of traditional family groupings, the family is now being expanded to include a
variety of other living arrangements because of divorce. There is an increase in single-parent
families, in which a father or mother lives with one or more children. Divorce has also led to
blended families, which occur when previously married men and women marry again and
combine the children from former marriage into a new family. There are also some couples who
do not want to have children to form two-person childless families.
1. A nuclear family is one that .
A. consists of father, mother, and children living in the same house
B. relatives live with
C. there are only grandparents, parents and their children living in
D. is bigger than extended family
2. The expression “under the same roof” means
A. a house with one roof B. a house with the roof the same as the wall
C. in the same building D. under the house
3. The nuclear family becomes more popular because of .
A. more divorces B. the division of the extended family
C. fewer jobs in big cities D. an increase in single-parent families
4. How many types of families have there been in the US since the first half of the 20th century?
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five
5. A blended family is a newly-formed family .
A. with the combination of children of the two previously married father and mother
B. that has only father or mother living with children
C. in which there are no children
D. that there is only one couple living in with their newborn children
IV. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
The Role of the Japanese Mother
The focus of the mother is her home and family, with particular attention to the rearing of
children. While most Japanese believe that a woman's place is in the home, women make up
almost 40 percent of the labor force. More than half of these women are married. Many mothers
with small children work only part-time so they can be home when their children are not in
school. The extra income earned by the mother is often used to meet the cost of their children's
education.
Japanese mothers take the responsibility of their child's education and upbringing very
seriously. They seldom confront their preschool children because they want to foster an intimate,
dependent relationship. The purpose of this approach is to get the child to obey willingly with the
mother’s wishes and to shape the child's behavior over a long period of time. The close nature of
the mother-child relationship and the strong parental commitment help to provide a strong
foundation for the child's entry into elementary school.
Mothers are involved directly in with the child's school. Each day a notebook is sent back
and forth between mother and teacher remarking on the child's mood, behavior, health, and
activities both in school and at home. Mothers attend PTA meetings usually twice a month and

are involved with school committee's working on special projects such as gardening and hot
lunch preparation. School is a very stressful and competitive process so the Japanese mother
concentrates all her efforts on getting her children through so they can get accepted into the
appropriate universities.
Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each
blank.
Task 2: Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
6. Most Japanese women are housewives.  
7. Taking care of children and bringing them up are of great importance to  
Japanese mothers.
8. Japanese mothers tend to be very strict to their children at home.  
9. Japanese mothers and teachers work together for the children's study  
progress and comfort at school.
10. The Japanese mother concentrates all her efforts on getting her children  
through, so the atmosphere at home is very stressful.
D. SPEAKING
Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation, writing the letter (A-
H) in each blank.
1. _____ A. Nam: It’s not only for our mother's benefits but it also makes us more independent
when we have grown up.
2. _____ B. Nam: Besides cleaning and cooking, my mother also does a lot of other things
around the house although she goes to work.
3. _____ C. Nam: I agree with that saying. All of us take it for granted that our mother is
responsible for doing all the housework.
4. _____ D. Nam: Besides the relationship, we enjoy a friendlier atmosphere in our home all
the time when we attend to each other.
5. _____ E. Mai: So does my mother. My father, my brother and I try to share the burden so
that my mother can follow her own interests.
6. _____ F. Mai: I’ve just read a saying about household chores, Nam. It’s “Housework is
what a woman does that nobody notices unless she hasn't done it.”
7. _____ G. Mai: It’s very useful for our future life. And I think we will have better
relationship when we share household chores with one another.
8. _____ H. Mai: Yeah, when we come home from school, our house is clean and tidy and
lunch or dinner is ready for us to eat.
E. WRITING
Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can
add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.
1. Young people/ want/ love/ support/ encouragement/ nurture/ attention/ their parents.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
2. Teenagers/ need/ “helpful attention”/ rather/ protective attention.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
3. Helpful attention/ mean/ parents/ be interested/ who/ the children/ be/ and/ what/ they/ do.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Parents/ try/ listen/ their children/ although/ it/ sometimes inconvenient.

____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
5. Parents/ encourage/ children/ learn/ their mistakes/ rather/ show them/ how/ do it.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
6. Teenagers/ would like/ be on/ their mobile phones or computer/ playing games/
communicating/ their friends.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
7. They/ also want/ spend time/ together/ their parents.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
8. They/ spend time/ sitting around the table/ have dinner/ watching TV as a family/ going out
with the parents.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
9. Teenagers/ tend/ make their own decisions/ although/ they/ not have much experience.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
10. Parents/ share experience/ their children/ so that/ they/ not make wrong decisions.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 1)
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. take B. family C. grateful D. table
2. A. nursing B. nurture C. turn D. future
3. A. society B. sociable C. groceries D. finance
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
4. A. breadwinner B. homemaker C. washing-up D. equally
5. A. routine B. laundry C. household D. finance
III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
6. Do you have to do ?
A. the mess B. your bed C. the washing-up D. the cook
7. Do you have to the rubbish out?.
A. take B. make C. empty D. do
8. My mother the responsibility for running the household.
A. holds B. takes C. runs D. bears
9. We share the house with our grandparents and our uncle’s family. It is a(n) family
A. nuclear B. extended C. crowded D. multi-generation
10. Are you free on Sunday evening? I’d like to to the cinema?
A. ask you B. ask out you C. ask you out D. ask you away
11. My mother is very good at her time between work and family.
A. leaving B. splitting C. sharing D. taking
12. When a couple can chores in a way that both spouses feel satisfied with the
outcome, they are showing mutual respect for one another.
A. cut B. run C. take D. divide
13. The children, all three, have done , mopped, dusted, helped on the house and
in the yard.
A. laundry B. clothes C. groceries D. rubbish
14. Our parents hands to provide for the family and make it happy.
A. were joining B. are always joining C. join D. joins
15. My grandparents with my family at present and my grandmother me
how to cook several traditional Vietnamese dishes.
A. stay - instructs B. stay - is instructing
C. are staying - instructs D. are staying - is instructing
IV. Fill in each blank with the correct word/phrase from the box.
16. If your partner has agreed to buy the , you might plan the week’s meals
and make the shopping list.
17. We should pay attention to the conditions that and strengthen early
childhood development and health across the life course.
18. Past studies have shown that couples who household chores report
feeling happier overall.
19. Couples who share at home are happier overall.
20. It takes a housewife a lot of time to clothes for the household.
21. I have watched my husband and children take over much of my role as a
22. The husband replaces the light bulbs while the wife does the .
23. Nowadays in nuclear families, homemaker and roles have evolved into
something that makes it impossible to define exactly.

24. Many couples find that they look at the division of differently.
25. Men and boys do most of the in the family.
V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best tits the blank space in the
following passage.
Working Mothers
In the United States today, more than half of mothers with young children work, compared to
about one third (26) 1970s. Women have been moving into the workforce not only for
career (27) but also for the income.
In many families today, mothers continue to work because they have careers that they have
spent years (28) . Some women (29) to work soon after (30) birth because
they know that most employers are not sympathetic to working mothers who wish to take time
off to be with their young children.
Some people still think that a “good mother” is one who (31) work to stay home
with her children. However, no scientific evidence says children are harmed when their mothers
work. A child who is emotionally well adjusted, well loved, and well cared for will thrive
regardless of (32) the mother works outside the home.
In most families with working mothers, each person (33) a more active role in
the household. The children tend to (34) one another and help in other ways. The
father as a (35) is more likely to help with household chores and child rearing. These
positive outcomes are most likely when the working mother feels valued and supported by
family, friends, and coworkers.
26. A. in B. in the C. at D. at the
27. A. enjoy B. satisfy C. satisfaction D. pleasant
28. A. develop B. to develop C. developing D. developed
29. A. return B. turn C. happen again D. exchange
30. A. producing B. making C. taking D. giving
31. A. gives up B. stop C. end D. puts up
32. A. where B. when C. how D. whether
33. A. plays B. does C. makes D. takes
34. A. look at B. look after C. look for D. look up
35. A. bread B. breadwinning C. breadstick D. breadwinner
VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Home Life in Japan
It is common in Japan for three generations to live under the same roof. This is becoming
less common today, but still exists, certainly in the countryside.
Husbands in Japan give their salaries to their wives. They are returned a sum of money as
pocket money, otherwise how to use the rest is the wife's decision. The finances of a family are
the responsibility of the women who handle most of the household expenses. There are
exceptions in instances when something of value, like a car, is being bought. This is changing
with more women going to work.
Japanese fathers in contemporary urban households spend so much time at work, and the
company demands on them are so great. It means that they often really have very little time or
energy to spend with their children. The responsibility for raising children, overseeing the
education fall onto the mothers. Mothers play an enormous role in the lives of their children and
the bond is very strong. Babysitters are rarely used and mothers often sleep with their babies. A
mother will also spend hours with children doing school work. Few Japanese men help with
housework. There is more pressure today for this to change.
Most families in Japan today are nuclear families, such as those in the United States. That is
to say that a married couple lives together with their children, perhaps with one grandparent. But
for the most part, the Japanese family today looks much like the American family.
36. In Japan, extended families are still popular .

A. in big cities B. in the countryside C. everywhere D. in urban areas
37. A Japanese woman is responsible for all of these EXCEPT .
A. raising children B. handle household expenses
C. making decisions on very valuable things D. taking care of children's school work
38. Japanese fathers in contemporary urban households .
A. are under great pressure of work B. are responsible for most household chores
C. handle most of the household expenses D. stay at home to work as babysitters
39. Nowadays there is a pressure that men should .
A. earn more money B. help their wives with housework
C. leave important decisions to their wives D. work harder at work
40. Most families in Japan nowadays may be .
A. extended families B. three-generation families
C. the same as the traditional ones D. similar to those in the Western
VII. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is one sentence that
you do not need.
A. It’s hard work, and it may hurt your back.
B. I can do it in my free time.
C. I do the laundry, fold the clothes after doing the laundry, and iron the clothes.
D. I hate ironing most.
E. I don’t mind cooking.
F. I love eating, and I think it’s one of the most important skills in my life later.
Anna: What household chores do you do to help your parents?
Mai: (41)_____________________________________________________________________
Sometimes I help to cook dinner.
Anna: Which of the chores do you like doing the most?
Mai: (42)_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: What do you like about it?
Mai: (43)_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: Which of the chores do you dislike the most?
Mai: (44)_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: Can you give the reason for that?
Mai: (45)_____________________________________________________________________
VIII. Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You
can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.
46. Family members/ divide/ household chores/ based/ who/ better/ doing them.
____________________________________________________________________________
47. For example/ the wife/ cook/ dinner/ and then/ the husband/ clean/ kitchen.
____________________________________________________________________________
48. We also/ divide chores/ based/ consideration/ love.
____________________________________________________________________________
49. The one/ who/ arrive/ home earlier/ cook the meal/ and the others/ lay/ table/ or do/ washing
up.
____________________________________________________________________________
50. Parents/ train/ children/ help with housework/ and/ most cases/ they/ willing/ give a hand.
____________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 1)
1. A. heavy B. breadwinner C. cleaning D. breakfast
2. A. many B. prepare C. parent D. share
3. A. laundry B. iron C. ingredient D. cream
4. A. enormous B. extended C. ungrateful D. elderly
5. A. vulnerable B. psychologist C. society D. responsible
6. My responsibility is to wash the dishes and the rubbish.
A. take up B. get out C. get up D. take out
7. The father typically works outside the home while the mother is domestic
duties such as homemaking and raising children.
A. suitable for B. capable of C. responsible for D. aware of
8. When both our parents go on business, our next-door neighbours come and with
the cooking.
A. help out B. help us out C. help out us D. help us in
9. A healthy between work and play ensures that everyone has a chance to enjoy their
lives.
A. balance B. equality C. share D. control
10. One of the ways we our teenager’s needs as parents is by giving them attention.
A. watch B. solve C. share D. meet
11. Our parents needn’t ask us our rooms. We do it every day.
A. tidy up B. to tidy up C. tidying up D. tidy
12. My brother and I to clean the toilets and take out the rubbish.
A. takes turn B. take turn C. takes turns D. take turns
13. My mother gets annoyed with my younger brother because he his dirty clothes over
the floor.
A. always throws B. is throwing C. is always throwing D. is going to throw
14. Mrs Hang likes wearing casual clothes, but today she “ao dai”.
A. wears B. is wearing C. takes off D. is taking off
15. It’s nearly midnight, but our upstairs neighbours karaoke loudly.
A. are singing B. have sung C. sing D. should sing
IV. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box.
16. Family members should develop a plan together to responsibilities more

fairly.
17. Some husbands may view as woman's work and not manly.
18. A is a person who works at home and takes care of the house and family.
19. My sister can wash clothes but she can’t even a baby’s handkerchief.
20. are food and other goods sold at a supermarket.
21. In order to become a waiter in a restaurant, you have to learn how to a table
for a formal dinner party.
22. Traditionally parents regard their most important as training their
children.
23. Vietnamese tend to live together in extended families rather than
families.

24. A Vietnamese proverb says, “If the father or mother lacks or fails, children are always take
for by an aunt or uncle”.
25. A typical family often includes three or even four generations, and
typically consisting of grandparents, father and mother, children, and grandchildren, all
living under the same roof.
V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the
following passage.
It is a common belief in Britain that nowadays men do more housework than they did in (26)
generations. But is this really so? A recent survey has (27) some interesting
discoveries. When men help out, they enjoy cooking and shopping but most are (28) to do
the washing. A quarter of men think that women are better suitable for (29) after the
home than men and 19% admit to making no (30) to housework.
The average man says that he does a third of the housework, (31) the average
woman says she does three-quarters of it, so someone isn’t (32) the truth! It was
impossible to find any men who shared housework (33) with their partners. Perhaps
it isn’t so (34) that there are some politicians who want a new law forcing men to do
their (35) .
26. A. old B. last C. first D. previous
27. A. made B. given C. done D. found
28. A. willing B. unwilling C. interested D. uninterested
29. A. taking B. seeing C. watching D. looking
30. A. part B. help C. share D. contribution
31. A. so B. because C. while D. therefore
32. A. telling B. saying C. speaking D. talking
33. A. equal B. equally C. same D. the same
34. A. surprise B. surprises C. surprising D. surprised
35. A. part B. role C. share D. condition
Building positive family relationships
The ordinary, everyday things that families do together can help build strong relationships
with teenagers. Regular family meals are a great chance for everyone to chat about their day, or
about interesting things that are going on or coming up. If parents encourage everyone to have a
say, no one will feel they’re being put on the spot to talk. Also, many families find that meals are
more enjoyable when the TV isn’t turned on!
We should all take turns choosing outdoor activities for our families. A relaxing holiday or
weekend away together as a family can also build togetherness.
One-on-one time with the child gives the parents the chance to stay connected and enjoy each
other’s company. It can also be a chance to share thoughts and feelings.
Parents should celebrate the child’s accomplishments, share his disappointments, and show
interest in his hobbies. Sometimes it’s just a matter of showing up to watch the child play sport
or music, or giving him a lift to extracurricular activities.
Family traditions, routines and rituals can help parents and their children set aside regular
dates and special times. For example, we might have a movie night together, a favourite meal or
cooking session on a particular night, a family games afternoon or an evening walk together.
Agreed household responsibilities give kids of all ages the sense that they’re making an
important contribution to family life. These could be things like chores, shopping or helping
older or younger members of the family.
36. Regular family meals are a great chance for everyone .
A. to have an opportunity share their daily activities
B. to talk about TV programmes during the meal
C. to have the spot to talk about

D. to talk about interesting things that are coming soon
37. The following things are true about outdoor activities for our families EXCEPT
A. all family members try to find out suitable activities
B. they should be held on holidays or at weekends
C. they offer a chance to share secret thoughts and feelings
D. they offer the pleasant feeling of being united
38. Parents can show their attention to their child by all these things EXCEPT .
A. watching the child play sport or music
B. giving him a lift to extracurricular activities
C. having a movie night together
D. setting aside regular dates to do housework
39. Children who share household chores with their parents will .
A. enjoy each other’s company
B. make the family life better
C. be given a chance to do extracurricular activities
D. have a family games afternoon or an evening walk together
40. The main idea of the passage is .
A. to give advice on staying connected and enjoying each other’s company
B. how to share household chores between family members
C. to offer pieces of advice to improve family relationships
D. the important role of family traditions, routines and rituals
VII. Complete the conversation, using the responses (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. Nowadays more and more men are willing to give a hand to household chores around the
house.
B. Yes, last but not least, we should be flexible and allow the other members to finish the
tasks in his or her own way.
C. Well, we should also make a list of the chores that each of us absolutely hates to do.
D. All the members of the family should sit down together and make a list of household
chores.
E. Try to discover the reasons why there is such delay. Maybe the husband may view
household chores as women’s work and not manly.
F. Or we could do the chore together, as a team.
Mrs Lan: What should we do first to share the household chores?
Mrs Hang: (41)_______________________________________________________________
Mrs Lan: A list of the items we have to do around the house. But there are the chores that
somebody hates to do.
Mrs Hang: (42)_______________________________________________________________
What one hates, others may be able to tolerate.
Mrs Lan: What will we do if all of us hate the same chore?
Mrs Hang: Perhaps we should think of a way to compromise in getting this particular
unpleasant task done. (43)______________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Mrs Lan: I think it works in practice. If one member doesn't do his or her share of the work
around the house, how can we deal with the matter?
Mrs Hang: (44)_______________________________________________________________
Mrs Lan: Is there anything else we should take notice of when sharing housework?
Mrs Hang: (45)_______________________________________________________________
If having the clothes folded in a certain way is important to you, then you fold
them.

46. Teenagers/ need/ love and support/ their parents/ when they face/ many changes/ their lives.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
47. For teenagers/ parents and families/ a source/ care/ emotional support.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
48. Families/ teenagers/ practical, financial and material help.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
49. Teenagers/ also going through/ rapid physical changes.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
50. Supporting each other/ be important/ them/ get through these challenges.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________

Unit 2: YOUR BODY AND YOU
A. PHONETICS
Read the following sentences and underline the words with /pr/, /pl/, /gl/ or /gr/ sounds, and
put them into the correct column.
1. A gland is an organ of the body which produces liquid chemicals that have various purposes.
2. Prevention is better than cure.
3. The greatest wealth is health.
4. Time and health are two precious assets that we don’t recognize and appreciate until they
have been depleted.
5. My own prescription for health is less paperwork and more running barefoot through the
grass.
6. The performance improved as their confidence grew.
7. A healthy body is a guest-chamber for the soul; a sick body is a prison.
8. You pray for good health and a body that will be strong in old age. Good - but your rich
foods block the gods’ answer and tie Jupiter’s hands.
9. Your brain and body need glucose in order to function effectively.
10. The mind has great influence over the body.
11. Today, more than 95% of all chronic disease is caused by food choice, toxic food ingredients,
nutritional deficiencies and lack of physical exercise.
12. Plaque is a great place for bacteria to live.
13.When a bee stings you, your mom or dad can help you by applying an ointment or cream to
fight the itch.
14. The ability to concentrate and focus comes from the adequate, steady supply of energy.
15. If you need glasses or contact lenses, your doctor will write you a prescription.

I. Complete each blank with a verb from the box.
1. ________________: bleeding: chảy máu, unconscious: không biết, không còn tri giác
. take____________: medicine, painkillers: thuốc giảm đau
3. ________________: something quickly, something slowly
4. have____________: an accident, an operation, an X-ray
5. break___________: a leg, a finger
Complete the passage with the verb from above.
I’ve never (6) have an accident, or a serious illness, but my brother isn’t so lucky.
First, he (7) broke his leg playing football. He didn’t (8) do it quickly, and in the
end he (9) had two operations. Finally, his leg got better, but six months later he fell off
his motorbike. His head (10) bleeding.
II. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
1. Have you got a tissue? I think I'm going to .

2. I played tennis for two hours yesterday and now my arm .
3. My daughter feels very hot. I think she’s got a .
4. My throat hurts because I can’t stop .
5. I shouted a lot at the concert and now I’ve got a(n) .
6. I had a dive for 20 minutes yesterday, and hours later it resulted in .

7. I’ve eaten too much and I think I’m going to be .
8. I got soaking wet yesterday and I think I'm getting a(n) .
9. My mouth really hurts because I’ve got .
10. Can you turn the music down please because I’ve got a(n) .
III.Complete each blank in the passage with the word in the box.
The Many Benefits of Fasting

Fasting can be a safe way to lose (1) as many studies have shown that
fasting allows the body to burn through fat cells more effectively than just regular dieting.
Fasting has shown to allow you to tolerate (2) or sugar better than if you don’t fast.
A study showed that after (3) of fasting, insulin becomes more effective in telling
cells to take up (4) from blood.
Fasting gives your (5) system a rest. Fasts can regulate your digestion and
promote healthy bowel function, thus improving your metabolic function.
Believe it or not, the less you eat the longer you will live. Studies have shown how the (6)
of people in certain (7) increased due to their diets.
Fasting helps to regulate the (8) in your body so that you experience what
true hunger is. We know that obese individuals do not receive the correct (9) to let
them know when they are full due to excessive (10) patterns.
IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Acupuncture
Acupuncture (1) from China and has been practised there for thousands of
years. Acupuncture involves the insertion of very thin (2) through the patient's
skin at specific points on the body, and the needles are inserted to various (3)
According to WHO (World Health Organization), acupuncture is (4) for treating 28
conditions, while evidence indicates it may have an effective therapeutic value for many more.
Traditional Chinese medicine explains that health is the result of a harmonious balance of the
complementary extremes of yin and yang of the life force. Illness is said to be the consequence
of a(n) (5) of the forces. If needles are (6) into these points with
appropriate combinations, it is said that the energy flow can be brought back into proper balance.
Acupuncture points are seen by Western practitioners as places where nerves, muscles and
connective tissue can be stimulated. Acupuncture practitioners say that the (7)
increases blood (8) while at the same time triggering the activity of our own body's
natural painkillers.
V. Complete the following sentences with “be going to” or “will”. Sometimes both are
correct.
1. A: I can’t come during the day.
B: I (see) you tomorrow evening.
2. The method is quite simple, and I’m sure it (be) familiar to most of
you already.
3. That cheese smells awful. I think nobody (eat) it.
4. A: Did you get the theatre tickets?
B: No, I forgot all about them. I (book) them tomorrow.
5. Wherever you go in Viet Nam, you (find) the people very friendly.
6. Phong says he (be) a policeman when he grows up.
7. Are these your new racket and shuttlecock? (you/ take up) table
tennis?
8. The sky has gone really dark. There (be) a rain.
9. A: What is the milk used for?

B: I (make) some yoghurt.
10. You can’t play football in the garden. I (cut) the grass.
VI. Rewrite the following sentences using the passive.
1. Our body cannot make essential fatty acids or vitamins, so we must obtain them through diet.
____________________________________________________________________________
2. Low fatty acid levels cause a higher risk of developing Alzheimer's disease and memory loss.
____________________________________________________________________________
3. The consumption of blueberries and tomatoes can delay short-term memory loss or
Alzheimer's.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Just a handful of pumpkin seeds a day provides you with your recommended daily amount of
zinc.
____________________________________________________________________________
5. A good intake of vitamin E prevents thinking decline, particularly in the elderly.
____________________________________________________________________________
6. Nuts supply us with a great source of vitamin E.
____________________________________________________________________________
C. READING
I. Match the headings (A-E) to the correct group of tips (1-5).
First aid tips
A. How to treat a cut finger
B. How to treat a sprained ankle
C. How to treat a minor burn on your hand
D. How to treat a nosebleed
E. How to treat someone who has fainted
1. __________________________________
 Sit down and put your head between your knees.
 Squeeze your nose with your finger and thumb for five minutes.
 Put an ice pack on your nose.
2. __________________________________
 Wash the finger under the tap to remove any dirt.
 Wrap a paper towel round the finger to stop the bleeding.
 Put some antiseptic cream on the cut.
 Put a plaster or a bandage on the finger.
3. __________________________________
 Lift the ankle off the ground.
 Put an ice pack or a bag of frozen peas on the ankle for fifteen minutes.
 When the swelling disappears, put a bandage round the ankle.
4. __________________________________
 Lift your friend’s legs off the ground a little.
 Loosen any tight clothes.
 Open the window.
 Don’t throw water on the face.
5. __________________________________
 Put the hand under a tap of running cold water.
 Cover the burn with a bandage.
 Take a painkiller if it hurts.

Tick the boxes to show which treatments are correct for the situations.
II. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Just breathe
The movement of your blood through your heart and around your body is called circulation.
The process of circulation is fast: it takes less than a minute to pump blood to every part of your
body.
When we breathe in, oxygen goes into your lungs. Blood from your lungs fills with oxygen
and moves into the left side of your heart. The left side of your heart pumps the blood with
oxygen in it out through tubes called arteries. Arteries carry blood away from your heart to your
body. Your body takes the oxygen out of the blood and uses it to stay healthy and strong. We
need oxygen for everything we do: moving, growing, speaking, and thinking. If we do not have
oxygen, we cannot live.
When your body uses the oxygen from your blood, it makes carbon dioxide. Your body
doesn’t need this carbon dioxide, so the blood takes it away. Other tubes, called veins, carry the
blood with carbon dioxide in it back to your heart. The blood from our body goes into the right
side of your heart. Then the right side of your heart pumps this blood into your lungs which
remove the carbon dioxide from the blood. When you breathe out, the carbon dioxide goes back
into the air.
1. From which was blood with oxygen pumped throughout the body?
____________________________________________________________________________
2. What does our body need oxygen for?
____________________________________________________________________________
3. Where does blood come back to the heart?
____________________________________________________________________________
4. What are the functions of arteries and veins?
____________________________________________________________________________
5. How can our body remove carbon dioxide?
____________________________________________________________________________
III.Read the article and write the names of the treatments.
Consider the choices ...
Conventional medicine: The beginning of conventional medicine can be traced back to the fifth
century B.C. in ancient Greece. It is based on the scientific study of the human body and illness.
In the last century, there has been great progress in what doctors have been able to do with
modern surgery and new medications. These scientific advances have made conventional
medicine the method many people choose first when they need medical treatment.
Homeopathy: Homeopathy was founded in the late eighteenth century in Germany. It is a low-
cost system of natural medicine used by hundreds of millions of people worldwide. In
homeopathy, a patient’s symptoms are treated with remedies that cause similar symptoms.
Herbal therapy: Herbal medicine, often taken as teas or pills, has been practised for thousands
of years in almost all cultures around the world. In fact, many conventional medicines were
discovered by scientists studying traditional uses of herbs for medical purposes. The World
Health Organization claims that 80% of the world’s population uses some forms of herbal
therapy for their regular health care.
Acupuncture: Acupuncture originated in China over 5,000 years ago. Today, it is used
worldwide for a variety of problems. Acupuncture needles are inserted at certain points on the
body to relieve pain and/or restore health. Many believe acupuncture may be effective in helping
people stop smoking as well.
Spiritual healing: Also known as faith healing, or “mind and body connection”, various forms
of spiritual healing exist around the world. This is a form of healing that uses the mind or

religious faith to treat illness. A number of conventional doctors say that when they have not
been able to help a patient, spiritual healing just may work.
1. When modern medicine and surgeries are unsuccessful, a person might try one of these
treatments.___________________________________________________________________
2. A person who is afraid of needles would not want this treatment.________________________
3. A person who needs surgery would want this treatment._______________________________
4. A person who feels strongly that there is a mind and a body connection would choose this
treatment.___________________________________________________________________
5. A lot of conventional medicines are based on the study of this treatment._________________
____________________________________________________________________________
6. A person who is using a remedy that can actually cause the symptoms the person suffers
from is using this treatment._____________________________________________________
IV. Read the passage and fill in the columns with the food that has the corresponding
function.
Foods to boost your brainpower
Like everything else in your body, the brain cannot work without energy. The ability to
concentrate and focus comes from the adequate, steady supply of energy in the form of glucose
in our blood to the brain. We can achieve this by choosing whole grains such as “brown” cereals,
bread and brown pasta which release glucose slowly into the bloodstream, keeping you mentally
alert throughout the day.
Essential fatty acids which assist in the development and function of the brain and nervous
system cannot be made by the body and must be obtained through diet. Oily fish contains fatty
acids in a ready-made form, which enables the body to use it easily. The main sources of oily
fish include salmon, trout, herring, and sardines. Low fatty acid levels have been linked to a
higher risk of developing Alzheimer's disease and memory loss.
Evidence suggests that the consumption of blueberries and tomatoes may also be effective in
improving or delaying short-term memory loss or Alzheimer's.
Certain B vitamins - B6, B12 and folic acid - are known to reduce levels of homocysteine in
the blood. Elevated levels of homocysteine are associated with increased risk of stroke, thinking
impairment and Alzheimer’s disease.
Just a handful of pumpkin seeds a day is all you need to get your recommended daily amount
of zinc, vital for enhancing memory and thinking skills.
A study suggests that a good intake of vitamin E might help to prevent thinking decline,
particularly in the elderly. Nuts are a great source of vitamin E along with leafy green vegetables,
asparagus, olives, seeds, eggs, brown rice and whole grains.
V. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Junk Food's Effect On Our Body
Fast food nutrition should make up a minimal part of a healthy diet. Fast foods and junk
foods are high in fat, sodium and sugar, which can lead to obesity and a range of health
problems, including diabetes, heart disease and arthritis.
Junk food doesn't contain the nutrients that your body needs to stay healthy. As a result, you
may feel fatigued and lack the energy you need to complete daily tasks. The high levels of sugar
in junk food puts your metabolism under stress. Because fast food and junk food don't contain
adequate amounts of protein and good carbohydrates, your blood sugar levels will drop suddenly
after eating, leaving you feeling annoyed, tired and craving sugar.
Junk food contains large amounts of fat, and because fat accumulates in your body, you'll
gain weight and could become obese. The more weight you gain, the more you'll be at risk for
serious illnesses. The high levels of fat and sodium in junk food can cause high blood pressure or
hypertension.
In the short term, high levels of dietary fat lead to poor mental performance. You'll feel tired
and have trouble concentrating because your body might not be getting enough oxygen.

The high levels of fat and sodium in junk food and fast food can contribute to heart disease
by raising blood cholesterol levels and contributing to arterial plaque build-up. The high levels of
fatty acids found in many junk foods and fast foods can lead to fatty liver deposits, which, over
time, can cause liver disease.
blank.
Task 2: Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
6. The amount of sugar in fast food is .
A. providing you with enough energy to complete daily tasks
B. so high that it puts your body under stress
C. leading to obesity and a range of health problems
D. so low that you want to eat much more sugar
7. The main reason that we shouldn't eat much fast food is that .
A. it should make up a minimal part of a healthy diet
B. it contains too much protein and carbohydrate
C. it has high levels of sugar
D. it doesn't contain the nutrients that keep our body healthy
8. Fast food contains the following items EXCEPT .
A. high blood cholesterol levels B. high levels of fat and sodium
C. high levels of sugar D. high levels of fatty acids
9. Fast food is not good for our heart because .
A. it can lead to fatty liver deposits
B. it may raise blood cholesterol levels and cause high blood pressure
C. it can cause liver disease which can lead to heart disease
D. it makes you feel tired and have trouble concentrating
10. Large amounts of fat in fast food are harmful because .
A. your blood sugar levels will drop suddenly after eating, leaving you feeling annoyed, tired
B. they contain too many nutrients that your body needs to stay healthy
C. you are at risk for serious illnesses and you have poor mental performance
D. they only make up a minimal part of a healthy diet
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation, using the words and phrases from the box. You will not use
all of them. Then answer the questions about the conversation, checking yes (Y), no (N)
or not given (NG).
Receptionist: Hello, Dr. Winter’s office.

David: Hello. I’m calling because I’d like to make (1) to see the doctor. I
have (2) in my (3) .
Receptionist: I think you might need (4) . Let’s see - I can fit you in this
afternoon. Would you be able to come in at 4:00?
David: Yes, that’s great. I really (5) it.
Y N NG
1. Does David have chest pain?   
2. Does the receptionist need an appointment?   
3. Is David a student?   
4. Does David need a checkup?   
5. Can the doctor see David today?   

II. Complete the conversation about the ways to get rid of bad habits, using the sentences
(A-F) given. There is one sentence that you do not need.
A. You mean we should make connections between stopping the bad behaviour with what
good things we’ll get from doing so.
B. To tell the truth, some people want their bad habits to stay on for a while.
C. We don’t turn back when we have some problems but pick ourselves up and get going
again.
D. Write it down for them and have them ask you on regular intervals about your progress.
E. The point is whether we’re capable of a change for the better or not.
F. In my opinion, we start with small steps consistently in order to get the planned goal.
Nam: Do you think everyone has bad habits, Scott?
Scott: I absolutely agree with you. (1)_______________________________________________
Nam: I think the first thing to do is to make up a list of all reasons why you want to quit your
bad habits.
Scott: (2)______________________________________________________________________
Nam: Right. If you want to lose weight, then picture yourself slim and looking good in those
skinny jeans. And then you come down to one thing: take action - you must go all or
nothing.
Scott: (3)______________________________________________________________________
Nam: That's right. In this way, we get the goal eventually. Do we follow our plan alone? I think
the answer is 'no’. We should tell someone about it.
Scott: Tell them your goal and tell them your plan. (4)__________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Nam: Certainly. That person becomes your reliable partner. This will prove invaluable.
Scott: Most people may have failures. (5)_____________________________________________
III.Fill in each blank of the pieces of advice (1-8) with the headlines (A-H), and discuss
whether you agree or disagree with them.
A. Make barriers to your habit
B. Spend more time with people who encourage you
C. Stay positive
D. Break one habit at a time
E. Staying patient
F. Team up with your friend
G. Choose a substitute
H. Find out the causes
1. __________________________________
If you have a few habits, don’t try to break them all at once. Break one bad habit at a time,
starting with the worst one. Find out which habit is harming you the most and begin with that
one. If you get rid of one habit, it will be easier to break the other bad habits.
2. __________________________________
It’s important to know why your habit is harming you and why you can’t break it. Find out
your emotional triggers and work on clearing them.
3. __________________________________
If your friend or family member is going through a similar problem, join them. Help one
another get rid of the bad habit. After all, it’s always better to deal with the problems together
than alone.
4. __________________________________
Stop using up your energy and time feeding your bad habit, look for a healthier habit instead.
If you are trying to quit smoking, you can satisfy the craving by munching on a healthy
snack. It will help to distract you and get rid of your bad habit. Just be patient because it will
be hard the first few months.

5. __________________________________
When you are trying to get rid of your bad habits, surrounding yourself with people who
encourage you to live a happier life is a must. Spend more time with positive people and you
will become more positive as well.
6. __________________________________
If you want to stop eating unhealthy food or biting your nails or whatever, ask your friend or
family member to monitor your bad habit. This action will help make it hard to turn to this
bad habit.
7. __________________________________
Getting rid of a bad habit can be extremely difficult and even painful at times, so remember
that you won't break your bad habits overnight. Everything is possible, when you have this
characteristic to do it.
8. __________________________________
No matter what others say or think about you, you should believe in yourself and do what
you think is right. Believe that you are strong and you are able to break any bad habit.
Compliment yourself every day and tell yourself that you’re the master of your own life and
you have the power to make your life what you want it to be.
E. WRITING
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.
Home Remedies To Treat Obesity Naturally
1. Drinking green tea/ twice/ three times/ day/ bring/ you/ visible results/ days.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
2. You/ drink/ glass/ lukewarm water/ one teaspoon/ apple cider vinegar/ and/ one teaspoon/
lemon juice/ every day/ two/ three months.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
3. This/ help/ burn/ body fats/ effectively.
____________________________________________________________________________
4. You/ drink/ glass/ hot water/ a teaspoon/ honey/ when/ you/ get up/ and/ empty stomach.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
5. If/ you/ habit/ drinking cold water/ try/ replace/ it/ hot water.
____________________________________________________________________________
6. Hot water/ help/ eliminating/ fat deposits/ your body.
____________________________________________________________________________
7. A glass/ lukewarm water/ a few drops/ mint leaf juice extract/ effective/ weight loss/
prolonged use.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
8. Eating regularly food/ hotels, restaurants or roadside food stalls/ increase/ weight/ so/ you/
stick/ home-made foods.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 2)
1. A. breath B. health C. heart D. head
2. A. intestine B. mind C. spine D. reliable
3. A. yoga B. young C. yin D. rhythm
4. A. oxygenate B. ability C. complicated D. regularly
5. A. allergy B. sleepiness C. additive D. papaya
6. Foods and drinks which strongly the body can cause stress.
A. boost B. develop C. encourage D. stimulate
7. Some foods and spices may your breath for days after a meal.
A. spoil B. harm C. damage D. reduce
8. by the brain and nerves, the nervous system allows us to move, talk, and feel
emotions.
A. Leading B. Being led C. Led D. Having been led
9. Broccoli supplies a great source of vitamin K, which is known to thinking function and
brainpower.
A. stimulate - decrease B. enhance - improve
C. encourage - improve D. develop - stop
10. Yoga increases endurance, and flexibility.
A. strong B. strength C. powerful D. blood
11. Most herbal medicines are well by the patient, with fewer side effects.
A. tolerate B. tolerating C. tolerated D. being tolerated
12. It that half of your plate consists of vegetables and fruit.
A. suggests B. suggesting C. is suggested D. is suggesting
13. I an interview for a scholarship tomorrow morning.
A. will have B. am going to have C. will be having D. will have had
14. Not brushing your teeth regularly plaque build up on your teeth.
A. is going to let B. is going to allow C. will let D. will get
15. I a good hot bath in ten minutes in order to take good care of my skin.
A. will have B. will have had C. will be having D. is going to have
IV. Rewrite the following sentences using the passive.
16. The human brain can read 1,000 words per minute.
___________________________________________________________________________
17. In 30 minutes, the human body gives off enough heat to bring a gallon of water to the boiling
point.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
18. If the human brain were a computer, it could perform 38 thousand-trillion operations per
second.
___________________________________________________________________________
19. Your body produces 25 million new cells each second.
___________________________________________________________________________
20. The human brain uses 20% of the entire body's oxygen and calorie intake, despite only
accounting for about 2% of an adult's body mass.
___________________________________________________________________________

following passage.
I believe in the old saying: “healthy body, healthy mind”; it really has a place for me. For
anyone that has had personal experiences with (21) health, it is so true that by keeping
active and keeping fit, you feel stronger not just in your body but so much stronger in your (22)
as well. By keeping active. I’ve personally found that I now sleep much better and can
(23) my daily activities with so much more (24) and less stress. I have also
had a boost to my own self-confidence (25 ) I have managed to lose a considerable
amount of weight.
There are health benefits, too. Being active could possibly mean I am less (26) to
develop diabetes or any other weight related issues. As I grow older, I want to (27) as
independent as I possibly can. I don’t want to be dependent on other people.
The final benefit is the (28) side to keeping fit. Whether you choose (29) a gym,
a walking group or a football club, these clubs are often so friendly, warm and welcoming to new
members. I’ve met so many like-minded and positive people through getting fit. It has been great
(30) , too.
21. A. mental B. brain C. mind D. physical
22. A. heart B. mental C. brain D. mind
23. A. deal B. deal with C. solve D. achieve
24. A. ease B. easy C. easily D. easier
25. A. if B. when C. as D. although
26. A. like B. likely C. unlikely D. alike
27. A. delay B. begin C. seem D. remain
28. A. social B. society C. sociable D. socially
29. A. to join B. to join in C. joining D. joining in
30. A. fun B. funny C. enjoyable D. fitness
Reflexology is a natural treatment dating back to ancient times. It is based on the idea that
there are zones, or areas, in the feet and hands that are related to other parts and systems of the
body. For example, the tips of the toes or fingers are related to the head and neck, and the ball of
the foot is related to the heart and chest. A reflexologist applies pressure to specific areas in a
patient’s feet and hands to relieve symptoms or pain in other related areas.
This type of treatment does not cure or diagnose specific health problems, and it does not
involve any medication. Yet many patients find that it successfully relieves symptoms of stress
and disease. Reflexology is effective for pain, headaches, and sleeping difficulties, among other
ailments. Applying pressure to the feet and hands relieves tension, improves blood circulation,
and relaxes muscles. It promotes the natural, healthy functions and well-being of the entire body.
Reflexology is often used along with other types of treatments, including conventional medicine.
This gentle therapy is safe and simple. A reflexologist’s only tools are his or her hands.
Pressure is strong, but not uncomfortable. It’s not uncommon for patients to fall asleep during
treatments.
A typical treatment session lasts one hour. Treatment is usually focused on the feet for most
of the session. A patient is asked to remove his or her shoes and socks, to sit in a comfortable
reclining chair, and then to relax as the reflexologist warms the patient’s feet with his or her
hands and applies pressure to the appropriate parts of the foot. The last ten minutes of the session
are dedicated to the hands.
After relieving specific problems, many patients continue a regular programme of treatment
to maintain good health. Some reflexologists suggest building at least a five-minute reflexology
session into every day for long-term relief of stress and pain.
31. Reflexology is a natural treatment which is based on the idea that .
A. there are zones or areas in the feet and hands that are related to any parts of the body
B. the pressure in certain areas in the feet and hands will affect other parts of the body

C. we can apply pressure to specific areas in a patient’s feet and hands to cure diseases
D. pressure on the ball of the foot can cure heart diseases and chest pain
32. All of the following may be the benefits of reflexology EXCEPT .
A. giving up using other conventional treatments B. improving blood circulation
C. relieving tension, pain, sleeplessness D. relaxing muscles
33. Reflexology offers the therapy that is .
A. simple and uncomfortable B. gentle and uncomfortable
C. safe and comfortable. D. too strong but safe
34. In a typical session of reflexology, about is spent on the feet.
A. one hour B. fifty minutes C. ten minutes D. half the time
35. In order to have good effect, we should .
A. have a long-term relief session combined with medicine
B. remove our shoes and socks every day
C. have a regular five-minute reflexology session every day
D. try to avoid specific problems in our daily life
VII. Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation, writing the letter
(A-J) in each blank. The conversation starts with (0).
0 Scott: I just spent last night writing the essay on “The food pyramid”.
36. _____ A. Scott:I am feeling tired and sleepy now because I stayed up to three in the
morning.
37. _____ B. Scott:I see. We should have an effective working style in order to be successful in
the future. Thank you, Nam.
38. _____ C. Scott:Yeah, I can show my ability in such a situation. Last time, I got a B grade
for my essay.
39. _____ D. Nam: It’s also risky and dangerous. What will you do if you get sick or someone
in your family get sick the day before you hand in your assignment or you
have more than one deadline at the same time?
40. _____ E. Scott:I work better when I am under pressure. I only spent four hours writing the
essay, and before that I had a lot of free time.
41. _____ F. Nam: You can get a better result than that if you have plans to do the task. By
leaving work to the last minute, you can never realize all your abilities.
42. _____ G. Nam:Really? Our teacher gave us the topic last week. Why didn’t you prepare for
it earlier?
43. _____ H. Nam:You have denied the opportunity to test the limits of your abilities. How do
you know you can do belter when there is never enough time to do your best
or put in your best effort? And it’s harmful to your health.
44. _____ I. Nam: You worked better under pressure? It’s a matter of the study method. In fact,
it’s a highly stressful way to work and live, Scott.
45. _____ J. Scott: I don’t agree with you. I can realize my real abilities under the pressure of
time.
VIII. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

46. Cholesterol/ need/ by the body/ keep producing healthy cells.
___________________________________________________________________________
47. However/ having/ high cholesterol/ put/ you/ at risk/ heart disease.
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Fast food/ like/ hamburgers, fries and fried chicken/ high/ fat/ but/ you/ replace/ these foods/
healthier options/ broiled sandwiches, or salads.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Meat, poultry and fish/ good/ health/ when/ taken/ regulated quantity.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. We/ avoid/ all the foods/ which/ contribute/ the cholesterol/ body/ not use.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 2)
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. therapy B. respiratory C. medical D. vessel
2. A. almond B. sesame C. avocado D. massage
3. A. allergy B. imagine C. sugar D. oxygen
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other.
4. A. alternative B. acupuncture C. original D. respiratory
5. A. stimulate B. skeleton C. pyramid D. digestive
6. Fish, poultry, beans, or nuts half of the dinner plate.
A. make B. make out C. make up D. make of
7. Ailments are caused by a(n) of yin and yang.
A. imbalance B. unequal C. abnormal D. ineffectiveness
8. In some remote parts of the world, herbs may be the only treatment to the
majority of people.
A. leading B. available C. easy D. access
9. There are foods that can help you fall asleep or keep you .
A. wake B. waking C. waking up D. awake
10. Liver is a large organ in the body which the blood.
A. cleans B. cleans up C. is cleaning D. is cleaning up
11. The Healthy Eating Pyramid reminds us to our intake of salt and added sugar.
A. limit B. stop C. avoid D. remove
12. When acupuncture correctly, it is very safe for patients.
A. performs B. will be performed C. is performed D. will have performed
13. You should see a doctor if your nosebleed by an injury, such as a punch.
A. caused B. were causing C. was caused D. will be caused
14. If your retina records the image well, your brain the image, and you image
clearly.
A. will interpret - will see B. interpret - see
C. is going to interpret - are going to see D. is interpreting - are seeing
15. At your eye exam, you to read from an eye chart.
A. will probably ask B. are going to ask
C. will probably be asked D. are asking
IV. Rewrite the following sentences using the passive.
16. The acupuncturist will ask the patient to lie down.
___________________________________________________________________________
17. The acupuncturist should use single-use disposable sterile needles.
___________________________________________________________________________
18. As the acupuncturist inserts each needle, the patient will feel them, but initially without pain.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
19. Sometimes people heat the needles or stimulate them with electricity after insertion.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
20. People keep the needles in acupoints for about twenty minutes.
___________________________________________________________________________

following passage.
Benefits of spiritual healing
Spiritual healing can be very effectively used to solve numerous physical, mental and
emotional problems. Spiritual healing can help eliminate physical and mental problems and give
great health benefits.
Spiritual healing is often confused with (21) healing. Although many techniques
in spiritual healing encourage believing in a greater power and positive universal forces, it does
not force any particular faith or religious belief. Spiritual curing has been around in all (22)
.
The most obvious health benefits of spiritual healing can be seen on the (23) level. People
with high blood pressure, cholesterol, body pains, migraines, back aches etc. have cured their
(24) by means of spiritual healing techniques. One can see considerable (25)
of blood pressure and cholesterol, better sleep patterns, less worrying, and healing of aches
and pains of the body after using spiritual healing techniques.
The mind and body are interconnected, involved elements and the well-being of one can have
a great (26) on the other. Therefore, a healthy mind is resided in a healthy body and a
healthy body is a (27) of a healthy mind.
Once a person eliminates the worrying habit and incorporates positive thinking, the mind can
do (28) . It can help you imagine and create wonderful things, (29) goals and
achieve them. This process of focusing (30) the positive to improve the mental health
can boost your creativity.
21. A. faith B. faithful C. belief D. believable
22. A. land B. heritage C. cultures D. nation
23. A. mental B. physical C. exercising D. medicine
24. A. feelings B. viruses C. therapies D. ailments
25. A. stopping B. lowering C. cutting D. controlling
26. A. result B. affect C. impression D. effect
27. A. cause B. result C. effect D. action
28. A. wonders B. wonderful C. awesome D. progress
29. A. score B. make C. set D. reach
30. A. on B. in C. at D. Ø
Teenagers and Sleep
Sleep is food for the brain. During sleep, important body functions and brain activity occur.
Skipping sleep can be harmful, even deadly, particularly if you are behind the wheel. You can
look bad, you may feel moody, and you perform poorly. Sleepiness can make it hard to get along
with your family and friends and hurt your scores on school exams. Sleepiness can lead to
aggressive or inappropriate behavior such as yelling at your friends or being impatient with your
teachers or family members.
Sleep is vital to your well-being, as important as the air you breathe, the water you drink and
the food you eat. It can even help you to eat better and manage the stress of being a teenager.
Teenagers need about 8 to 10 hours of sleep each night to function best. Most teens do not
get enough sleep: one study found that only 15% reported sleeping 8 hours and a half on school
nights. Not getting enough sleep or having sleep difficulties can limit your ability to learn, listen,
concentrate and solve problems.
Teens tend to have irregular sleep patterns across the week - they typically stay up late and
sleep in late on the weekends, which can affect their biological clocks and hurt the quality of
their sleep.
Consuming caffeine close to bedtime can hurt your sleep, so avoid coffee, tea, soda and
chocolate late in the day, and you can get to sleep at night. Nicotine and alcohol will also
interfere with your sleep.

A consistent sleep schedule will help you feel less tired since it allows your body to get in
synchronization with its natural patterns. You will find that it’s easier to fall asleep at bedtime
with this type of routine.
31. Sleepiness is harmful because .
A. our scores at school may be low and the relationship with others becomes worse
B. important body functions and brain activity occur during sleep
C. you can look bad behind the wheel
D. can lead to appropriate behaviors or being patient with your teachers or family members
32. In order to function best, teenagers need .
A. at least 10 hours of sleep each night B. over about 10 hours of sleep night
C. about 8 to 10 hours of sleep each night D. 8 hours and a half on school nights
33. All of the following are bad sleeping habits EXCEPT .
A. having coffee or tea close to bedtime B. staying up very late on the weekends
C. having nicotine and alcohol D. having the same sleep pattern
34. A consistent sleep schedule is very important because .
A. it will helps you feel less tired during daytime
B. you have less difficulty in falling asleep at bedtime
C. nicotine and alcohol will not interfere with your sleep
D. it is easier for you to fall asleep at any time
35. The word “consistent” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. not changing B. agreeing C. similar D. changeable
VII. Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation, writing the letter
(A-J) in each blank.
36. _____ A. Anna:And after all, I think both of us have a good habit - we never skip breakfast.
37. _____ B. Mai: Pho is the most popular dish for breakfast in Viet Nam. It is said that
breakfast is the most important meal of the day. Right, Anna?
38. _____ C. Anna:With problem-solving ability and good memory, we can get high scores in
subjects and on tests.
39. _____ D. Mai: Have you had breakfast yet, Anna?
40. _____ E. Mai: Yes, thinking activities need a lot of energy. Studies show that breakfast
helps improve attention, problem-solving ability and memory.
41. _____ F. Anna: Yes, I've had a bowl of beef noodle soup.
42. _____ G. Mai: You're absolutely right. Studies have found children who regularly eat
breakfast are less likely to struggle with weight problems.
43. _____ H. Mai: Breakfast is not only important to students but also to workers. My father
often says that people who forget breakfast are not as productive at work as
people who regularly eat a healthy breakfast.
44. _____ I. Anna: I think so. It's an important tool in maintaining effective thinking activities.
45. _____ J. Anna: Besides productivity, eating breakfast may be an effective component of a
weight-loss programme.
VIII. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

Foods to boost eye health
46. Cold-water fish/ such/ salmon, tuna, and sardines/ rich/ omega-3 fatty acids/ which/ help/
protect against/ dry eyes/ even cataracts.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. Leafy greens/ such/ broccoli, peas and avocados/ lower/ risk/ development/ macular
degeneration/ and/ cataracts.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

48. The vitamins/ nutrients/ eggs/ protect/ against/ night blindness and dry eyes/ and/ promote
eye health and function.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Oranges, grapefruits, lemons and berries/ high/ vitamin C/ which/ reduce/ risk/ cataracts and
macular degeneration.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Nuts/ such/ almonds/ rich/ omega-3 fatty acids and vitamin E/ which/ boost/ eye health.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 3: MUSIC
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the odd one out, then read the rest of the words aloud.
1. A. moment B. content C. parent D. talent
2. A. latest B. contest C. request D. suggest
3. A. debate B. commemorate C. certificate D. educate
4. A. current B. moment C. talent D. comment
5. A. protest B. arrest C. establish D. nest
II. Read the following sentences aloud, and write the words with the sounds /est/, /ənt/,
or /eɪt/ into the correct line.
1. They will launch the contests, and cooperate with the City’s Cultural House to look for
talented artists.
2. The Voice Kids, with the passionate nature of The Voice, offers a lifetime opportunity for
talented children to develop the talent from beginning to end.
3. One of the ways the Eurovision Song Contest is different from others is that all the
contestants have the same chance to show their best talents.
4. Up to 8 participants were allowed on stage in Junior Eurovision Song Contest until 2008, but
lately 6 singers from different nations.
5. Cao Van Lau Awards are given to talented musicians and composers who have got best
achievements and made great contributions to the development of ‘Cai Luong’ and ‘Vong
Co’.
/est/:___________________________________________________________________________
/ənt/:__________________________________________________________________________
/eɪt/:___________________________________________________________________________
I. Match a type of Vietnamese traditional music (A-J) with its description (1-10), writing
the answer in each blank.
A. Xoan singing F. Quan Ho singing
B. Hat Then G. Southern Amateur Traditional Music
C. Hat Xam H. Tuong
D. Hat Van (Hat Chau Van) I. Ca Tru
E. Vietnamese Lullaby Songs J. Vi-Giam folk music
1. __________________________________
It is a practice that brings people together and evokes their lifestyle and work on the land and
rivers of the Mekong Delta region. It is often played in special celebrations. It is also played
at night by the local people after a long and tiring day at work. It was recognized as the
World Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in 2013.
2. __________________________________
It is a traditional folk art which combines trance singing and dancing, a religious form of art
used for extolling the merits of beneficent deities or deified national heroes.
3. __________________________________
It is a very rich and beautiful musical storehouse of our people, which has a very long lasting
history. During all its existence, successive creations have unceasingly changed the type of
the folk song. It was recognized as the World Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in
2009.
4. __________________________________

It is a repartee sung while working. It reflects the work, cultural lives and feelings of the
residents in the central coastal provinces of Nghe An and Ha Tinh. It was recognized as the
World Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in 2014.
5. __________________________________
It is religious epics of long poems, performed by the Highland Tay and Nung minority
groups. Those songs tell the story of the path to paradise to ask the Jade Emperor to settle
troubles for the head of household.
6. __________________________________
It is also called Hat Boi in the South, It is a kind of drama of the national theater. It came into
being over five hundred years ago, reflecting the rich and special culture of Vietnam.
7. __________________________________
It was also called “Hat A Dao” or “Hat Noi” (literally songs of the women singers).
Originally, attractive young singers entertained men in a relaxed environment, sometimes
serving drinks and snacks. Men might have visited a “Hat A Dao” inn with friends to
celebrate a successful business deal or the birth of a son. It was recognized as the World
Intangible Cultural Heritage by UNESCO in 2009.
8. __________________________________
It is a folk cultural product of Phu Tho Province. People sing it in communal houses of the
villages in spring. UNESCO recognized it as the World Intangible Cultural Heritage in 2012.
9. __________________________________
A sort of folk music is often heard in Vietnam, especially in the countryside. They are used
not only to lull small children to go to sleep but also to express human feelings such as
homesickness, wife missing her husband, etc.
10. __________________________________
It is the song of the blind artists, and it has existed since the Tran Dynasty in the 13th century.
II. Match a type of music with its definition, writing the answer in each blank. There are
two groups: I-10 corresponding to A-J, and 11-20 corresponding to K-T.
A. blues F. hard rock
B. classical music G. heavy metal
C. country music H. hip hop
D. disco I. jazz
E. folk music J. pop music
1. __________________________________
a type of popular music based on the traditional music of the southern US, usually containing
singing, guitars, and violins
2. __________________________________
traditional music from a particular country, region, or community, especially music
developed by people who were not professional musicians
3. __________________________________
a type of loud rock music that developed in the 1970s, played on drums and electric guitars
4. __________________________________
a type of music, usually played on electronic instruments, that is popular with many people
because it consists of short songs with a strong beat and simple tunes that are easy to
remember
5. __________________________________
music written according to standard European forms or structures by people such as Mozart
and Beethoven
6. __________________________________
It is the second type born from African traditional music. It is believed to have started after
the Civil War, when the black people were free to travel and seek employment.
7. __________________________________

a type of music that developed among African-American musicians using rap and samples (=
short pieces of recorded music or sound) that are repeated and combined with musical
instruments
8. __________________________________
a type of slow and sad music that developed from the songs of black slaves in the southern
US
9. __________________________________
a type of music with a strong beat that is easy to dance to, popular especially in the 1970s
10. __________________________________
a type of rock music that is loud and has a strong beat
K. raga P. rock ‘n! roll
L. rap Q. soul music
M. reggae R. swing
N. R&B (Rhythm and Blues) S. techno
O. rock music T. world music
11. __________________________________
a type of popular music that African American musicians developed from blues and jazz
12. __________________________________
a type of music that was popular in the 1950s and combined simple blues structures played
on guitars with strong regular beats
13. __________________________________
popular music which has been influenced by the music of traditional cultures
14. __________________________________
a type of African-American music that developed in the 1960s, combining R&B with pop,
rock ’n’ roll, and gospel styles. It usually has a strong beat and places emphasis on singing
15. __________________________________
a way of talking using rhythm and rhyme, usually over a strong musical beat
16. __________________________________
a type of music that is a mixture of early rock ’n’ roll and traditional country music
17. __________________________________
a type of popular music that developed in the 1980s from reggae and uses a singing style
similar to rap
18. __________________________________
a type of dance music that developed in the 1980s, consisting of hard repeated beats, heavy
drum sounds, and funk influences
19. __________________________________
a type of music that developed in Jamaica in the 1960s with songs about social and political
subjects and heavy bass sounds
20. __________________________________
a type of jazz dance music that was popular in the 1930s and 1940s, played by large groups
of musicians and combining simple tunes with more complicated improvisation
III.Choose the correct words to complete the text.

James Blunt biography
James Blunt was in the army for four and a half years before he left and (1. signed/ made)
a music contract. He plays the guitar and the piano, he also (2. writes/ makes)
a lot of his own lyrics and music. He (3. sent/ released) his
first album Back to Bedlam in 2005. It has been sold more than three million copies. His single
You're Beautiful (4. went/ made) to the top of the charts and stayed there for
six weeks. He also became the first UK artist since Elton John to reach number 1 in the US. He
(5. won/ had) two awards at the 2006 Brit Awards for ‘Best British Male’.

IV. Complete the text with the appropriate words from the box.
As a child My Tam was (1) about singing and left her hometown, Da Nang, for
Ho Chi Minh City to learn vocal music at Ho Chi Minh City Conservatory in 1997. People
realized that she was a(n) (2) singer when she got the bronze medal at the “Asian
Music Festival” held in Shanghai at the end of 2000. She started her (3)
singing career in 2001 when she was 20 years old and has since won millions of hearts with her
(4) and distinctive voice. She is not only a (5) singer, but also a
musician who has composed her own hits such as Toc Nau Moi Tram (Brown Hair and Purple
Lips), Hoa Mi Toc Nau (Brown-haired Nightingale), Uoc Gi (Wish), Hat Voi Dong Song (Sing
with the River), etc.
Later in 2004, My Tam was the only Vietnamese singer to participate in the “Asia Song
Festival” in Seoul, Korea, and she was very (6) in herself to perform in front
of the Korean crowds.
Considered as “V-Pop Queen”, My Tam has won three Viet Nam’s Devotion Awards, 11
titles “Most Favourite Singer”, and three titles “The Face of the Year” of the Blue Way Music
Awards.
Her fans think that My Tam is a great singer with a (7) voice and (8)
personality, but she is very (9) in her daily life. She works seriously
to give (10) quality music product. She is beloved for doing a lot of charity
activities.
V. Complete the passage with the correct forms of the words in brackets.
Shakira - A Star In Two Worlds
Shakira, who was born in Columbia, is one of the best pop stars to come from Latin America.
She had an (1. interest) childhood. Her mother was Colombian and her father was
Lebanese, so she listened to a lot of different styles of music. As a result, her own music is very
(2. origin) . Shakira is also (3. usual) because she records songs
both in Spanish and English. Her first album Magia was released in 1991. It wasn’t as (4.
success) as she hoped, so she changed careers for a while and took a part in
Colombia’s biggest TV soap opera. This made her (5. fame) and sales of
her second album were much better. The album sold millions of copies in Latin America, Spain,
and the USA. Since then, Shakira has become an international star.
VI. Use to-infinitives or bare infinitives to complete the following sentences.

1. The Vietnamese authorities decided files on “Don ca tai tu Nam bo” to
UNESCO. (submit)
2. In “Hat Gheo”, the boy and girl look at each other because they would like their
feelings during the performance. (express)
3. With an oar, the actor of “Tuong” try the viewers the boat fast sailing,
wavering due to waves, making the viewers feel as though they were on the boat. (show)
4. This type of acting in Tuong makes the actors their individuality and
transform themselves into the characters of the play. (give up)
5. 21st Century Fox decided “American Idol” after the last season of 2016.
(cancel)
6. Aguilera’s hit single “Genie in a Bottle” made her a Grammy Award for Best
New Artist. (get)
7. Aguilera continued , and in 1990, she earned the second place in the TV
programme “Star Search”. (perform)
8. Adele has planned her new album after the success of “Hello” and “25”.
(release)

9. Vietnamese viewers expect foreign-origin reality shows a “breath of fresh air”
to TV channels. (bring)
10. TV viewers could see the contestants of the Vietnam’s Next Top Model
confidently on the catwalk. (perform)
VII. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Dan Bau - the monochord of Viet Nam
It is said by many that the first Dan Bau was made in 1770, (1) many scholars have
thought it originated in the 8th century. A popular legend of its beginning tells that a blind woman
played it in the market to earn a (2) for her family while her husband was at
war. Whether this tale is based on facts or not, it is true that the Dan Bau has historically been
played by blind (3) .
The word “monochord” means “one string”. In the monochord, a (4) string
is stretched over a sound box. The string is fixed at both ends while a movable bridge alters
pitches. Originally, the Dan Bau was made of four parts: a bamboo tube, a wooden rod, a
coconut shell half, and a silk string. The (5) was tied on one end to the rod,
which is perpendicularly attached to the bamboo. The coconut shell was attached to the rod,
serving as a resonator.
The Dan Bau is a musical (6) that touches our (7) . Its music has the
power and charm from the emotion attraction of love songs (8) on this instrument.
VIII. Complete the sentences, using the coordinating conjunctions from the box.
1. Traditional musical forms are often performed on contemporary stages, “Don

ca tai tu Nam bo” is presented at homes of the local people.
2. Professor Nguyen Vinh Bao, a master of “Don ca tai tu Nam bo”, had great emotions
wish to share them with the public.
3. Both the father and grandfather of Beethoven were professional singers,
musicianship was in the family.
4. Later on, Beethoven became an assistant organist, also played viola for a
famous orchestra.
5. My mum and dad hate my long, dyed hair strange clothes I’m in
a band I need to look cool!
IX. Combine each pair of sentences, using the correct coordinating conjunctions.
1. Cheo tells tales of chiefs, heroes and lovely maidens. It offers a mix of romance, tragedy and
comedy.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. A Cheo play could be put on stage in a large theater. It could also be performed successfully
on one or two bed mats spread in the middle of a communal house.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. The props of a Cheo play are simple. There is a close interchange between the performers
and the spectators.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. On the stage of Tuong, the scene may be the officials at the royal court. The scene may be
two generals with some soldiers fighting in battle.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Trong Hieu, the champion of Vietnam Idol 2015, tried his luck at the 2008 Eurovision Song
Contest. He didn’t succeed.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
C. READING
I. Read the passage about telephone songs and the artists, and then answer the questions.
Telephone Songs
The first telephone song appeared in 1899 and was called Hello My Baby. In the song, a man
phones his girlfriend every morning to talk to her. But first he has to speak to the operator and he
has to talk very loudly because the line is so bad. Phone calls appeared in a lot of pop songs in
the 20th century, like Stevie Wonder’s I Just Called to Say I Love You in 1984. The famous
American soul singer’s song was number one in several countries, like the USA, Britain,
Germany and Italy and won an Oscar for Best Original Song in 1985.
In the last few years, phone songs have been about mobile phone calls. The most famous is
Lady Gaga’s Telephone. A woman is dancing at a club when her boyfriend calls. ‘I can’t hear
you and I’m busy,’ she says. The boyfriend rings again and again but the woman doesn’t answer
because she is dancing and having fun.
What will pop songs be about in the future? There will probably be more songs about social
networking, like New Friend Request by Gym Class Heroes. But they will still be about love!
1. What problems does the man in the first song have?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Who does he talk to first?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Where did Stevie Wonder’s song do well?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. What type of music is it?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Why does the woman in Lady Gaga’s song not answer the phone?
___________________________________________________________________________
II. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
The Voice
“The Voice” is a two-time Emmy Award winning, the number one series on NBC, featuring
the country’s best unknown artists and four of the biggest names in music as coaches.
The show’s innovative format features five stages of competition: the first begins with the
blind auditions, followed by the battle rounds, the knockouts, the live playoffs and finally, the
live performance shows.
During the blind auditions, the decisions from the musician coaches are based solely on voice
and not on looks. The coaches hear the artists perform, but they don’t get to see them - thanks to
rotating chairs. If more than one coach pushes his/her button, the power then shifts to the artists
to choose which coach they want to work with. If no coach pushes his/her button, the artist is
eliminated from the competition.
Once the teams are set, the battle is on. Coaches dedicate themselves to developing their
teams of artists, giving them advice and sharing the secrets of their success, along with help from
their celebrity advisers. During the battle rounds, the coaches pit two of their own team members
against each other to sing the same song together in front of a studio audience. After the vocal
battle, the coach must choose which of his/her singers will advance to the next round of
competition, while the losing artist is available to be stolen by another coach. Each coach has
two steals available during the battle rounds.
At the end of the battles, only the strongest members of each coach’s roster remain and
proceed to the knockout rounds. Here, the artists are paired against a teammate once more, but
this time, they select their own songs to perform individually, while their direct competitor
watches and waits. They are competing for their coach's confidence and decision to take them to
the live shows.

In the live playoff rounds, the Top 20 artists compete to secure a spot in the live shows.
Artists perform live, and Americans vote to save their two favorite artists from each team. The
coaches then save one remaining artist to complete their roster. The remaining contestants move
on to the final phase of the competition, the live shows.
In the final live-performance phase of the competition, the Top 12 artists compete each week
against each other during a live broadcast. The television audience votes to save their favorite
artists. In the end, one is named “The Voice” and receives the grand prize of a recording
contract.
Task 1: Find the words or expressions in the text which have the following meanings.
Task 2: Read the passage again, and answer the questions below.
6. What is the format of The Voice?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. When is the artist able to choose the coach during the blind auditions?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. What do the coaches do to prepare for the battle rounds?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
9. What should the contestants do to succeed in the battle rounds?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
10. What is the role of the audiences in the playoff rounds and the final live-performance phase
of the competition?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. And I’ve got a good singing voice, too.
B. What do you want to play?
C. You have to practise and rehearse all the time.
D. I like lots of different kinds of music.
E. I have been listening to pop music for years.
F. But you have to be talented to be in a band.
Tim: I think it’s really cool to be in a band.
Becky: I don’t. I think it’s really hard work. (1)______________________________________
I don’t think you have time for going out.
Tim: I disagree with that. When you’re in a band, you go out all the time. I want to start a
band.
Becky: (2)___________________________________________________________________
In my opinion, you’re not a talented musician.
Tim: You’re right, but I can learn.
Becky: (3)___________________________________________________________________
Tim: I really like the guitar but I don’t know how to play it.
Becky: I do.(4)_______________________________________________________________
Tim: Really? Great - you can be in my band. What sort of music do you like?
Becky: (5)___________________________________________________________________
Tim: Me too.

Becky: But I’m not really into hip hop or rap.
II. Complete the interview between Thu Huong, the reporter, and Sharon Pereira -
Vietnam Idol’s executive producer about the second season, using the responses (A-E)
given. There is one extra.
A. I was very touched by some of the difficult life experiences the top 10 have gone through.
B. I believe Vietnam Idol has a faithful audience who are keen to follow the journey of an
ordinary person who becomes a star.
C. In the near future, I will be the managing director of a game show with a new format.
D. We had more than 15,000 people attend the auditions which is three times more than last
year.
E. I enjoy working with young people. They are full of enthusiasm and promise.
F. I’ve been in Viet Nam since July 2008 and I’m impressed by the people and the unique
culture of Viet Nam.
Thu Huong: How long have you been in Viet Nam? What made you come and work here?
Sharon: (1)________________________________________________________________
Thu Huong: You’re known as a very experienced media practitioner, with 15 years working in
the industry. Why did you choose youth to be your target audience? And why
Vietnam Idol?
Sharon: (2)________________________________________________________________.
Vietnam Idol is a good opportunity to discover new talent and find an inspiring
person for the youth of Viet Nam.
Thu Huong: A reality show is still a new concept for a majority of Vietnamese, so there isn’t
much interaction between the audience and the show. But after spending over six
months on Vietnam Idol, a show which has managed to gain public attention,
what do you think of the status now of such shows?
Sharon: Reality shows have managed to capture the imagination of the Vietnamese
audience. (3)________________________________________________________.
As reality shows become more popular, I believe this audience will increase.
Thu Huong: Could you share the most memorable and the most difficult experiences related to
your work on the programme?
Sharon: (4)________________________________________________________________.
They spoke of their families, hopes and dreams. It was difficult to say goodbye to
someone every Friday.
Thu Huong: Do you think the second season of Vietnam Idol has been a success? What makes
the programme unique from other countries’ versions?
Sharon: I think this season of Vietnam Idol has been successful in several ways. (5)______
__________________________________________________________________.
The defining factor of Vietnam Idol, other than the music, are the people in the
show. They bring the unique blend of Vietnamese culture to life.
Thu Huong: Thank you very much for the interview, Sharon.
Sharon: You’re welcome.
III.Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation about “The X
Factor”, writing the answers (A-J) in each blank.
1. _____ A. Scott: It started in 2004 by the record company executive, Simon Cowell.
2. _____ B. Scott: That’s right, Nam. The mentors play an important role. Each week, live on
a Saturday night, all contestants perform one or two songs based on a
weekly theme. By the final, the judges no longer decide who must go
home and the results are entirely determined by the public vote.
3. _____ C. Nam: I have just watched a TV show of “The X Factor”, but I only get a little bit
information about it. It’s very awesome, Scott?

4. _____ D. Scott: In that case, the head judge - Cowell or later Gary Barlow - has the
deciding vote.
5. _____ E. Scott: There are several rounds of judging before the final stage and the final
decision is left to a public vote. The four judges sit behind a desk equipped
with large red buzzers. If the judges do not like the act, they press their
buzzer and an ‘X’ is displayed above their name. If an act gets a full-house
of Xs, they must stop performing and take some heavy criticism from the
panel.
6. _____ F. Nam: It’s really a very popular reality music competition. When did it start,
Scott?
7. _____ G. Nam: And the next round of judging is called “bootcamp” in four categories -
“Boys”, “Girls”, “Groups” and “Over 25s”. Each category is then assigned
to a judge, who takes contestants to the last stage before the live final with
the help of their potential mentor and a celebrity guest.
8. _____ H. Nam: I like him a lot. He has worked with a panel of 3 or 4 judges that decide
who will reach the live final stage.
9. _____ I. Scott: Certainly, Nam. The X Factor competitions take place in over 40
countries, including the UK, the USA, Australia, Italy, Russia, and so on.
10. _____ J. Nam: What will happen if there is a tied vote? It didn’t happen in the show I
watched.
E. WRITING
Write complete sentences of the biography of Luu Huu Phuoc, using the words/ phrases
given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use
all the words given.
1. Luu Huu Phuoc (1921 - 1989)/ born/ Can Tho/ the Mekong Delta.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
2. He/ study/ Ha Noi/ and/ serve/ the army/ the anti-French and American resistance wars.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
3. The musician/ leader/ youth’s movement/ and/ always have/ a tendency/ associate/ his music/
his political tasks.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. He/ hold/ important positions/ including/ Head of the Music and Dance Department at the
Ministry of Information and Culture/ Deputy Secretary-General of the Association of
Vietnamese Musicians/ Director of the Music Research Institute.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Friends/ remember/ him/ a simple, friendly and kind-hearted musician/ leader.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. He/ write and compose/ many famous songs/ such as: Bach Dang Giang (Bach Dang River),
Tieng goi thanh nien (The call for the youth), Giai phong mien Nam (Liberating the South).
Hon tu si (Martyr’s soul), Hoi nghi Dien Hong (Dien Hong Congress), Thanh nien hanh khuc
(March of the Youths), Len dang (Let’s go), Bai ca giai phong quan (Song of Liberation
Army), Thanh nien san sang (Youth to be ready), Tien ve Sai Gon (Heading for Sai Gon) etc.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. He/ also write/ children songs/ the occasional opera.
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Luu Huu Phuoc/ considered/ musician/ most popular Vietnamese Revolutionary songs.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 3)
1. A. pop B. idol C. contest D. top
2. A. compare B. album C. talent D. fan
3. A. franchise B. release C. contest D. post
4. A. contest B. talent C. album D. debate
5. A. concert B. award C. release D. compose
6. The tragic end of “Swan Lake” shows that magic is over love.
A. power B. powerful C. powerless D. powerfully
7. Van Cao’s Tien Quan Ca was made into the national of the Socialist Republic of
Viet Nam.
A. song B. music C. melody D. anthem
8. Chopin is one of the greatest Romantic piano composers whose works are often technically
.
A. demand B. demanding C. undemanding D. demanded
9. Fantasia Barrino, the winner of American Idol’s season 3 in 2004, released her Free
Yourself which earned three Grammy Award nominations.
A. debut album B. live performance C. local version D. live programme
10. That teen idol was to win second place in the Idol Contest in 2010.
A. talent B. being talented C. talented D. talentless
11. Her teachers and schoolmates noticed her a deep love of music during her childhood.
A. develop B. to develop C. developing D. developed
12. A playoff is an extra game in a competition played between two teams or competitors who
both have the same scores the winners.
A. decide B. to decide C. deciding D. to deciding
13. Hat Boi involves singing with distinctive vocal production techniques, symbolic gestures,
it is extremely difficult to perform requires special training in the art form.
A. and - but B. so - but C. so - and D. but - and
14. Scenes in Cai Luong are elaborate they are changed frequently throughout the play.
A. and B. or C. but D. so
15. Many “American Idol” contestants went on to become huge stars, the popularity
of “American Idol” began to decrease.
A. and B. but C. so D. or
III.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word/phrase from the box.
Vietnamese Traditional Theater

Despite being strongly influenced by Chinese opera and other art forms, Vietnamese theater
with three special (16) : Tuong singing, Cheo singing and Cai Luong singing,
which have been modified to be suitable for Vietnamese people.
Tuong singing is a form of art imported from China around the 13 th century. Tuong singing
(also known as Boi singing) was originally used as entertainment for the (17) and
was later performed by traveling troupes for commoners and (18) . One typical
feature of Tuong singing is the use of well-known stock characters who wear elaborate make-up
and (19) to represent the (20) that they are performing.

Cheo singing is a satirical (21) dating back to the 12th century under the Ly
Dynasty. Traditionally, Vietnamese peasants in northern Viet Nam usually danced when singing
folk songs and another (22) plays fiddle, flute and drum.
Cai Luong (Renovated Opera) appeared in the southern part of Viet Nam in the 1920s and
flourished as an entertaining theatre of the middle class under the French colonial period. The
special imprints of this (23) on audience are the harmonious combination of
southern Vietnamese (24) , classical music, Tuong singing and modern drama
as well as the use of extensive vibrato (25) .
Note: genre (n) = a style, especially in the arts, that involves a particular set of characteristics
following passage.
Quan Ho - Typical Northern Vietnamese music
It is hard to talk about the origin of Quan Ho singing, but it was first (26) in the
th
13 century. Quan Ho is a singing battle where “lien chi” (female singers) sing “cau ra” (a
challenge phrase), then “lien anh” (male singers) will (27) by selecting and singing
“cau doi” (a matching phrase). The order will be (28) in the next time.
(29) Quan Ho was unaccompanied by instruments but only (30) of singers to
compose rhythm. Quan Ho performances today are accompanied by some (31)
instruments, such as monochord or bamboo flute, etc.
Themes of most of the songs are love songs with romantic and sentimental lyrics which have
been (32) by (33) .
Quan Ho songs possess the spirit of local people and help tighten (34) among
villages. Quan Ho singing is an old Vietnamese type of art that needs (35) .
26. A. recorded B. broadcast C. performed D. written
27. A. answer B. say C. respond D. tell
28. A. changed B. turned C. varied D. reserved
29. A. Tradition B. Traditional C. Traditionally D. Tradition of
30. A. voices B. songs C. music D. volumes
31. A. music B. musical C. musically D. musician
32. A. passed B. passed by C. passed on D. passed away
33. A. mouth B. mouth of word C. word of mouth D. words of mouth
34. A. distances B. space C. roads D. bonds
35. A. preserve B. to preserve C. being preserved D. preserving
VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, c or D for each question.
Ca Tru was also called “Hat A Dao” or “Hat Noi”. Originally, attractive young female
singers entertained men in a relaxed environment, sometimes serving drinks and snacks. Men
might have visited a “Hat A Dao” inn with friends to celebrate a successful business deal or the
birth of a son.
Ca Tru flourished in the 15th century in northern Vietnam when it was popular with the royal
palace and a favourite hobby of aristocrats and scholars. Later, it was performed in communal
houses, inns, and private homes, and gained its high popularity. These performances were mostly
for men. When men entered a Ca Tru inn, they purchased bamboo tally cards. In Chinese
Vietnamese, “tru” means “card”, and “ca” means “song” in Vietnamese, so the name Ca Tru
means tally card songs. The tallies were given to the singers in appreciation for the performance.
After the performance each singer received payment in proportion to the number of cards
received.
Ca Tru requires at least three performers. The singer is always a woman and plays the
“phach”, an instrument made of wood or bamboo that is beaten with two wooden sticks. A
musician accompanies the singer on the “dan day”, a long-necked lute with three silk strings and
10 frets. There is also a drummer or “trong chau”. The drummer shows his approval of the singer
or the songs depending on how he hits the drum. If he likes a song, he might hit the side of the

drum twice. The “dan day” player must follow the rhythm of the “phach”. His instrument, the
“dan day”, is only used in Ca Tru and is now made almost exclusively for sale to tourists.
36. Ca Tru was first performed .
A. to serve drinks and snacks to men
B. to entertain male guests on special occasions
C. in a relaxed environment without any drink
D. when “Hat A Dao” and “Hat Noi” disappeared
37. Ca Tru developed and became very popular in the society when .
A. it was only performed in royal courts and palaces
B. it took the name Ca Tru from Chinese and became a favourite hobby of aristocrats and
scholars
C. its performances were mostly for men
D. it was performed in communal houses, inns, and private homes
38. The “tally card” in the meaning of Ca Tru helped .
A. the singer to be paid after the performance
B. the men to purchase bamboo tally cards
C. the singers to show appreciation for the performance
D. each singer to receive the number of cards given
39. The singer plays the essential role because .
A. she accompanies the other musicians with the “phach”, an instrument made of wood or
bamboo
B. she makes the drummer shows his approval of the singer or the songs by hitting the side of
the drum twice
C. the drummer only shows his approval or disapproval to the song and the “dan day“ player
must follow the rhythm of the drummer
D. the “dan day” player must follow the rhythm of the “phach”, and the drummer only shows
his approval or disapproval of the singer or the songs
40. All of the following are true about Ca Tru EXCEPT that .
A. it flourished in the 15th century in northern Vietnam
B. the “dan day” is now only used as a souvenir for tourists
C. the meaning of Ca Tru partly originated from Chinese Vietnamese
D. Ca Tru requires at least three performers
VII. Complete the conversation, using the responses (A-F) given. There is one extra.
A. I like that British judge with his critical remarks about the contestants.
B. Fox said the long-time host, Ryan Seacrest, will be joined by the judges - Jennifer Lopez,
Keith Urban and Harry Connick Jr.
C. The audience for “American Idol” is now one-third of what it was at its peak in 2006
with 30 million viewers.
D. Well, I don’t think the main sponsors of the programme including Coca-Cola and AT&T
have left. And 21st Century Fox is a big corporation.
E. What a pity! That talent competition was Fox’s most popular entertainment programme
since 2002.
F. NBC’s “The Voice” has emerged as a powerful alternative to “American Idol” and its
summer show “America’s Got Talent” has also developed its popularity.
Mai: Have you heard that “American Idol” will come to an end after its 15th season next year?
Anna: Yes. (41)_________________________________________________________________
Mai: I see. When it was launched in 2002, “American Idol” soon became an instant success. It
also made a household name out of Simon Cowell.
Anna: (42)_____________________________________________________________________.
Mr. Cowell also starred in “Pop Idol”, a British show that “American Idol” is based on.

Mai: That’s right, Anna. I also like other judges and the host, Ryan Seacrest. Do you know the
reason why Fox will shut down “Idol”?
Anna: Well, there are several reasons, Mai. In recent years, its popularity has dropped quickly.
(43)_____________________________________________________________________.
Mai: Maybe the viewers have chosen other reality TV shows. Do you think so, Anna?
Anna: It’s the truth. (44)__________________________________________________________.
Mai: Yeah, “The Voice” is very fantastic. Can we see the same judges and the host in the last
season?
Anna: The last season of “American Idol” will begin in January, 2016. (45)__________________
________________________________________________________________________.
VIII. Write complete sentences of the biography of Do Nhuan, using the words/ phrases
given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have
to use all the words given.
46. Do Nhuan (1922 - 1991)/ great Vietnamese classical composer.
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
47. He/ first Vietnamese/ who/ trained/ Tchaikovsky Conservatory.
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
48. He/ lay/ foundation/ Vietnam’s opera/ based/ Western traditional opera/ and/ he/ write/ first
Vietnamese opera “Co Sao” (Miss Sao).
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. His typical songs/ that/ help/ build/ reputation and image/ “Ca Ngoi Ho Chu tich” (Singing in
praise of President Ho Chi Minh), “Du kich song Thao” (Guerrillas on Thao River), “Chien
thang Dien Bien” (Dien Bien’s Victory)/ “Viet Nam que huong toi” (Viet Nam - My
country).
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Do Nhuan/ who/ first Secretary General / the Vietnam Musicians’ Association/ and/ awarded/
Ho Chi Minh Prize/ remembered/ pioneer/ modern Vietnamese music.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 3)
1. A. platinum B. format C. stage D. smash
2. A. composer B. solo C. post D. love
3. A. solo B. music C. single D. song
4. A. platinum B. melody C. contestant D. instrument
5. A. achievement B. audience C. performance D. recording
6. “Don ca tai tu Nam bo” is a practice that helps people together on the land
and rivers of the Mekong Delta region.
A. bringing - work B. to bring - to work
C. to bringing - working D. be brought - to working
7. To celebrate 60 years of the Eurovision Song Contest, Australia has been given a place in the
.
A. end B. stop C. final D. bottom
8. Indonesians really enjoy Dangdut, a kind of Indonesian popular music, because the
beat compels listeners to dance together in the Ghoomar style.
A. power B. powerful C. powerless D. powerfully
9. The first ever Junior Eurovision Song Contest (JESC) in Denmark, in 2003.
A. took part B. took place C. took advantage D. took care
10. Vietnam Idol, a music reality show, is becoming popular among young who
love to watch their generation on TV.
A. spectators B. singers C. audiences D. teenage
11. Some contestants manage the fame from the TV game shows.
A. gain B. gaining C. to be gained D. to gain
12. The local authorities will cooperate with the Department of Education and training
the traditional music in the schools next year.
A. to teach B. teach C. teaching D. taught
13. My Tam made her fans surprised when she was given the title of “Asia’s Music
Legend” in 2014.
A. feel B. felt C. feeling D. to feel
14. The clown in a Cheo play seems to be a supporting role, actually he or she is
very important to the performance.
15. The main sponsors of “American Idol” including Coca-Cola and AT&T have left,
finance becomes a big problem.
III.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some
extra words.
America's Got Talent

Originating in 2006, America’s Got Talent (also known as AGT) is an American (16)
television series on NBC. The show was developed with the help of Simon
Cowell but due to Idol and Fox obligations, he has never judged. The show is a talent
competition which has no restrictions to age or act, with the main focus on whether or not it was
entertaining. It is divided into three main rounds. The acts first compete on stage in front of an

audience and the three or four judges. Each judge has a loud ’X’ buzzer which they can press if
they feel an act is not meeting expectations. If an act gets all the judges to buzz, it is immediately
over and they are out of the (17) . These remain active throughout the show, but
during later rounds frequently get used.
It starts off with the audition week held across the country where acts have roughly 90
seconds to impress the judges and an area audience. Following each act, the judges quickly vote
and based on majority rules decide if the contestants go to the next round or are cut on the (18)
.
Following the audition week, the show and accepted acts move to Vegas where the acts
perform again, only this time in front of only the judges and no (19) . Following
Vegas week, the judges cut the competition aggressively to 48 acts to move onto the next, most
important round. The 48 acts chosen go onto the live quarter-finals in various cities to compete
on live television for the audience (20) as the power now shifts away from the
judges. There are 4 quarter finals with 12 acts performing each week (4 advance each), followed
by two semifinals (4 advance each) followed by the final where the winner is declared. The
grand prize winner will receive one million US dollars and a chance for their own show in
Vegas.
following passage.
Xam - A Tale of Vietnamese Folk Music
Xam is known in Viet Nam (21) folk music usually performed by blind
street singers (22) their living. As it originated from the working class and poor
people, Xam has become an intellectual part of the folks’ cultural life. Its most distinctive (23)
lie in the simplicity and popularity of its lyrics which often tell daily-life stories,
satirizing and criticizing severely the social evils while highly praising education and
humanitarian (24) .
Therefore, Xam doesn’t care so much about (25) and stages like other types of
traditional arts. Xam singing can be performed (26) , on any street or corner where large
numbers of people pass. It is so simple that anyone can sing some verses to express their inner
(27) on life.
After a long period of (28) , Xam has recently been revitalized by a programme titled
“Tale of Xam” performed by master artists of Vietnamese traditional music through their
beautiful vocals and talented musical skills.
The artists performed in such a simple way without accompaniment in order to (29) the
soul of Xam performed by our forefathers. The effect of the programme could (30)
through the joy of audiences and their enthusiastic talks with the artists.
21. A. for B. as C. of D. with
22. A. to earn B. to make up C. to do D. to work
23. A. things B. fame C. features D. importance
24. A. measures B. beliefs C. judges D. values
25. A. dress B. cloth C. clothing D. costumes
26. A. anywhere B. somewhere C. wherever D. nowhere
27. A. senses B. feelings C. opinions D. attitudes
28. A. refusal B. raise C. rise D. decline
29. A. prove B. explain C. express D. record
30. A. see B. be seen C. realize D. be realizing
VI. Read the article, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
The Underage Festival
Are you a music-lover between the ages of fourteen and eighteen? Would you like to go to a
festival with friends of the same age as you? Then this music festival is for you! For most music
festivals, you have to be eighteen before you can go without an adult, but the Underage Festival
is different. You must be between fourteen and eighteen.

The Underage Festival is a day of music and fun for teenagers. It takes place in Victoria
Park, London, in August. It’s a one-day festival - it starts at 11.30 a.m. and the music goes on
until 8 p.m.
Sam Kilcoyne is the main organizer of the festival. He started the Underage Festival in 2007
when he was only fifteen years old. It’s a small festival with 10,000 people but the best thing
about it is that there are no adults! Parents can wait for their children outside the gate, but they
can’t come in to the festival.
But parents don't need to worry! The organization is great and it's a safe and peaceful
festival. You can’t bring food or drink into the festival, but there are lots of restaurant tents with
a variety of food and drink - from pizzas to burgers and Chinese to Mexican. We recommend the
pizza tent. On the festival website, there's a page for parents with all the information they need.
There's a big variety of music, everything from indie to hip hop, electronic to heavy metal.
There’s even a silent disco where everyone wears headphones. There are six stages. The main
stage is outside and the other five are in huge tents. Sometimes, it feels a little crowded in the
tents, but the big names usually play on the main stage. Sometimes it’s difficult to choose which
band to watch because they only play for thirty minutes. But in general, the music is fantastic
and the teenagers are happy.
Note: indie (n) = pop or rock music produced by small, independent record companies
31. What is the author of the article trying to do?
A. give practical information about travel and cost
B. recommend the festival
C. review the music
D. describe his/her experiences
32. Why is the Underage Festival different from other festivals?
A. It’s for music-lovers. B. It’s for teenagers and adults.
C. It’s just for teenagers. D. It’s just for adults.
33. Where can parents find information about the festival?
A. outside the gate B. from Sam Kilcoyne, the organizer
C. from their teenage children D. on the festival website
34. Which of the following can’t you have at the Underage Festival?
A. a Chinese meal B. a pizza C. a burger and chips D. your own food
35. Why is it difficult to choose which band to watch?
A. There are six stages. B. The bands only play for a short time.
C. There’s a big variety of music. D. The music is fantastic.
VII. Complete the conversation about “The Voice of Viet Nam”, using the responses (A- J)
given.
A. The champion will receive a cash prize of 500 million VND and a recording contract.
B. The blind audition ends when each coach has fourteen artists to work with.
C. In 2012, and it is produced by Cat Tien Sa Media Group.
D. Yeah, if more than one coach turns the chair, the artist chooses the coach he or she would
like to work with.
E. In the semi-final round of the competition, the top contestants from each team compete
against each other during a live broadcast.
F. The format is Dutch and the original Dutch version of the programme was broadcast in
the Netherlands for the first time in 2010 as The Voice of Holland.
G. The competition then enters into a battle round, when the coaches ask two of their own
team members to sing the same song together in front of a studio audience.
H. Season 3, which took place in March 2015, has the same changes of coaches as Thu
Phuong, My Tam, and Tuan Hung joined the show.
I. The show’s format features three stages of competition.

J. Finally, each coach will have his/her best contestant left standing to compete in the finals,
singing an original song.
Anna: I watched a TV show of “The Voice of Viet Nam” yesterday evening. It was very
exciting with several sweet voices from the contestants and the four famous judges.
Mai: Wow, it’s my favourite game show on TV.
Anna: Is it of the same version of “The Voice” in America?
Mai: That’s right, Anna. (36)_____________________________________________________
Anna: And in the US, “The Voice” is broadcast on NBC. When was it first broadcast in Viet
Nam?
Mai: (37)_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: Who are the four coaches? Have they been the same since the first season in 2012?
Mai: Well, in 2012, four coaches were chosen, namely Thu Minh, Tran Lap, Ho Ngoc Ha, and
Dam Vinh Hung. The second season saw the departures of Thu Minh, Tran Lap, Ho
Ngoc Ha due to professional reasons, and they were replaced by My Linh, Hong Nhung,
and Quoc Trung respectively. (38)_____________________________________________
Anna: So Dam Vinh Hung is the only coach to stay on the show since the first season.
Mai: That’s right. Anna. The show is hosted by Phan Anh, the former host of Vietnam Idol.
Anna: How many rounds or stages are there?
Mai: (39)_____________________________________________________________________.
The first is the blind audition, in which four coaches listen to competitors without seeing
them.
Anna: And they turn their chairs to signify that they are interested in working with that artist.
Mai: (40)_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: How many contestants will each coach choose for their own group?
Mai: (41)_____________________________________________________________________.
Coaches will dedicate themselves to developing their singers, giving them advice, and
sharing the secrets of their success. They can ask the mentors to help them.
Anna: What is the second round, Mai?
Mai: (42)_____________________________________________________________________.
After the one-on-one battle on stage, the coach must choose which singers will advance.
Thus less than half of original artists, that is six, survive to live shows lasting 10 weeks so
far.
Anna: What will happen next?
Mai: (43)_____________________________________________________________________.
The television audience vote to save one contestant on each team, leaving the coach to
decide live who they want to save and who will not move on.
Anna: So in this phase of the competition, the public directly chooses between the two artists
left on each team based upon an online music video produced and released by the
executive producers.
Mai: Correct. (44)______________________________________________________________.
From these four, one will be named “The Voice of Vietnam”.
Anna: What is the prize for the champion of the season?
Mai: (45)_____________________________________________________________________
VIII. Write complete sentences of the biography of Beethoven, using the words/ phrases
46. Beethoven/ born/ 1770/ Bonn, Germany/ and/ he/ start/ learn piano/ age of 4/ taught/ his
father.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. When/ he/ 22/ he/ move/ Vienna/ study/ famous composer Haydn.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. When/ he/ 30/ he/ start/ become/ well-known composer/ and/ he/ write/ heroic works/
struggle and revolution.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. his late 20s/ he/ start/ lose his hearing/ and/ he/ become/ quite ill/ during/ last years/ his life/
and/ die/ age of 57 in Vienna.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Beethoven/ compose/ many symphonies/ well-known piano sonatas/ and/ become/ master
composer/ all time.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 1
I. Match a type of Vietnamese traditional instrument (A-J) with its description (1-10),
writing the answer in each blank.
A. Dan Bau (monochord of Viet Nam) F. Trong Com (Rice Drum)
B. Dan Nhi (Two-string fiddle) G. T'rung
C. Dan Nguyet (Two-string guitar) H. Hmong Pen Pipe
D. Dan Ty Ba (Four-string guitar) I. Gongs
E. Dan Tranh (16-string zither) K. Dan Da (lithophone)
1. ____________________________
It gets its name from the practice of placing a pinch of hot steamed rice in the middle of the
drum skin to "tune" the instrument.
2. ____________________________
It is also known as Dan Thap Luc or sixteen-stringed zither. Its shape resembles a bamboo
tube that has been sliced vertically in half.
3. ____________________________
It is one of the popular musical instruments closely associated with the spiritual life of the
Bahnar, TSedan, Giarai, Ede and other ethnic minority groups in the Central Highlands of
Viet Nam. It is made of short bamboo tubes differing in size.
4. ____________________________
It is a musical instrument of the wind family with the free vibrated reed, popular among
almost all of Vietnam's ethnicity in different forms. The Kinh (Viet) group call it Khen, while
the Hmong ethnic minority call it the Kenh, and the Ede in the Central Highlands use a
similar instrument called Dinh Nam.
5. ____________________________
It is a set of stone slabs of different sizes and shapes. It is composed of a set of eleven
resonant stones.
6. ____________________________
It was a very simple instrument comprised of a bamboo section, a flexible rod, a calabash or
half a coconut.
7. ____________________________
The Southerners of Viet Nam refer to this instrument as Dan Kim. It has two strings and the
resonator resembles the moon.
8. ____________________________
It is a kind of musical instrument casted from mixed copper. It consists of a bossed part in
center (bossed gong) and flat gongs around it.
9. ____________________________
It is popular among several ethnic groups in Vietnam. It is also referred to as Dan Co in
southern provinces of Viet Nam.
10. ____________________________
It is a four-string instrument which is frequently present in a traditional orchestra.
II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.
Extract 1: “An apple a day keeps the doctor (11) ” - This line (12) from
an old poem that was told to children to encourage them to eat (13) foods like
fruits and (14) . It’s still a common saying today (15) English.
Extract 2: Pictures taken with X-rays (16) inside the body because different
parts of it absorb the rays of radiation at different rates. Calcium in bones absorbs the most
radiation, so bones look (17) on an X-ray image (also called a radiograph). Fat
and other softer body (18) absorb less and look gray. Air absorbs the least
(19) of radiation, so lungs look (20) on an X-ray.

III.Read the articles, and answer the questions.
A. Dirty body - healthy body
Do you like to be clean? Italian doctors think it could be making you sick. “Bathing removes
our natural protection from germs,” said Dr. Giancarlo Pagnozzi. “Nature gave us protection, but
we keep washing it away.”
For seven years, researchers studies 300 people. One half took the bath or shower every day
using soap. The other half washed once a week in plain water. The super-clean team had several
minor illnesses, including 876 colds, 167 cases of flu, 49 sore throats, and various skin diseases.
The dirty group had only 29 colds, 3 cases of mild flu, and one sore throat - but no friends.
B. Pets on prescription
In the future if you go to your doctor with high blood pressure, he or she might prescribe not
medicine but a cat or a dog. Australian scientists have found that owning a pet brings lower
blood pressure and lower cholesterol. The results are confirmed by research at Cambridge
University, which showed that people who were given cats and dogs to look after were ill less
often than people who did not have a pet. Researchers believe that keeping a pet helps because it
reduces stress.
C. What’s good for the heart might not he good for the mind
Low-fat diets prescribed to reduce heart disease may be bad for mental health, a report
claims. A low level of cholesterol appears to affect a person’s mood and increases the risk of
suicide, according to researchers. The new findings reinforce an earlier US study which showed
a connection between low cholesterol and depression.
Notes:
 germ (n) = vi trùng, mầm bệnh
 depression (n) = sự chán nản; suicide (n) = sự tự vẫn
 prescribe (v) = kê đơn thuốc; prescription (n) = đơn thuốc, việc cho đơn thuốc
21. Why does bathing too often is not good for you?
___________________________________________________________________________
22. What does owning a pet bring you?
___________________________________________________________________________
23. What do researchers think about keeping a pet?
___________________________________________________________________________
24. What is the effect of a low level of cholesterol on mental health?
___________________________________________________________________________
25. What was the conclusion of the US study?
___________________________________________________________________________
IV. Rearrange the sentences in order to make a meaningful conversation about the benefits
of taking a good hot bath, writing the letter (A-J) in each blank. The first (0) has been
done for you.
0 Mai: It’s good for our health to dip our body in hot water to the neck at the end of
a hard-working day.
26. _______ A. Mi: A healing for headaches? Mow can it work?
27. _______ B. Mi: And the result is a fresh feeling and cleaner skin.
28. _______ C. Mi: Our heart beats faster, but a recent study has shown that soaking in a hot
bath can lower your blood pressure. It’s a great way of bringing down your
blood pressure.
29. _______ D. Mi: A hot bath is useful for our heart, and muscles. Do you think it’s also
cleaner than a shower, Mai?
30. _______ E. Mi: That’s right, Mai. Dipping the body in a hot tub is a kind of exercise for
your blood vessels.
31. _______ F. Mai: It’s certainly right. A good soak in hot water after a shower can open up the
pores in our skin, and if the water is clean then they can come in and clean
some of the dirt and toxins in our skin.

32. _______ G. Mai: I think this is because water creates physical pressure on the body and so
increases the capacity of our heart. In other words, when we're inside the
water, the heart works faster and stronger.
33. _______ H. Mai:Most types of headaches are caused by the narrowing of blood vessels in the
head. The positive effect of the hot water on our blood vessels can be used
to alleviate the pressure on those blood vessels and cure our headache.
34. _______ I. Mai: Yeah, it’s a good way to keep cleanliness for our body. And what’s more, it
offers a cure for headaches.
35. _______ J. Mai: Besides the heart, a good hot bath is also good for our muscles. When a
tense body enters a warm bath, the hot water increases the body temperature
and relaxes the muscles. Relaxing the muscles not only helps us relax
physically, but also mentally, and many of us need that peace of mind at the
end of the day.
V. Match the reporter’s questions (A-F) with DJ Rocky’s answers, writing the answer in
each blank. There is one extra question.
A. What kind of music do you listen to relax?
B. What’s your favourite festival?
C. How many hours do you work every day?
D. How did you start being a DJ?
E. How often do you go to festivals?
F. Do you enjoy your work?
36. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________
DJ Rocky: When I was at school, I was into music. In fact, music was my best
subject at school - music and English. I loved English too, and I always
wanted to be an English teacher. But then I got more and more interested
in music and I bought CDs every week. Then I played CDs at my
friends' parties and that’s how I started.
37. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________
DJ Rocky: I travel all over the world now. East week I was in Japan, Australia, and
New Zealand. I play in clubs and festivals with other DJs from all over
the world. It’s great. I usually work for about three hours a night.
38. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________
DJ Rocky: I love small festivals in hot places. Last year I went to Festival in the
desert in Africa. I didn't play there, I just went to listen to the music. I
love world music and there are some very talented and exciting bands in
Africa. It was really hot there during the day, and very cold at night. It’s
the best festival I’ve been to.
39. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________
DJ Rocky: It’s a great job but it’s difficult if you’re married or have young children.
You have to travel so much and you have to work really late. I
sometimes finish at five or six o’clock in the morning. I’m single, so
there’s no problem, but sometimes I just want to stay at home.
40. _______ Reporter: ___________________________________________________________
DJ Rocky: I’m a DJ so I play dance music at work. But when I’m at home I listen to
classical music and world music. I love ballet, and in my free time I
sometimes go to the theater to see opera or ballet. The last CD I
downloaded was Sleeping Beauty by Tchaikovsky! I feel really relaxed
when I listen to it.
Read the conversation again, and then decide whether the following statements are true (T)
or false (F).
T F
41. DJ Rocky wanted to be a musical teacher.  

42. He only plays in clubs in Europe.  
43. DJ Rocky loves small festivals.  
44. He’s got young children so his job is difficult.  
45. He listens to classical music to relax.  
VI. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.
This week's nutrition tips
46. Eat/ five/ six times/ day. If/ you/ hungry/ you/ not concentrate.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. Popular snacks/ crisps or biscuits/ not healthy. If/ we/ a lot/ these foods/ we/ have problems/
weight. Choose/ healthy snacks/ fruit.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Cook/ meals/ home/ fresh foods. If/ you/ fresh foods/ your meals/ not have/ a lot/ bad
chemicals/ and/ they healthier.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Fish/ good/ brain. When/ you/ not eat fish/ memory/ get worse.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Broccoli/ tomatoes/ a lot/ vitamins/ minerals. They/ help/ us/ stay healthy/ if we cat/
regularly.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 4: FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY
A. PHONETICS
Read the following sentences aloud, and write the words with the sounds /nd/, /ŋ/, or /nt/
into the correct line.
1. This elephant project in Sri Lanka is surrounded by hills, green forest and beautiful
landscape, making work and volunteering experience like no other.
2. Project Abroad was founded in 1992 and currently sends more than 10,000 volunteers
overseas every year.
3. “Student Partnerships Worldwide”, working across the continent, gets youth actively
involved in learning about health and environmental issues.
4. The aim of the Heath Education Programme is to educate villagers about preventing
ailments, especially for children, including prevention, and treatment.
5. At this placement, volunteers are students from different age groups.
6. I was so lucky to be involved in the Community Development Programme, including
environmental conservation, health management, and more.
7. They constantly look for participants as teaching assistants who will enjoy the time with
fantastic memories.
8. Volunteers on the Teaching English project help to improve the student’s pronunciation,
listening and speaking skills, in addition to assisting local teachers in managing their classes,
organizing games and other activities within the classroom.
9. Our “Feeding the Homeless” project is perfect for those volunteers wanting to work hard and
interact with locals while having a very authentic and rewarding experience.
10. As a volunteer, you will have an important role to play whether you are on a gap year, career
break, volunteer vacation, or are simply looking for a meaningful way to contribute.
/nd/:___________________________________________________________________________
/ŋ/: ___________________________________________________________________________
/nt/:___________________________________________________________________________

I. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. For some blanks
there may be more than one answer, and there are some extra words.
Thinking of volunteering?
According to a recent survey, 40% of young people aged 16 to 24, who live in Britain, have
done (1) work. Young people often (2) in places where they work
with younger children such as on holiday camps. Wanting to meet other people and experience
new things are the main reasons that they give for (3) . However, they also
say they want to help people whose lives are more difficult than their own. More and more
young people are volunteering abroad too. They often go to countries where there have been
disasters.
Voluntary Service Overseas (VSO), an international development charity, always needs (4)
. The organization allows people to share their skills and (5) .
II. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some
extra words.
Volunteers For Peace Viet Nam (VPV) organizes around 10 to 20 work camps every year.
Work camps are the most common form of (1) volunteering, where a group
of volunteers work and live together on a project for 2 weeks.

Our types of (2) are mainly education or environment, and
volunteers build kitchens or toilet for kindergartens in poor areas, reforestation and environment
(3) , working in the organic garden, construction or renovation of some centers for (4)
children, protecting, preserving and promoting world (5) of
Viet Nam...
VPV always has its own coordinator who acts as a work camp leader in each camp.
International work camps bring together volunteers from different countries and (6)
aiming at building up international (7) . Groups’ sizes vary between 10 and 20 (8)
.
III.Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some
extra words.
Volunteers with an interest in working with (1) children or in supporting

children with physical and mental disabilities in Viet Nam can join the Viet Nam Children’s
programme.
Volunteers in our programme have the opportunity to work in the (2) district of Ba
Vi - located about 50 km north of Ha Noi. You will be working alongside the local staff and
giving love and care to the children who have physical and mental disabilities. Volunteers are
welcome to focus on (3) goals and encourage the children to be mentally (4)
.
Volunteers are needed to assist in caring for children, teaching (5) English, arts
and crafts, music, sports and other life skills if (6) . There is also a need for
volunteers who have (7) skills in physiotherapy, (8) therapy,
nursing or other professions with qualifications that could support children with mental and
physical disabilities.
IV. Complete the text with the suitable adjectives from the words in brackets, using the
suffixes -ed, -ing, -full, or -less.
Orphanage Volunteers Program in Kenya
You will work with HIV/AIDS orphans, many of whom are HIV positive. Others have been
abandoned after birth. Orphans in Kenya orphanages are extremely (1. disadvantage)
and encounter a lot of (2. pain) experiences in their life. In fact, they
have never experienced (3. love) and (4. care) relationships.
The children will receive much needed attention, support, and love from you. Through the
education and sympathy they receive from you, the children are not (5. hope)
anymore but they may be (6. power) to overcome poverty and children’s
exploitation.
You will learn new things, have fun, experience a new culture, learn a new language, gain
work experience, meet new people and make lifelong friendships with fellow volunteers from
around the world and the local people. You are also (7. excite) to enjoy travel
adventure in Kenya. Volunteering in orphanages in Kenya will be one of the most (8. challenge)
, and (9. reward) experiences of your (10. meaning) life.
V. Complete the text about Mother Teresa with the suitable adjectives from the words in
brackets, using the suffixes -ed, -ing, -full, or -less.
This strong and independent woman was born Agnes Gonxha Bojaxhiu in Skopje,
Yugoslavia, on August 27, 1910. During her early years, she was (1. fascinate)
with stories of missionary life and service. At the age of 18, Agnes was (2. determine)
to follow the Loreto Sisters of Dublin, an Irish community of nuns founded in the
th
17 to educate young girls.
In 1929, she was sent to Darjeeling, India, and in 1931 she chose the name of Teresa.
She started teaching the (3. advantage) children of the slums. Although she
had no (4. use) equipment, she made use of what was available - writing in the dirt. She
tried to make the children literate, and teach them basic hygiene. As they grew to know her, she

began visiting the poor and ill in their families in the (5. surround) slums.
Mother Teresa found human needs in the poor she met, who thought that their lives were (6.
hope) .
From the birth in Calcutta, the Missionaries of Charity of Mother Teresa have developed in
many parts of the world and offered many vocations: homes for the (7. die) ,
refuges for the care and teaching of orphans and (8. abandon) children, treatment
centers an d hospitals for those suffering from leprosy, centers and refuges for alcoholics, the (9.
age) and street people – the list is (10. end) .
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box. Each word has to be used only
once.
Mahatma Gandhi's Greatest Quotes

1. “ is when what you think, what you say, and what you do are in harmony.”
2. “You must not lose in humanity. Humanity is an ocean; if a few drops
of the ocean are dirty, the ocean does not become dirty.”
3. “An eye for an eye only ends up making the whole blind.”
4. “Where there is love there is .”
5. “I suppose leadership at one time meant muscles, but today it means getting along with
.”
6. “The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the of others.”
7. “Live as if you were to die . Learn as if you were to live forever.”
8. “My life is my .”
9. “When I admire the wonders of a sunset or the beauty of the moon, my
expands in the worship of the creator.”
10. “It is health that is real and not pieces of gold or silver.”
VII. Match the beginnings (1-5) with the halves (A-E), and complete the sentences in the
past simple or the past continuous. Write the answer in each blank.
_______ 1. I first met her two years ago
_______ 2. When we (talk) noisily,
_______ 3. We were watching television
_______ 4. The car was travelling at full speed
_______ 5. I (watch) TV in my hotel room
A. when the phone (ring)
B. while many tourists (rush) to the beach.
C. our teacher came in.
D. when we (study) in the middle school.
E. when it (reach) the comer.
VIII. Complete the text with the past simple or the past continuous of the verbs in brackets.
Throughout her short life, Diana, Princess of Wales (1. do) so much to
publicize work on behalf of homeless and also disabled people, children and people with
HIV/AIDS. During her marriage, the Princess (2. be) President or Patron
of over 100 charities.
In the year before her death, aged 36, the Princess (3. play) an active role
in the campaign for a ban on the manufacture and use of land mines. In January 1997, she (4.
visit) Angola as part of her campaign. In June, the Princess (5. speak)
at the landmines conference at the Royal Geographical Society in London. Later, in June
1997 while she (6. visit) America to promote the American Red Cross landmines
campaign, she (7. meet) Mother Teresa in the Bronx, New York. The
Princess's last public engagements (8. include) her speech in Bosnia, while she (9.

spend) a few days from 7 to 10 August visiting the landmine projects in Travnic,
Sarajevo and Zenezica .
It is estimated that 2.5 billion people (10. watch) her funeral on TV.
C. READING
I. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Over one billion people don’t have adequate housing. These people are found in every
country of the world, and, indeed, in almost every community. They live in huts, and in some
cases they don’t have a roof over their heads.
Habitat for Humanity International (HFHI) was founded in 1976 by Millard and Linda
Fuller, millionaires deciding their money could best be spent helping people. Since then, it has
helped fix and build homes for thousands of people in the United States and over 30 other
countries. Jimmy Carter, the former US President, and his wife Rosalynn, spend a week each
year helping to build houses.
HFHI believes that the homes should not be given as charity; instead, the organization
follows a system known as “partnership housing”: The people living in the homes work together
with volunteers on the building and then gradually pay off the basic cost of the homes. These
payments, together with contributions, enable HFHI to help other people.
True False
1. There are some countries without housing problems.  
2. HFHI was founded in 1976.  
3. It was founded by Jimmy and Rosalynn Carter.  
4. HFHI has helped people in over 30 countries.  
5. “Partnership housing” means that HFHI works with a government  
agency.
Elie Wiesel - A Messenger to Mankind
Elie Wiesel was born in 1928 in Transylvania, which is now part of Romania. When he was
fifteen years old, he and his family were forced by the Nazis to come to Auschwitz. Only he and
his two older sisters survived.
After the Second World War, Elie Wiesel studied in Paris and later became a journalist.
During an interview with the famous French writer, Francois Mauriac, he was persuaded to write
about his experiences in the death camps. The result was his book, Night, which has been
translated into more than thirty languages. As a devoted supporter of human rights, Elie Wiesel
has defended the cause of Soviet Jews, Nicaragua’s Miskito Indians, Cambodian refugees, the
Kurds, victims of famine and genocide in Africa, of apartheid in South Africa, and victims of
war in the South Africa, and victims of war in the former Yugoslavia. He is President of The Elie
Wiesel Foundation for Humanity, an organization he and his wife created to fight indifference,
intolerance and injustice.
Teaching has always been central to Elie Wiesel’s work. He has been teaching at many
famous universities all over the world. He is the author of more than sixty books of fiction and
non-fiction, including “A Beggar in Jerusalem”, “The Fifth Son”, “All Rivers Run to the Sea”,
“And the Sea is Never Full”, etc.
For his literary and human rights activities, he has received numerous awards and in 1986 he
won the Nobel Prize for Peace.
1. concentration camps in which a large number of people are __________________
systematically put to death
2. the killing of a whole group of people __________________
3. lack of interest in someone or something __________________
4. refusal to accept ideas, behaviour... that are different from __________________

your own
5. the situation being unfair __________________
Task 2: Read the passage, and answer the questions below.
6. Why did Elie Wiesel become a writer although his first job was a journalist?
___________________________________________________________________________
7. What did he do to support human rights?
___________________________________________________________________________
8. What is the aim of “The Elie Wiesel Foundation for Humanity”?
___________________________________________________________________________
9. What is the core of his work?
___________________________________________________________________________
10. When did he won the Nobel Prize for Peace?
___________________________________________________________________________
III.Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), or false (F).
Andrei Sakharov (1921-1989) was a leading nuclear physicist in the Soviet Union. Between
1953 and 1968, Sakharov conducted top-secret research on thermonuclear weapons and played a
key role in the first Soviet hydrogen bomb.
During this time, however, Sakharov developed a deep awareness of the dangers of nuclear
testing and the irreversible consequences of nuclear war. He began writing letters to Soviet
leaders urging them to stop nuclear testing. In 1957, he wrote articles in Soviet scientific journals
about the biological hazards of nuclear testing and the effects of radiation.
In 1968, he published "Reflections on Progress, Peaceful Coexistence and Intellectual
Freedom," urging an end to the arms race. Honored abroad with a Nobel Peace Prize in 1975, he
was later forced to leave his hometown for several years.
In 1989, he was elected to the newly formed Congress of People’s Deputies. On December
14, 1989, the evening before he was to make a speech before the Soviet Congress advocating for
more freedom and a market economy, Sakharov died of a heart attack. Throughout his life,
Sakharov always had a belief in the hidden strength of the human spirit.
T F
1. Sakharov was a famous scientist in nuclear weapons.  
2. He tried to raise public awareness of the dangers of nuclear testing and the  
consequences of nuclear war but the biological hazards.
3. His book published in 1968 called for an end to the arms race.  
4. He was internationally and domestically honored throughout his life for his  
achievements in science and humanity.
5. He always had a belief in the power of freedom and human spirit.  
IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Projects Abroad Vietnam is a Non-Governmental Organization. Its main placements mainly
focus on providing care for children with disabilities, and its main partners include Hanoi
Friendship Village, Hope Center, Phuc Tue Center for intellectual disabled children, etc.
Standards of cleanliness and sanitation in care centres can often be quite poor. Many of the
children that attend daycare facilities also come from low-income families where this isn’t a
priority. This means that the spread of infections and sickness is common. We educate and run
activities to promote proper hygiene, with the aim of improving overall health in these care
centres.
We aim to promote a lifestyle of proper nutrition, exercise and medical care and life skill
education targeting healthy behaviour. Our health education programme also includes gender
education. Volunteers are encouraged to include physical activities in their daily routines,
promoting healthy foods as well as good hygiene practices.
It has been shown that a lack of stimulation in early years, particularly in situations of
poverty or neglect, can lead to delayed development later in life. With that in mind, we aim to
improve the emotional and cognitive development of the children we work with through regular

games, activities and interaction with our volunteers, while taking care to include and offer the
same level of attention to each child.
In Viet Nam. there are very limited resources made available for people with disabilities.
Those with disabilities can be marginalized and have severely restricted opportunities when it
comes to finding work. This has a huge impact on their quality of life. By providing
individualized care and attention, we can give more specialized and worthwhile treatment to
those who are most in need.
1. The project tries to improve healthcare by .
A. recording poor standards of cleanliness and sanitation in care centres
B. making daycare facilities available for low-income families
C. encouraging proper hygiene to improve overall health
D. educating and running activities to promote the quality of care centres
2. In order to promote healthy behaviour, volunteers should include the promotion of
.
A. physical activities, proper nutrition, and life skill education
B. focusing on gender education only
C. healthy foods as well as good hygiene practices for volunteers
D. their daily routines to follow healthy foods as well as good hygiene practices
3. Volunteers offer to children to improve their emotional and cognitive development.
A. stimulation in early years B. later development in life
C. the same level of interaction D. regular games, activities and interaction
4. The programme provides to disabled people so that they can find work more easily.
A. opportunities to limited resources B. a huge impact on their quality of life
C. specific care and attention D. the emotional and cognitive development
5. The word “marginalized" in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to .
A. put in the outer part B. treated as if someone is not important
C. being different from the others D. put in many activities
D. SPEAKING
I. Read the conversation with a Peace Corps member, and fill in each blank with the
correct phrase/sentence. There is an extra one.
(The Peace Corps is a volunteer programme run by the US government, helping people outside
the United Slates.)
A. And what’s the most rewarding things?
B. learning about another culture
C. For about a year now.
D. For me, it’s finding a way to fit into a community that’s very different from my own.
E. For me, it’s a kind of something that can fit my gap year before entering university.
F. Most of the time. The work can be very difficult, but it has its rewards.
Phong: So, how long have you been in the Peace Corps?
John: (1)___________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________.
Phong: Do you enjoy it?
John: (2)___________________________________________________________________.
Phong: What's the most challenging thing about being in the Peace Corps?
John: (3)___________________________________________________________________.
Phong: (4)___________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________?
_____________________________________________________________________
John: That's easy. The most rewarding thing about being in the Peace Corps is (5)_________

_____________________________________________________________________.
II. Complete the conversation between the reporter and Jonathan Thompson - an
HIV/AIDS advocate and enthusiast of English teaching for foreign students, using the
sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. If you are optimistic, and open yourself up to your project and people, you will get more
experience than you could possible imagine.
B. Once we managed to discuss the causes of HIV transmission in his country.
C. Outside of the hospital, I designed and hosted a three-hour HIV/AIDS workshop for 20
local university students.
D. Viet Nam felt like home to me, and if it had not been for this experience. I never would
have known I could feel that way about a place so far away from my own world.
E. After the workshop ended, one student stated. “I'm planning to have a small talk with my
friends at university and my brother at home about IIIV.”
F. I decided to become an international volunteer because I wanted to have an impact on the
global community, not just the place I call home.
Reporter: Why did you decide to become a volunteer in Viet Nam?
Jonathan: For me, my purpose is being what the community needs me to be, when they need
me to be it. (1)_______________________________________________________
Reporter: What did you do in your project?
Jonathan: Through my project. I was able to spend one month in Ha Noi providing
HIV/AIDS prevention and education. One way I tried to help the local community
was through HIV/AIDS-related English education at a government designated
HIV/AIDS hospital. (2)________________________________________________
Reporter: What was the workshop about?
Jonathan: The workshop brought these students together with volunteers from all over the
world, promoting understanding of the virus on a global level and inspiring
everyone to consider cultures and ideas outside their own. (3)_________________
__________________________________________________________________
Reporter: Tell me about somebody you met who impressed you?
Jonathan: One person that really impressed me was Cuong. a Vietnamese man that managed
our volunteer housing. Cuong and I did not share a common language and he
wanted to learn English. With some lessons, Cuong became more communicative
and more socially alive. It was not always easy but our desire to be friends was
stronger than our language barriers. (4)___________________________________
_________________________________________________________________.
After a month, he made his first complete sentence.
Reporter: What advice would you tell a future volunteer?
Jonathan: I would advise a future volunteer to willingly accept what you don't know.
(5)________________________________________________________________
Reporter: What did you learn about yourself in Viet Nam?
Jonathan: I learned that I can adapt to another culture, keeping calm and improving the
community language and getting over culture barriers. (6)____________________
__________________________________________________________________
III.Complete the conversation between the reporter and Nun Nguyen about Hai Hang’s
story of her forever lasting smile, using the responses (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. With great help from the FPT team, Hai Bang and I were able to reach Operation Smile's
examining day.
B. Instead, with her smile, she can live as a normal person: having friends and attending
school.
C. Hai Bang did not cry, she just lay in hospital bed and looked at us with her lovely bright
eyes.

D. It took me days to days to take care of the baby and she was getting better little by little.
E. But if she wishes to go to college, I will also do my best to support her. We think
schooling is a priority task.
F. When the doctor said that she could receive surgery the following day, everybody was
filled with happiness and joy.
Reporter: Hello, Nun Nguyen. We heard that Hai Bang has left hospital after the surgery.
It's good news for both of you, and it's a long story before the forever lasting
smile. When was she taken to your pagoda?
Nun Nguyen: Hai Bang was abandoned by her own mother when she was only 2 months old. At
that time, the baby was hardly to eat anything even a little milk.
Reporter: Maybe the baby was malnourished, and what happened then?
Nun Nguyen: (1)________________________________________________________________.
Reporter: Of course, with effort, patience, and love. How could she get surgery?
Nun Nguyen: One day, the crew from FPT arrived at our pagoda bringing great news for the
poor kid: Operation Smile had come to Ho Chi Minh City for the surgical
mission. (2)_________________________________________________________
Reporter: And when did Mai Bang receive the operation?
Nun Nguyen: (3)________________________________________________________________
Reporter: After the surgery, her life would change forever, and she would smile brighter
than ever after the surgery.
Nun Nguyen: That's right. From now on, Hai Bang would no longer need to hide herself behind
the pagoda’s doors. (4)________________________________________________
Reporter: Well, do you have any plans for Hai Bang now?
Nun Nguyen: If she has strong belief in Buddhism, I will help her to become a nun.
(5)________________________________________________________________
Reporter: Thank you for the interview, Nun Nguyen.
E. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You
Five Reasons Why You Should Volunteer
1. It/ so easy/ get familiar/ a routine/ as a student/ class, homework, sleep/ so/ it/ worth/
volunteer/ make/ a difference/ the community/ and/ personal life.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Giving/ helping hand/ community/ be/ one/ best ways/ gain experience/ a future career.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Volunteering/ be/ great way/ discover/ new passions/ or/ interests/ future career.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. The/ most/ exciting aspect/ volunteer work/ be/ that/ you/ not know/ who/ you/ meet/ or/
what kind/ impact/ they/ have/ your life.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Applying good lessons/ classroom/ get practical experience/ be/ the most valuable things/
your education.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

II. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences for an application letter to respond to
the job advertisement. You have to add some words or make some changes when
necessary.
Volunteers Needed: We need reliable, dedicated volunteers to work at our Greenleaf Child
Center. Your job will include helping children at a kindergarten or a primary school, and
instructing some basic football skills to them.
Dear Sir or Madam.
1. I/ interested/ opportunity/ volunteer/ Greenleaf Child Center. I/ have/ experience/ working/
children/ and/ would like/ continue/ do/ it.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Last year/ I/ volunteer/ a tutor/ Friendship Village School/ enjoy/ able/ help children/
kindergarten/ learn/ a classroom. In/ position/ I/ assist/ classroom projects/ and/ Field trips.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. For/ previous summers/ I/ volunteer/ children/ my neighbourhood/ assisting football coaches/
teach basic skills/ small children.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. If/ Greenleaf Center/ a need' a dedicated volunteer/ I/ willing/ have/ opportunity/ work with.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. My schedule/ the summer/ flexible/ and/ I/ available/ evening and weekend hours/ as well/
during the day.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours sincerely
(Your name)

TEST 1 (UNIT 4)
1. A. interesting B. singer C. single D. strong
2. A. understanding B. friendship C. secondary D. handsome
3. A. volunteer B. cheerful C. needy D. career
4. A. volunteer B. passionate C. handicapped D. cultural
5. A. disabled B. invalid C. obvious D. creative
6. I particularly have a(n) interest in working with children.
A. interesting B. interested C. passion D. passionate
7. Teaching English is a great example of a volunteer job that often a career.
A. leads B. leads up C. turns D. turns into
8. People who volunteer in their community have a personal to the area and want
to make it a better place for themselves and for others.
A. interest B. passion C. attachment D. attraction
9. Volunteers For Peace Viet Nam (VPV) is a , non-governmental organization that
was founded in 2005 to provide help and education to people in both urban and rural Viet
Nam.
A. profit B. profitable C. non-profit D. non-profitable
10. The volunteer project only accepts students who are their profession and have a
strong working knowledge of the field.
A. dedicating B. dedicated C. dedicated to D. dedicated in
11. Many people who think that they are very fortunate to live the way they do and want
to give something back to society.
A. volunteer B. volunteers C. volunteering D. voluntary
12. I would like to continue to lend my helping hands to achieve the goal of giving all children
an equal chance of having futures.
A. succeed B. successive C. successful D. succeeding
13. Last year we in the Community Village project in Mai Chau, Hoa Binh while
the disabled artisans to follow their trades.
A. join - are trying B. joined - were trying
C. joined - had tried D. were joining - were trying
14. During the volunteer programme, they up international understanding while they
for the needs of the local community.
A. builds - are working B. were building - were working
C. were building - worked D. built - were working
15. also helped to set up and arrange two retail stalls, selling the products to visitors.
A. Volunteer B. Volunteers C. Volunteering D. Voluntary
IV. Read the text and put the verbs in brackets in the past simple or the past continuous.
Student-run food bank to feed needy people
A group of students in Ha Noi (16. collect) leftovers from restaurants to supply
meals to needy people in their "Ha Noi Enough" project while several customers (17. waste)
so much food there. Some people (18. worry) about the quality of
the food preprocessed from leftovers while the volunteers (19. deliver) them.
Therefore, project members (20. take) photographs as a proof of quality while they
(21. give) the food to the poor. Project leaders (22. call) more
restaurants to help them save food when they (23. develop) their project. While

the “Ha Noi Enough” project (24. gain) more reputation, volunteers also (25.
host) several social activities, including "Warm winter and Tet enough" and
"Save Food, Save the Earth".
following passage.
Think Globally, Act Locally
Wangari Maathai was the first African woman to receive the Nobel Peace Prize in 2004. She
was also the first female scholar from East and Central Africa to take a doctorate (in biology),
and the first female professor ever in her home country of Kenya. Maathai played an (26) part in
the (27) for democracy in Kenya.
As a young girl in Kenya, she was surrounded by a rich, beautiful forest. As she saw the
forest being cut down, she understood how the lack of forests (28) farming and life
more difficult for her (29) . People fought over water and over food. She decided to
plant nine seedlings and as the trees grew, she had her plans to plant trees for (30) .
In 1977 she (31) a movement aimed at opposing the deforestation that was
threatening the means of subsistence of the agricultural population. The campaign (32)
women to plant trees in their local environments and to think ecologically. The so- called
Green Belt Movement spread to other African countries, and (33) to the planting of
over thirty million trees.
Maathai’s Green Belt Movement for African women was not limited in its vision to work
(34) sustainable development, she saw tree-planting in a broader perspective which
included democracy, (35) , and international solidarity, as in the words of the Nobel
Committee, “She thinks globally and acts locally.’
26. A. act B. acting C. active D. action
27. A. fighting B. struggle C. contribution D. building
28. A. made B. let C. caused D. brought
29. A. humanity B. ability C. responsibility D. community
30. A. peace B. rest C. life D. fame
31. A. starts B. started C. has started D. was starting
32. A. made B. took C. got D. encouraged
33. A. caused B. contributed C. urged D. lead
34. A. for B. to C. with D. at
35. A. woman rights B. women rights C. woman’s rights D. women’s rights
Street Children Volunteer Programme in Delhi
There are about 100 million street children in India who do not attend any school and spend
most of their time on the streets. In Delhi, the capital city, it is estimated that there are about
175,000 street children of which 10% are runaways. In fact, there are more than 25,000 children
who live in and around railway stations in Delhi. They can be seen searching the rubbish heap
for a meal, sleeping between the tracks, often beaten and sexually abused.
Volunteer Work in the Street Children Programme in Delhi, India consists of taking informal
education classes with the children, playing games with the children and introducing them to
different new activities. Volunteers can teach the children good habits such as cleanliness,
hygiene and greetings. On some of the days, volunteers can plan a trip with the children to a
museum or zoo in Delhi. Such educational trips are very useful for the children where they love
spending time and playing with the volunteers.
Volunteers work at the various contact points or shelter homes, being run by various
organizations, which serve as day care centers for these street children. They can assist in
providing love, care, basic literacy, recreation and most importantly spend time and shower
affection on them.
36. Street children in Delhi .

A. spend most of their time in and around railway stations
B. live in very badly physical and mental conditions
C. account for 100 million from all parts of India
D. can search heaps of food for meals
37. Volunteers may do all of the following activities EXCEPT .
A. giving informal lessons to children B. playing games with children
C. teaching children good habits D. taking children to evening classes
38. Educational trips are very useful for the children because .
A. there are many museums and zoos in Delhi
B. they can learn good habits such as cleanliness, hygiene and greetings
C. they have a good time and lots of fun with volunteers
D. they can play many educational games with volunteers there
39. Day care centers for street children offer .
A. care, education and recreation
B. time, shower, and affection
C. supply of volunteers for various organizations
D. contact points or shelter homes at railway stations
40. The word “They” in the last paragraph refers to .
A. volunteers B. organizations C. day care centers D. street children
VII. Complete the conversation, using the parts (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. Not only getting knowledge, volunteering encourages better sense of responsibility.
B. What is the programme about?
C. That sounds great. I'm very excited.
D. There are several programmes for teenagers to take part in. I have seen some
advertisements in the newspapers.
E. As a volunteer, you can provide valuable community services, such as supporting
disadvantaged families, making the community more beautiful, and so on.
F. I’d like to join it because volunteering provides physical and mental rewards.
Quan: I saw a poster for a voluntary programme in our community. Would you like to join,
Hieu?
Hieu: (41)__________________________________________________________________
Quan: Its purpose is to make our environment cleaner and greener.
Hieu: Great! (42)____________________________________________________________.
It makes you healthier, more optimistic and less stressful.
Quan: That’s true. Besides health benefits, it brings people together. As a volunteer, you can
get people from diverse backgrounds toward a common goal, and build teamwork.
Hieu: I agree with you. (43)____________________________________________________.
Besides that, we can also learn a lot.
Quan: Certainly, Hieu. Volunteers can discover hidden talents that may change their view,
and they can gain knowledge of local resources available to solve community needs.
Hieu: Sure. (44)_____________________________________________________________
Quan: And above all, volunteers make a difference to the community. Tomorrow both of us
will register for the voluntary programme.
Hieu: (45)__________________________________________________________________
VIII. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences for an application letter to respond to
necessary.

Volunteers Needed: We need reliable, friendly and patient volunteers to work at our
Happiness Nursing Home during this summer. Your duties will include organizing activities
for elderly people.
Dear Sir or Madam,
46. I/ interested/ volunteering/ your organization/ and/ enclose/ CV/ your consideration. I/
understand/ you/ regularly need/ volunteers/ arrange activities/ elderly people/ community.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. As/ I/ a reliable/ friendly/ patient person/ I believe/ I/ enjoy/ these duties/ and/ benefit/ your
organization/ becoming a volunteer.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. I/ spend/ a lot/ time/ over the last year/ take care/ my grandmother. This/ give me/ an
understanding/ needs/ wishes/ elderly people/ who/ not able/ rely/ their own family.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. I/ keen/ get/ any training/ you/ feel/ necessary/ undertake/ role.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. I/ able/ work/ flexible hours/ the summer vacation/ and/ I/ available/ an interview/ at your
convenience.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Yours faithfully
(Your name)

TEST 2 (UNIT 4)
1. A. donation B. charity C. attachment D. character
2. A. overspent B. achievement C. environment D. movement
3. A. hopeless B. endless C. success D. harmless
4. A. interact B. understand C. volunteer D. contribute
5. A. priority B. ability C. community D. voluntary

6. Volunteers become more of the problems facing the world.
A. concerned and unaware B. concerning and unaware
C. concerned and aware D. concerned but aware
7. If you are in traditional hand-made products and are on the volunteer project for
several weeks, you may have the opportunity to learn the and embroidery skills
from the artisans.
A. interested - weaving B. interesting - weaving
C. interested - woven D. interesting - woven
8. Volunteer’s main work at the projects is to take care of the children, most of whom have
are affected by Agent Orange.
A. mentally and physically disabilities B. mental and physical disabled
C. mental, physical and disabled D. mental and physical disabilities
9. Volunteers For Peace Viet Nam (VPV) offers programmes in North and South
Viet Nam.
A. dedicate B. dedicated C. dedication D. dedicating
10. Together with volunteers, through our daily activities, we try to protect children from
effects from society.
A. harm B. harmful C. harmless D. unharmed
11. In our volunteer programme, the possibilities are , and all you need is
determination and a little creativity.
A. end B. ending C. endless D. everlasting
12. While Tom English to poor children in Phnom Penh last year, he a lot
about Cambodian culture.
A. is teaching - knows B. taught - was knowing
C. was teaching - knew D. was teaching - was knowing
13. My passion for volunteering to help children during my middle school years
while I for the summer community service.
A. begin - work B. began - was working
C. have begun - have worked D. was beginning - was working
14. Volunteers games and activities with disadvantaged children while they
for the center.
A. played - had - worked B. were having - having - were working
C. have played - playing - are working D. played - had - were working
15. “ your country can do for you - you can do for your country.” (from
John Kennedy’s inaugural address).
A. Don’t ask what - ask what B. Ask what - don’t ask what
C. Ask not what - ask what D. Ask what not - ask what

IV. Fill in each blank in the following letter from the President of “Action for a Better
Community” to volunteers with the correct word from the box.
Dear Volunteer,
Welcome to our team! Thank you for choosing to become a member of our (16)
! We are delighted to have you as part of our dynamic, caring team!
“Action for a Better Community” (ABC) was founded more than 45 years ago. In the
beginning, ABC was one of hundreds of “community action agencies”, established in
communities throughout the United States to help low-income people. We started with small
amounts of money with a strong determination to help people break the cycle of (17)
and achieve self-sufficiency.
ABC has made a (18) for over 35,000 children and families served through the
Head Start programme.
Your (19) as a volunteer is especially important as we move in the future
with a focus on child development services, employment and training, housing, and health
(especially AIDS/HIV-related education and counseling).
(20) jobs range from direct service to our programme (21) to agency
leadership as members of our Board of Directors. Together you bring your range of skills,
experience and dedication to support ABC’s vital work in our (22) . We promote
and provide (23) for low-income individuals and families to become self-
sufficient.
Your (24) , placement and orientation are important first steps. Your (25)
to help ABC in order to help people help themselves is greatly appreciated!
Sincerely,
James H. Norman
President & CEO
following passage.
The Buddha of the Poor
More than 26,000 children now have bright (26) faces after receiving free operations.
About 173,000 poor people received free treatment to regain their vision, and nearly 3,400 deaf
children were given hearing aids. These are part of the (27) of the Ho Chi Minh
Association for Support of Poor Patients, launched and run by Mr. Nguyen Vinh Nghiep.
Mr Nghiep, the former Chairman of the People’s Committee of Ho Chi Minh City, retired in
1992, and (28) his Association two years later. Together with his former colleagues, Mr
Nghiep has (29) billions of VND from individual (30) and organizations to
support more than a million poor people nationwide through seven major (31)
programmes, such as “For the children’s smile”, “Bringing light to poor blind people and blind
children from birth”, “Sound and Voice for Deaf and Dumb Children”, “Wheelchairs for people
with disabilities and paralysed children”.
The “Free meals for patients and their relatives” programme has offered over 2.6 million free
meals to poor people in 10 hospitals.
Mr Nghiep said, “Helping one person to gain their (32) means bringing happiness to
him or herself, freeing two or three more people from (33) of the patient, and more
importantly, building (34) for poor patients in society.”
In 2002, Mr Nghiep, (35) “The Buddha of the Poor”, was given the national title of
Labor Hero in the Renewal Process, and his Association received the title in 2005.
26. A. smile B. smiles C. smiling D. smiley
27. A. acts B. acting C. actions D. activities
28. A. established B. set C. put up D. opened
29. A. raised B. got C. risen D. requested
30. A. donating B. donors C. donations D. charities

31. A. human B. humanity C. humanities D. humanitarian
32. A. eyes B. eyesight C. views D. ability
33. A. looking after B. dealing with C. taking care D. taking place
34. A. trust B. hope C. future D. dream
35. A. knowing B. khown as C. regarding as D. regarding
Voluntary Service Overseas (VSO)
VSO is a registered charity dedicated to assisting in developing countries. It is a recruitment
agency which finds, selects and places volunteers in response to overseas requests.
This work makes it distinctive among other charities and organizations in the UK. It sends
people, not money, so it tries to respond to requests from overseas which ask for volunteers. Its
purpose is toward the poorest members of the community. Both staff and volunteers also pay
special attention to women’s roles in development projects. This is because women’s roles in
child-rearing, in education and community relationship are essential in any healthy process of
change.
Over the past 38 years, more than 21.000 volunteers have worked abroad with VSO. There
are now over 1,900 volunteers working in 59 of the less developed countries in Africa, Asia, the
Pacific and the Caribbean.
The application of each volunteer is carefully considered in order to select and interview
candidates against each job request from the field, to look for the person with the right blend of
skills and personality.
VSO volunteers do not go to developing countries as visiting experts with all the answers. It
is always a process of sharing and learning. The aim is that when the volunteer returns home,
there exists a community with a stronger sense of independence, and a volunteer with a new
understanding of life and people everywhere. The range of jobs required of VSO is wide,
reflecting the needs of any society in the modern world.
36. VSO is different from other charities and organizations in the UK because it .
A. is a registered body
B. sends financial aid to developing countries
C. sends volunteers to help abroad
D. recruits volunteer to work in Britain
37. Requests from overseas most likely to be dealt with are those which .
A. specially ask for female staff and volunteers
B. require volunteers to work with the local inhabitants
C. require help and advice on health care
D. need help to train less wealthy members of the community
38. According to those who work for VSO, who plays the most important part in bringing about
change?
A. charitable organizations B. volunteers from abroad
C. women in local communities D. staff who recruit volunteers
39. What happens when VSO wants to appoint new volunteers?
A. They give preference to applicants living abroad.
B. They give each applicant several interviews.
C. They refer applications to countries requesting volunteers.
D. They match all applicants to jobs very carefully.
40. The volunteer chosen to go out to a developing country .
A. must have experience of working overseas
B. will quickly become an expert in the field
C. will gain more knowledge about the world we live in
D. must leave the country before it becomes independent

VII. Complete the conversation, using the sentences (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. Fantastic. How long has he provided credit to the poor in his community?
B. In which country, Phong?
C. I think access to even a small amount of credit can transform the lives of the poorest
citizens of the world.
D. I think the poor need money - exactly the capital - to escape poverty. How did Professor
Yunus originate his idea?
E. I think his small loan helped them break the cycle of poverty for good.
F. How can he develop his ideas to the community? You said that he established a bank for
the poor?
Phong: I heard the story about a man who established a bank for the poor, Nam.
Nam: Really? It sounds great! (41)_______________________________________________
Phong: In Bangladesh, one of the poorest countries in the world. He’s Professor Muhamad
Yunus. He is recognized for his work in providing small amounts of credits to the
poor for self-employment.
Nam: Great! (42)_____________________________________________________________
Phong: It was an idea originated on a day in 1976 when he lent $27 from his own pocket to
forty-two people living in a tiny village. These people only needed enough credit to
purchase the raw material for their trade.
Nam: (43)__________________________________________________________________
Phong: I agree with you. He offered a solution to the world poverty too; that is lending poor
people money which is suitable to them, teaching them a few sound financial
principles, and they will help themselves.
Nam: Brilliant! (44)__________________________________________________________
Phong: He established Grameen in 1983, a bank devoted to providing the poorest of
Bangladesh with small loans. They want to help poor people, and they don’t see them
as an object for making money. Twenty-three years later they won the Nobel Prize for
Peace for their work in eradicating poverty.
Nam: Wonderful! (45)________________________________________________________
VIII. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences for an application letter to respond to
necessary.
Volunteers Needed: We need enthusiastic volunteers who have a love in nature to work
for WWF Center, Viet Nam. Your jobs will include taking care of animals and planting
trees.
Dear Sir or Madam,
46. I/ interested/ volunteer position/ WWF Center/ Viet Nam. I/ very enthusiastic/ save/ our
planet/ and/ contribute/ this cause.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. Since/ I/ young/ I/ curious/ both plant/ animal life. Saving/ little kittens/ other animals/
distressful situations/ and/ planting trees/ all I/ do now.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. My love/ nature/ make/ me/ want/ work/ this field/ all my life.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. I/ confident/ that/ I/ physical ability/ which/ needed/ most positions/ WWF.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

50. I/ excited/ opportunity/ join/ your organization/ a volunteer/ and/ make/ contribution. I/
available/ an interview/ at any time.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Thank you for your time and consideration.
Sincerely,
(Your name)

Unit 5: INVENTIONS
A. PHONETICS
I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress
pattern.
II. Read these sentences aloud. Pay attention to the stressed syllables.
1. A greenhouse is a place where we grow plants while a green house is the house painted
green.
2. A bluebird is a type of bird while a blue bird is any bird with blue feathers.
3. A blackbird is a type of bird while a black bird is any bird with black feathers.
4. A lighthouse is a tall building with a light at the top that guides ships while a light house is
one with bright colours.
5. Shorthand is a method of writing quickly that uses signs or short forms of words while a
short hand is one that is short.

I. Match the verbs (1-5) to human achievements (A-F), and write the answer in each
blank. There is an extra achievement.
_______ 1. discover A. a gold medal/the world cup/a Nobel prize
_______ 2. invent/develop B. money for/to charity
_______ 3. raise/donate C. a planet/a cure for a disease
_______ 4. win D. others/future generations
_______ 5. inspire E. great speeches
F. a machine/theory/system
II. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word/phrase from the box.
Flying cars
Most of you might have seen some movies like “The Fifth Element”, read any books or even
heard it from someone about flying cars. The (1) of a flying car, or more
appropriately said “roadable aircrafts”, needs a heavy attention on both of the (2) that it
has to run on a standard road as well as fly in the sky without a smallest problem and with fewer
number of (3) from a car to an aircraft.
The factors that (4) most of the people and automotive companies to think
about the concept of a car which can fly too, came firstly from the original Flying Car, Chitty
Chitty Bang Bang, which was used as a movie and stage prop. Chitty Chitty Bang Bang’s Flying
car version mainly caught the attention due to its toughness (5) . It was built
strong enough to (6) dirt roads, cobblestone streets and could jump off a couple
of stairs too!
The features included in a fully working flying car are well enough to take care of both air
and street (7) . Special tires are being used for the car (8) their
ultra-lightness which will not weigh down the aircraft. Panes made of poly carbonate material
are used instead of heavy (9) windows giving the car a relief in its weight and
shatterproof strength.
One may say that the flying car is going to be a luxury rather than being a (10) .
III.Use the correct form of the words in brackets to finish the sentences.
1. In 2008, the International Telecommunications Union specified a set of for
fourth generation (4G) standards. (require)

2. Apple’s new iPad Pro is aimed at enterprises as a for computers. (replace)
3. Apple iPad succeeded in capturing the public’s , and started a new trend.
(imagine)
4. When scientists discovered genetic engineering, they considered it their greatest
. (achieve)
5. Hybrid cars are better for the environment than cars. (tradition)
6. Edison said, “Genius is one percent and ninety-nine percent !”
(inspire - perspire)
7. In the early 20th century, Nikola Tesla invented his own engine with high fuel in
turbine style using smooth discs. (efficient)
8. The invention of the electric rice in 1940 by Mitsubishi Electric makes it
possible to have the perfectly cooked rice for sushi. (cook)

1. The iPod - together with Apple’s iTunes software - was the that really
transformed the way people listened to music.
2. Firefox was the first web to challenge the dominance of Microsoft’s Internet
Explorer.
3. Skype made it possible to speak to your family - and even video - for free over
Wi-Fi.
4. Today Facebook connects over 1.7 billion people worldwide, with from various
backgrounds, nationalities and ages.
5. The Amazon Kindle was not the first e-book on the market, nor the most
elegant when it launched in 2007.
6. Flappy Bird, in which users have to steer a bird between green pipes, has become one of the
most downloaded mobile games on both Apple and Google’s stores.
V. Choose the best verb form to complete each of the following sentences.
1. “Where’s Tony?” “He to the travel agent's, and he hasn’t come back.”
A. has been B. has been going C. has gone D. had gone
2. We think they all that is necessary.
A. have done B. doing C. had done D. would do
3. I’d like to see that football match because I one this year.
A. don’t see B. can’t see C. hardly see D. haven’t seen
4. I can’t believe that you all the three exercises. You just started five minutes ago.
A. have finished B. have been finishingC. finished D. are finishing
5. Up to now, the discount to children under ten years old.
A. has only applied B. only applies C. was only applied D. only applied
6. Tom often watches TV after his parents to bed.
A. had gone B. have gone C. go D. went
7. Their children lots of new friends since they to that town.
A. have made - moved B. were making - have moved
C. made - are moving D. made - have been moving
8. Jane is a wonderful singer. Her mother tells me that she professionally since she was
four.
A. has been sung B. was singing C. is singing D. has been singing
9. He off alone a month ago, and of since.
A. set - hasn’t been heard B. was setting - hasn’t heard
C. set - hasn’t heard D. was setting - hadn’t been heard
10. None of the students to class yet.
A. are coming B. hadn’t come C. haven’t come D. have come

VI. Write sentences about the uses of the following inventions with the cues given, using
"be used for + V-ing" or "be used + to-infinitive" of the verbs.
1. digital camera/ take/ pictures/ video clips/ electronic format/ instead of to film.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. GPS/ provide/ users/ positioning, navigation, and timing services.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. webcam/ record/ moving pictures/ sounds/ and/ allow/ these/ to be broadcast/ Internet.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Microsoft Xbox One/ deliver/ new gaming and entertainment experience/ the best games.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Lima Billboard/ Peru/ produce/ clean water/ Lima’s extremely humid air.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
6. 4K TV/ display/ films/ resolutions/ four times/ bigger/ HDTV.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. smart watch/ give/ you access/ lots of information/ besides/ time of day/ such as/ missed
calls, messages, and emails.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Google Glass/ get/ real-time information/ everything/ you/ look at.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
9. tooth sensor/ detect/ any bacteria/ causing cavities/ or any other infections/ your teeth.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
10. Argus II/ restore/ vision/ people/ suffering/ complete or partial blindness.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
C. READING
I. Read the text about three machines you can buy to make your life easier, and then
answer the questions. There may be more than one answer for some questions. You can
write A for the vacuum cleaner, B for the smart fridge, and C for the control system.
The Three Most Intelligent Machines For Your Home
A. The Smoothline D838 Robot Vacuum Cleaner
Do you like housework? No? Then this new robot vacuum cleaner is the machine for you. It can
clean your living room automatically. It has a computer which tells it to go around objects such
as chairs and table legs as it cleans your floor. And if a person - or your pet dog or cat – comes
too close, it stops automatically.
B. The FZ Smart Fridge
A fridge which tells you what it has got inside and gives you ideas about what to cook for
dinner! A visual display shows you what is inside the fridge - you don't even have to open the
door; and the fridge can also tell when food is too old to use. And if you haven't got any ideas

about what to cook for your family this evening, just touch the computer screen on the door of
the fridge and you can look at over a thousand of your favourite recipes. You can also use it to
send emails and to surf the Internet!
C. The Ultimate Power Control System
How many remote control units do you have in your house - for the TV, the DVD player, home
audio? Now you can control everything in your house - from a light in the bedroom to your front
door - using just one special remote control unit. It works with radio signals, so you can do
everything in your house without getting out of bed. You can even surf the Internet, send emails,
watch videos or listen to music with the Ultimate Power Control System’s video screen.
Which machine(s) .
1. can help you to control the electric system _____________
2. can help you to surf the Internet, send emails _____________
3. help you to make your house clean _____________
4. can help you to watch videos or listen to music _____________
5. can help you perform some tasks without leaving your place _____________
6. can recognize the obstacles _____________
7. can recommend you the daily menu _____________
8. can help you to know the contents inside _____________
9. may be friendly to people and pets _____________
10. can help you to avoid something harmful _____________
II. Read the text, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
How to Become an Inventor
Many people think that becoming an inventor is a simple process of three steps: having a
bright idea, researching the market for the idea, and then selling that idea to a large company. It’s
not that simple, however, and can often be a time-consuming, difficult process. So let’s take a
look at what you need to do to become an inventor.
Every invention starts with an idea. Brainstorm your ideas with colleagues, friends, and
family. For any idea they like, do research to check that your idea is original. Decide if you want
to protect or patent your idea from being copied. Think carefully about this, as you do not want
to be an inventor who says, “He wouldn’t have been able to steal my idea if I had patented it.”
So now you have the idea, what’s next? Once you settle on the idea for your invention, study
he market you want to sell it to. Get to know as much as you can about the customers who will
buy your product. Make sure it will be profitable.
Once you have identified that market for your invention, write a business plan, possibly
create a sample of your product, and then go out and try to sell it. This is a challenging stage
because you could meet with a lot of rejection. Keep going and don’t give up. Do not lose sight
of your goal - seeing your product used and enjoyed by millions.
T F
1. Becoming an inventor is a difficult process.  
2. But it does not take a lot of time.  
3. You should work with your colleagues, friends, and family to choose  
the topic for your research.
4. Make sure that your idea for research is new and unique.  
5. You should do the market research for your product before you settle on  
the idea for your invention.
6. You should try to sell the product by yourself.  
7. The process of carrying out your business plan is not easy.  
8. Try to catch sight of your goal because your product will be used and  
enjoyed by millions.
III.Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Li-Fi Technology
Li-Fi technology is a new technology that transmits signals as light instead of radio waves. In
urban areas where Wi-Fi networks become congested and there is a lot of noise in the signals,
this technology is something that can be of immense use to an individual. The basic requirement
of this technology is the availability of light!
Light is also an electromagnetic wave like radio waves. The only difference is that the former
has the ability to transmit data almost ten thousand times faster than the latter! The basic process
is quite simple to understand. An LED light bulb, any one at all, can be flicked on and off in
order to be able to generate signals. A light sensor on a device picks up the digital information
sent by the LED, which enables it to be processed by a computer.
The question is whether anyone wants to go through the annoying experience of sitting under
a flickering light bulb. This is the interesting part. The technology is focusing on making sure
that the light bulb is flickered up to billions of times a second! At that rate, the human eye simply
cannot notice the light bulb being flicked on and off.
However, everything comes with a disadvantage. The major disadvantage here is the fact that
these signals cannot penetrate walls. So if you want to move from one room to another, you will
need to have a wired bulb present in that room as well!
An Estonian startup company called Velmenni took the technology out of the laboratories
and brought it into the real-world offices, and industrial environments in Tallinn for the first
time.
Overall, this sounds like quite a development in the field of communication technology.
Task 1: Match a word/phrase in the left column with its definition in the right column, writing
the answer in each blank.
_______ 1. congested (adj) A. go through something
_______ 2. immense (adj) B. make electrical equipment start/stop working
_______ 3. flick something on/off (v) C. too crowded and causing difficulties
_______ 4. penetrate (v) D. extremely large in size or degree
Task 2: Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
5. Li-Fi is similar to the Wi-Fi except that it uses light waves instead of radio  
waves.
6. The speed generated by Li-Fi can be up to ten thousand times greater than  
the average Wi-Fi.
7. No one wants to go through the annoying experience of sitting under a  
flickering light bulb.
8. It is convenient for you to use Li-Fi to transmit signals when you move to  
various rooms in the building.
9. The technology of Li-Fi has several advantages in theory, but we cannot  
put it into practice.
10. It can be inferred that Li-Fi is ideal for high density coverage in a confined  
region.
IV. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
High school students from Southeast Asia protect the environment with inventions that
challenge the present situation. They presented their research at the Intel International Science
and Engineering Fair (ISEF).
The team from Thailand presented its research on using fish scales to create plastic ware
items such as bowls and plates, with no trace of fish odour in 2011. The team also found out that
the material completely breaks down in about 28 days when buried in soil, and does not harm
creatures that live in the dirt. In comparison, conventional plastic products release toxins during
the manufacturing process and during disposal.

The Vietnamese team proposed using solar energy and vacuum techniques to power the
desalination process in 2012. Conventional desalination methods are expensive affairs as they
tend to consume vast amounts of electricity and fuel. In contrast, solar energy is an inexhaustible
and renewable energy source.
The Indonesian team built a “Green Refrigerant Box” in 2014 that, instead of running on
electricity, used a hand-operated vacuum pump made from plastic soft drink bottles. The idea
was formed because the students’ hometown in rural South Sumatra frequently experiences
power cuts, constantly shutting down electrical appliances.
Bio-waste materials such as mangosteen skin can be used as a substance to dye cotton fabric,
together with onion skin extract. The project of Malaysian students in 2014 not only replaced the
usage of hazardous chemical dyes with bio-waste material, but also helped recycle bio-waste
itself.
Task 1: What is the most suitable title of the whole passage?
A. Unusual but very clever inventions from Southeast Asian high school students
B. Changing the world with your awesome inventions in the upcoming ISEF
C. Exciting inventions from a new generation of student inventors around the world.
1. a smell, often one that is unpleasant ___________________
2. living things
3. the removal of salt from sea water ___________________
4. that cannot be used up ___________________
5. a substance taken from a plant... ___________________
6. dangerous ___________________
Task 3: Answer the questions about the passage.
1. What did the team from Thailand use fish scales for?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. How long does it take fish scales to break down when buried in soil?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. What was the desalination process from the Vietnamese team powered by?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. What are the benefits of this desalination process?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. How did the Indonesian team make a “Green Refrigerant Box” work?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Why did they come up with the idea?
___________________________________________________________________________
7. What did Malaysian students use to dye materials?
___________________________________________________________________________
8. What are the benefits of the Malaysian project?
___________________________________________________________________________
V. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
Amazing New Inventions
Every year, more and more amazing things are invented. Here are three of our favourites of this
year.
A Fukuda’s Automatic Door
Can you imagine a door that fits around your body as you walk through it? Fukuda’s Automatic
Door was designed in Japan by an inventor named Rikiya Fukuda. It automatically identifies
movement and only opens just enough to match the shape of the person or object coming
through. So, what are the advantages? It saves energy by helping to keep the same temperature in
a room. It can also prevent dirt and other materials from being carried inside. As well as people,

the Automatic Door works for small objects, like packages delivered to a post office, or for large
things, such as a car coming through a garage door.
B The Hand Roll Piano
Travelling musicians will be happy with this invention. The Hand Roll Piano was invented by
the Japanese company Yamaha Music. What makes it different is that it can be rolled up like a
blanket. This makes it easier to carry and easier to store. The keyboard is 100 cm long but
weighs just 1 kg. It has 61 very thin keys and is made of rubber. It’s convenient to carry, but it’s
also a great instrument. The piano can be played for up to 15 hours on standard batteries. It has
more than 100 sounds and its own speaker.
C The LifeStraw
Today, more than one billion people in the world do not have safe water. However, it’s been
discovered that for the price of a cup of coffee, a life can be saved. The LifeStraw, which costs
just $3, is a device for purifying water. It is able to turn dirty water into drinking water. The
drinking straw was designed by the Swiss-based company Vestergaard Frandsen. It uses seven
types of filter to make water clean enough to drink. It can prevent illnesses and it can also create
safe drinking water for victims of hurricanes, earthquakes or other disasters.
Task 1 Match the descriptions (1-4) to the inventions (A-C). There is one description you do
not need. Write the answer in each blank.
__________ 1. It’s an invention that saves lives.
__________ 2. It helps you do the housework.
__________ 3. It’s a device that knows when you’re coming.
__________ 4. It makes entertaining easier.
Task 2 Read the text again and say which section (A-C) mentions
1.________ an object that is surprisingly light.
2.________ something that was invented in Europe.
3.________ a very cheap invention.
4.________ a way of keeping a place cleaner.
5.________ an invention that recognizes size.
6.________ people who need to carry their equipment.
Task 3 Match the words from the text to their definitions. Write the answer in each blank.
_______ 1. automatically A. the part of a radio, TV, etc. where the sound comes out
_______ 2. packages B. something that takes out dirt and germs
_______ 3. blanket C. describing an action that happens by itself
_______ 4. speaker D. a cover that you put on a bed
_______ 5. filter E. things that are wrapped for sending to somebody
VI. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
Shinkasen Bullet Train
High-speed trains can literally cause headaches. That’s why Japan limits their acceptable noise-
pollution level, which can be particularly high when the trains emerge from tunnels.
Eiji Nakatsu, a bird-watching engineer at the Japanese rail company JR West, in the 1990s took
inspiration from the kingfisher that rarely creates a ripple when it darts into water in search of a
meal. The train’s redesigned nose - a 50-foot-long steel kingfisher beak - not only solves the
noise problem but reduces power use and enables faster speeds as well.
Fin to the Wind
Humpback whales are surprisingly agile swimmers considering each beast weighs about 80,000
pounds. Part of their swimming ability may come from a row of warty ridges, called tubercles,
on the front edge of their fins.
Frank Fish, biology professor at West Chester University in Pennsylvania, discovered that by
adding rows of similar bumps to turbine blades he could reduce drag and noise, increase speed to
changing wind direction and boost the power harnessed by 20 percent.

Fish developed the idea after he noticed bumps on a whale statue in a Boston gift shop. He
assumed, incorrectly, that the artist got it wrong and that the bumps shouldn’t go on the front
edge of fins, which typically are straight and sharp.
The bumps are now being sold on industrial fans made by Envira-North Systems and on
surfboards by Fluid Earth.
Firefly Light Bulbs
When fireflies light fires in their bellies, the light is amplified by their anatomy - sharp, jagged
scales, according to research published in January by scientists from Belgium, France, and
Canada.
Based on this observation, the scientists then built and laid a similar structure on a light-emitting
diode (LED), which increased its brightness by 55 percent.
Task 1: What is the most suitable title of the whole passage?
A. What Inspires Scientists Most
B. Smart Inventions Inspired by Nature
C. How to Protect Our Environment
Task 2: Answer the questions about the passage.
1. Which ability of the kingfisher attracted Nakatsu?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. What are the benefits of his redesigned nose for the train?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. What may the swimming ability of humpback whales partly come from?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. When was Frank Fish inspired by the idea?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. How can fireflies amplify light in the bellies?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. What is the benefit of the firefly light bulb?
___________________________________________________________________________
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation about 3-D printing, using the parts (A-F) given. There is an
extra one.
A. 3D printing allows you to produce incredibly complex products.
B. People in Viet Nam would like to own a 3-D printer of their own.
C. My father says that it can prove extremely efficient for an online business. 3D printing
allows ideas to develop faster than ever.
D. To me, the best benefit of this technology is that it makes things of better quality.
E. 3D printing efficiently uses nearly 100% of the raw material, leading to minimal, if not
zero waste.
F. Now 3-D home-printed objects are not cheaper than the ordinary ones, but printing your
own objects brings you a memorable experience.
Mai: Your father has bought the 3-D printer for several months. Can you see any of its
benefits?
John: Well... It has a lot. I think so. First, it can satisfy personal demands for goods. We can
make things that are not for sale. (1)___________________________________________
Mai: It means your father has used additive manufacturing techniques instead of traditional
ones. Right? Are the goods made by the 3-D printer cheaper?
John: (2)______________________________________________________________________
And in the near future, it will become much cheaper.
Mai: Besides the price, is there any more benefit? For example, less waste?
John: (3)______________________________________________________________________

Mai: Wonderful! Can the 3-D printing create things with complex structures?
John: (4)______________________________________________________________________
Mai: In your opinion, what aspect of 3-D printing do you like best?
John: (5)______________________________________________________________________
You create a 3D model of your product, then layers of materials are added on top of each
other. Finally, these layers are joined together to create the finished product.
II. Complete the conversation about the obstacle detector device for the blind, using the
parts (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. It can be said that the glasses show the love and concern of Dr. Hai and his teammates
towards the blind in the country.
B. Thanks to it, many blind people no longer fall to the ground because they fail to find out
obstacles in front of them with their sticks.
C. When the electronic obstacle device was first developed in March 2012, it was in a shape
of a helmet worn over the head.
D. Dr. Hai said that he once intended to give up because of repeated failures.
E. Already upgraded for nine times, the device looks like a pair of normal sunglasses.
F. With generous support from Kien Binh Minh, a Vietnamese technology and trading
company, the device is sold on the market at the price of over one hundred US dollars.
Mai: Look at this article, John. It’s good news for the blind in Viet Nam.
John: What is it? Well, wonderful, Mai! A cheap obstacle detector for the blind! Who was the
inventor?
Mai: It was Dr. Nguyen Ba Hai, a young lecturer from Ho Chi Minh University of Technology
and Education.
John: What does the device look like?
Mai: (1)______________________________________________________________________
John: It sounds a little bit inconvenient. Right? And its present shape?
Mai: Yeah, it’s much better now. (2)_______________________________________________
John: Sounds good. How useful is it to the blind?
Mai: It can notify the wearer of an obstacle from a certain distance thanks to vibrations
transmitted from a piece of equipment put in a bag to the glasses via wires. (3)__________
________________________________________________________________________
John: Dr. Hai could earn a big sum of money from his invention.
Mai: He refused to sell his research when a manufacturer offered him over one hundred
thousand US dollars for it. (4)________________________________________________
John: I think blind people will feel more comfortable in their life with this device, and it has
great meaning.
Mai: I agree with you, John. (5)___________________________________________________
E. WRITING
I. The following text is about the benefits of front loading washing machines. Put the
supporting details (A-G) for each benefit in the appropriate gaps. There is an extra.
A. The vertical axis in top loaders tend to be very rough on clothing while front loaders only
use gravity to move the clothes inside the washer.
B. Front loaders don’t require as much detergents as top loaders do, about half as much
detergent for the same size load as you would put in a top loader.
C. Their own heater ensures that the temperature of the water is exact and correct.
D. While rinsing clothes, a front loader just sprays clean water on your clothes until they are
thoroughly rinsed, which means a huge saving on water.
E. They use less energy to wash your clothes because they use less water, including hot
water, so they decrease your electric bill.

F. Because front loading washing machines use a horizontal axis to lift and drop clothing
through the water, they only need to fill up part of the way.
G. Therefore, your clothes will last longer.
Benefits of Front Loading Washing Machines
Front loading washing machines are more efficient at cleaning clothes for a number of
reasons.
First, front loaders use less water.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Second, your clothes takes less of beating in a front loading machine.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Finally, front loading washing machines are much less expensive to own due to less
detergent, less energy and less water.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
II. Write complete sentences about the benefits of robots in industry, using the words or
phrases given below.
1. Robots/ offer/ work/ more accuracy/ higher quality.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. They/ produce/ greater quantity/ short amount of time.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. They/ work/ a constant speed/ no breaks, days off, or holiday time.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. They/ more/ suitable/ repeated jobs/ human workers.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Robots/ save/ workers/ perform/ dangerous tasks.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. They/ work/ hazardous conditions/ such as/ poor lighting/ toxic chemicals/ tight spaces.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. They/ capable/ lift/ heavy loads/ without injury or tiring.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. They also/ reduce/ amount/ wasted material/ due to/ accuracy.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
III.Read the text, and do the tasks that follow.
How to Become an Inventor
Many people think that becoming an inventor is a simple process of three steps: having a
bright idea, researching the market for the idea, and then selling that idea to a large company. It’s
not that simple, however, and can often be a time-consuming, difficult process. So let’s take a
look at what you need to do to become an inventor.

Every invention starts with an idea. Brainstorm your ideas with your co-workers, friends, and
family. For any idea they like, do research to check that your idea is original. Decide if you want
to protect or patent your idea from being copied. Think carefully about this, as you do not want
to be an inventor who says, “He wouldn’t have been able to steal my idea if I had patented it.”
So now you have the idea, what’s next? Once you settle on your idea for your invention,
study the market you want to sell it to. Get to know as much as you can about the customers who
will buy your product. Make sure it will be profitable.
Once you have identified the market for your invention, write a business plan, possibly create
a sample of your product, and then go out and try to sell it. This is a challenging stage because
you could meet with a lot of rejection. Keep going and don’t give up. Do not lose sight of your
goal - seeing your product used and enjoyed by millions.
Task 1: Write the main idea of each paragraph on the line.
Paragraph 1:____________________________________________________________________
Paragraph 2:____________________________________________________________________
Paragraph 3:____________________________________________________________________
Paragraph 4:____________________________________________________________________
Task 2: Read the two summary paragraphs for the text. Tick the one that best summarizes the
text.
 Summary 1: Becoming an inventor is not as easy as it seems. It is a complex process that
involves many steps, and takes a lot of time and energy. However, success will more likely
come to those inventors who keep positive and never give up.
 Summary 2: It is a long and time-consuming process to become an inventor. It involves a lot
of steps: brainstorming ideas, checking competition, applying for patents, studying the
market, writing business plans, and then going out and selling the idea. It can be
discouraging at times, but inventors need to stay positive and not give up.

TEST 1 (UNIT 5)
1. A. smartphone B. fastener C. portable D. costly
2. A. generous B. Velcro C. video D. inventor
3. A. processor B. congestion C. tourism D. assignment
4. A. self-interest B. bookshelf C. waterfall D. trainspotting
5. A. heart attack B. washing powder C. fish tank D. mother tongue
6. It is thought that Google cars may transform the way we move around cities in the
future.
A. driving B. driver C. motionless D. driverless
7. Retinal implants are meant to partially restore vision to people who have lost their
.
A. view B. scene C. scenery D. sight
8. Biotech drugs, which are from living cells, provide some of the best efforts at curing
diseases such as diabetes, Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, and HIV.
A. done B. made C. caused D. formed
9. The cocoons of silkworms were first used silk by the Chinese.
A. to make B. for make C. to making D. to be made
10. Paper was first to make paper money, playing cards or the world’s oldest book -
the Diamond Sutra - in the 2nd century by the Chinese.
A. to invent B. inventing C. being invented D. invented
11. The magnetic compass was first used to determine the correct by the Chinese.
A. way B. road C. path D. direction
12. Gunpowder was first used to make beautiful displays of for celebrations in
th
the 9 century by the Chinese.
A. firing B. fires C. fireworks D. firework
13. IBM Watson is an artificially intelligent computer system of answering
questions posed in natural language.
A. capable B. aware C. able D. fond
14. YouTube to become the world’s most popular video-sharing website since 2005.
A. grows B. grew C. has grown D. have grown
15. Apple iPad the single most popular tablet PC ever since 2010.
A. has existed B. has stayed C. has remained D. has continued
IV. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box.
The world's best-known inventions of the Vietnamese

The father of ATM (automatic teller machine) is Do Duc Cuong, who has made 50
inventions. He was found as the student with the highest (16) index in a test carried
out by a Japanese group of scientists. This gave him the (17) to receive a
scholarship to follow the university study at Osaka University. In Japan, Mr. Cuong went to
university and took an extra job for Toshiba Company. An invention then unexpectedly brought
him to the US. Mr. Cuong was then invited to the US to “use a technique to obtain one billion
clients for the bank”. Mr. Cuong said his work is to popularize banking (18) , so as
to make the services accessible to everyone. He has invented the ATM, which is considered a
(19) in the banking history.

Professor Dr. Nguyen Viet Hung, a Vietnamese native who now works at the Sydney
University in Australia, and his associates successfully generated a smart wheelchair. The
wheelchair is designed to have the function of a moving (20) which can
avoid obstacles which it sees through the camera (21) on the vehicle. The
wheelchair can move based on people’s commands, cither the shake of the head, eyes, and the
(22) of the owners. Professor Hung believes that the invention would create a
big (23) for the human’s research works to help make the lives more
convenient for paralytic people.
Dr. Chu Hoang Long was the only Vietnamese (24) who received Eureka
prize for the water research and innovation. The model allows fanners to find out the optimal
volume of water needed for watering, and the optimal (25) of water needed for
protecting the environment, while helping create the flows beneficial to the environment.
following passage.
The Fitbit Flex is a mobile device aimed at (26) your exercise, diet, and sleep. It’s
very easy to wear it all the time. It is very light and comfortable, and it looks casual and natural
on your wrist. When I need to wear a watch, I have one that sits (27) the Flex quite
easily. You can get different Fitbit Flex wristbands, reasonably priced, (28)
dozens of fun colors!
I was pleasantly surprised to learn how many steps I walk during my normal working day. I
actually find ways to fit in even more activities (29) , so I can watch the numbers go up.
It’s water-resistant, so I can wear it in the shower or in the rain (30) worrying
about keeping it dry. The Fitbit synchronizes with my smartphone via Bluetooth.
Tracking food items (31) it possible for the Dashboard to display a calorie budget
for you, comparing calories consumed versus calories burned. It will use the daily calorie total
you create to show you how many calories (32) in the day.
While I’m sleeping, the Fitbit Flex measures the movements of my wrist, logging my sleep
(33) awake, restless, or asleep. It has been (34) to see my sleep pattern each
night and over time.
There is a notification alert to let me know when my battery is running low. After 10 minutes
or so in the charging cable, it’s good to go again. The Fitbit Flex battery needs (35) every
3 to 5 days.
26. A. planning B. measuring C. taking D. following
27. A. under B. over C. besides D. next to
28. A. in B. on C. with D. at
29. A. at home B. at school C. at work D. at times
30. A. but B. except for C. despite D. without
31. A. makes B. make C. causes D. cause
32. A. leave B. left C. leaving D. to leave
33. A. like B. such C. as D. rather
34. A. fascinating B. fascinated C. fascination D. fascinates
35. A. to charge B. being charged C. be charged D. charging
The Advantages of Using Wi-Fi on Your Smartphone
Wi-Fi is a method for devices such as smartphones to connect wirelessly to the Internet using
radio waves. Connecting to the Internet using Wi-Fi requires a hotspot, but it is always faster
than the 3G cellular networks which smartphones can also use to connect, and occasionally faster
than 4G. Using Wi-Fi when it is available can also prove to be cheaper and make your phone run
more efficiently in the long run than relying on cellular networks.
When you use a Wi-Fi network to access the Internet from your phone, the data usage does
not count against your bundled data. Mobile providers often allocate a certain amount of data for
free each month and charge you a fee for any data usage beyond this. By connecting via Wi-Fi

wherever it is available, you can save your bundled data for situations when you might not be
close to any Wi-Fi hotspots.
In many situations, your speed using a strong, dedicated Wi-Fi connection is faster than that
of using your mobile network. It is very noticeable when transferring larger files. If you need to
download large files or stream media to your smartphone in a hurry, it is much better to do so via
Wi-Fi.
Battery life is extremely important for smartphones because you will not be able to connect
to the Internet or use certain functions such as the camera flash if your battery is too low. Using
Wi-Fi to connect to the Internet drains less battery life than using a mobile network, especially in
situations where the cellular coverage fluctuates. Since Wi-Fi is generally faster than using
mobile networks, you will also not spend as much time transferring the data, which further
decreases battery usage.
36. The following are the advantages of using Wi-Fi on your smartphone EXCEPT that
.
A. it does not need a hotspot to connect all your mobile devices
B. it is faster than the 3G cellular networks
C. it is cheaper than using the 3G networks
D. it makes your phone run more efficiently in the long run
37. By using Wi-Fi, you .
A. can use all your bundled data for free
B. can use a certain amount of data for free each month
C. may stay under the data capacity allocated by mobile providers
D. save your bundled data for situations when you use a Wi-Fi network
38. A Wi-Fi connection offers .
A. better large files B. faster smartphones C. no need for hurry D. better speeds
39. Using Wi-Fi offers longer battery life because .
A. you will be able to connect to other devices when your battery is low
B. it requires less time with the same task than using mobile networks
C. the Internet harms the battery life so much
D. it requires so little energy while the cellular coverage fluctuates
40. The word “drains” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. improves B. saves C. increases D. reduces
A. It is easy to use from beginning to end, and you can remove the cleaning head and the
Scooba brushes for a quick clean by hand.
B. It doesn’t use much power, and you can order it online with a discount.
C. First, it sweeps up dirt and small pieces on the floors, and then it puts down a thin layer of
water or hard floor cleaner to scrub hard messes.
D. Well ... It can scrub hard floors so you don’t have to.
E. A powerful scrubbing brush can remove messes while the vacuum sucks dirty water off
the floor.
F. It’s a floor scrubbing robot, and its name is iRobot Scooba 450.
Mai: What’s that machine, John? It looks like a round power strip, but much bigger and
heavier.
John: (41)_____________________________________________________________________
Mai: A floor scrubbing robot? What’s it used for?
John: (42)_____________________________________________________________________
You can keep the floors clean and bright every day.
Mai: Really? How can it scrub the floors, not sweep them, John?
John: (43)_____________________________________________________________________

Mai: How can it remove dirty water after scrubbing?
John: (44)_____________________________________________________________________
Mai: Wonderful! The robot can help us save a lot of time with the chores. Is it easy to use or
maintain it, John?
John: (45)_____________________________________________________________________
I hope the iRobot will become cheaper so that more people can buy it.
VIII. Write complete sentences about the benefits of cloning, using the words or phrases
given below.
46. Cloning/ help/ childless couples/ have children/ the child/ have/ DNA/ qualities/ both parents.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. We/ prevent/ endangered animals/ extinction/ by cloning.
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Moreover/ it/ bring about/ recreation/ species/ have disappeared.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Many people/ believe/ cloning/ used/ replace/ failing organs/ and/ people/ not worry/ organ
donations.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Cloning/ very helpful/ the research/ genetics/ because/ genetic researchers/ better
understanding/ structures of genes.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 5)
1. A. determine B. versatile C. dynamite D. profile
2. A. fabric B. laptop C. patent D. imitate
3. A. patent B. patient C. inspiration D. nation
6. A. swimming pool B. beef tomato C. bus stop D. sunrise
7. A. parking lot B. driving license C. science fair D. full moon
6. Shunpei Yamazaki, a Japanese inventor and physicist, invented the thin-film transistor which
is a special kind of transistor made by depositing thin films of a over a piece
of glass.
A. semiconductor B. semiconductors
C. semiconducting D. conductors
7. In less than a decade you will carry a laser pen capable of sealing wounds.
A. readable B. comfortable
C. portable D. capable
8. Kia Silverbrook from Australia invented Memjet, a high-speed technology, in
2007.
A. colour-printing B. colour-print C. colours printing D. colour printing
9. Samsung Galaxy Tab flash player as well as voice and video calls.
A. supports B. offers C. displays D. provides
10. Blu-ray was first commercially in 2006 and it uses a blue laser to read or write data
to a disc.
A. performed B. allowed C. introduced D. supplied
11. The Tower Infinity in South Korea is supposed to be the world’s first skyscraper that, for a
few hours a day, an unobstructed view of the sky behind it.
A. provides B. shows C. allows D. prevents
12. 3-D is used to produce complex tools and components.
A. print B. printing C. printer D. blueprint
13. Engineers the finished bionic contact lenses on rabbits for up to twenty minutes.
A. have yet tested B. have already tested C. have performed D. have done
14. Eastman Kodak Company many OLED equipped products since 1987.
A. produces B. produced C. is produced D. has produced
15. Wearable sensors, such as the Fitbit, Nike FuelBand and Jawbone UP, the most
important part of the fitness world for the last few years.
A. become B. becomes
C. have become D. has become
IV. Fill in each blank with the correct to-infinitive phrase from the box.
16. The 3-D printer can be used an infinite number of complex

figures from medical implants to jewellery.
17. Compasses were often used that houses were built facing the
correct direction so they would be in harmony with nature.
18. The fuel saver for motorbikes was invented by Dang Hoang Son, a farmer from Vinh Long,
20-30% of the petrol consumed.

19. AcrySof Restor Lens were invented by Dr. Randal Pham - a Vietnamese-American surgeon -
with eye diseases to go without glasses.
20. OLED (organic light emitting diodes) displays were invented shape,
colours, and transparency.
21. Monosodium glutamate is used to different kinds of food.
22. More advanced techniques will be used have healthy babies.
23. Agricultural robots are used the varying shapes of individual
fruits and vegetables, and spray pesticides with much greater accuracy.
24. Crash-proof cars have been invented by Volvo car crashes by using
radar, sonar, and driver alert systems.
25. The alkaline storage battery - one of Edison’s inventions - is used for
many electric devices.
following passage.
Reasons why I would buy an iWatch
As a principal and a teacher, my days are incredibly busy. I often don’t have the time to
check messages (26) my phone or computer during the day because there is rarely a
free moment during my workday. This has often (27) to my missing important
email messages, phone calls, or text messages from my family members or schoolchildren’s
parents. I too often (28) to feel the buzzing of my phone in my (29) , or if I am
incredibly busy, I am not able to pull it out to look at the reason for the alert.
I would love the ability to have alerts right on my (30) to glance at really quickly.
This would help me, even during the busiest parts of the day, to quickly know (31)
there is an important message or phone call that I need to attend to.
One of my least favorite parts of the day is sorting through my email box at the end of a busy
school day of all the messages that backed up during my day of teaching. How (32)
would it be able to (33) email and other messages with a quick flick of a button on
the iWatch as they arrive during the day? I imagine the iWatch buzzing with an incoming email
and then offering buttons to quickly archive, delete, or send the message to a specific (34)
. Being able to (35) incoming messages as they arrive in split seconds
throughout the day would save me from having to spend the time sorting through all alerts and
messages at the end of the day.
26. A. on B. at C. in D. by
27. A. lead B. led C. leading D. been leading
28. A. miss B. take C. fail D. forget
29. A. computer B. pocket C. shop D. showroom
30. A. hand B. arm C. finger D. wrist
31. A. if B. how C. why D. when
32. A. hard B. difficult C. awesome D. nervous
33. A. plan B. organize C. delete D. send
34. A. sender B. computer C. file D. folder
35. A. handle B. deal C. carry out D. solve
Consumers can benefit from Google Glass in museum and city tours by getting audio
descriptions and key facts about things they see. Moreover, consumers can also make videos or
take pictures, hands-free and without having to miss out on the actual experience.
Construction workers, engineers and architects can also benefit from Google Glass’s
augmented reality. Instead of studying pictures or blueprints they can just use Google Glass to
see what the finished building would look like.

Consumers can also tour places without actually visiting them. This can be really helpful
when someone wants to buy a house. They can see it by using Google Glass without having to
actually visit it.
Google Glass can also be used in extreme sports like abseiling, biking and skydiving. Google
held a demonstration to show Google Glass’s viability in such sports. Consumers can take photos
and record videos while skydiving, or any other extreme sport, and instantly share them with
their friends and family.
Google Glass can also help consumers translate languages: they just need the text they want
in the specified area and Google Glass will translate it immediately.
One of the most useful feature of Google Glass is its navigation feature, consumers just have
to say “OK, Glass”, and then ask for directions, the directions will then be displayed in front of
their faces making it easy for them to follow.
Google Glass also benefits consumers with disabilities. Google Glass can be used to assist
people who are deaf, blind or people with difficulties related to sensory awareness.
People who are blind can use Google Glass to help them navigate through touch and voice. It
will also tell them about their appointments, weather. Glass will read them their messages and
will also them to send messages.
Note: abseiling (n) = the sport of going down a very steep slope by holding on to a rope which is
fastened to the top of the slope
36. Google Glass is useful for museum and city tours because .
A. it takes visitors into the virtual world and they don’t have actual experience
B. it offers visual and audio information to visitors and it is useful for recording
C. consumers can make videos or take pictures before the visit
D. you don’t need to hold it with both hands during the tours
37. Google Glass can help users .
A. see the finished building or tour a place without visiting it
B. plan the finished building and see what it would look like
C. buy a house online without visiting it
D. extend the reality by studying pictures or blueprints
38. Google Glass can perform the following functions in sports EXCEPT .
A. taking photos and recording videos while skydiving
B. being helpful in various extreme sports
C. sharing pictures and videos with our friends and family instantly
D. having a demonstration to show its viability in extreme sports
39. Disabled people can benefit from Google Glass because .
A. it can offer them sensory awareness in various types
B. it will help them to write and send messages through touch and voice
C. it helps them in navigation and communication
D. they always see the text in the specified area translated immediately
40. The word “viability” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .
A. ability to become successful
B. intention of doing something
C. capability of developing and surviving independently
D. ability to continue to exist and develop as a living being
VII. Complete the conversation, using the parts (A-F) given. There is an extra one.
A. For example, you can use the application Star Walk for iPad to label stars and galaxies in
the night sky.
B. With tablets, we can solve the problems by using eBooks.
C. When they are done, the presentation is saved and can be emailed to the teacher for
grading.
D. We’ll have interactive history lessons. I think it’s also good for visual information.

E. Do you think textbooks will disappear from classrooms in the future, Anna?
F. I think with tablets teachers will be the facilitators who suggests the best ways of doing
things.
Phong: (42)__________________________________________________________________
Anna: Maybe. When I was a kid, I dreamt about our school desks as computer screens.
Now, it is the age of the tablet.
Phong: I agree with vou. Tablets are very useful for our studies, especially science. (42)_____
_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: It is not only useful for science but also for our presentations. Tablets have fantastic
apps that can be used to do real-time drawing, writing, and animation during a
presentation.
Phong: Yeah... Students can circle, highlight, or write in points as they present their latest
research or findings. (43)_________________________________________________
Anna: You’re right. Teachers mark work digitally and can easily return it digitally without
the painful distribution of paper. Tablets are also good for teaching History, because
they can bring to life ancient civilizations through interactive e-books, videos, and
even games.
Phong: Fantastic! (44)__________________________________________________________
Anna: Almost every tablet on the market comes with a quality camera that can be used to
take pictures or videos. We can add them to our presentations or projects. Do you
think it’s worth buying a tablet?
Phong: Yes, it’s true. Textbooks are expensive; when the information is outdated, an entire
new version must be published. (45)_______________________________________.
Student can highlight and bookmark them easily.
Anna: It may be a good investment. I think tablets are also good for our environment.
Imagine the amount of paper saved if a child went through 12 years of schooling
using a tablet for all his e-books, papers, projects, and studies. That is a lot of paper!
VIII. Write complete sentences about the benefits of a digital camera with Wi-Fi, using the
words or phrases given below.
A Wi-Fi digital camera
46. You/ upload/ photos or video clips/ cloud storage.
___________________________________________________________________________
47. It/ easy/ share/ them/ social networks.
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Pictures/ share/ automatically/ your computer or smartphone.
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Your pictures/ safe/ and/ you/ not delete/ by mistake.
___________________________________________________________________________
50. If/ you/ forget/ USB cable/ you/ find/ nearest hotspot/ upload/ them.
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 2
1. A. aspect B. invention C. technology D. charity
2. A. finger B. singer C. excitingly D. dancing
3. A. extent B. independent C. confident D. judgement
4. A. volunteer B. engineer C. committee D. referee
5. A. processor B. digital C. computer D. imitate
6. Do you want a powerful iPad or a one - the iPad Air or the iPad Mini?
A. carrying B. portable C. porter D. travelling
7. People join and volunteer they believe the cause is right, and this is the highest level
of motivation.
A. or B. because C. so D. but
8. The boat rudder was first invented to steer large ships which the Chinese to build
huge ships as early as 200 AD.
A. made B. let C. enabled D. kept
9. The Tesla Coil is used extremely powerful electrical fields.
A. to create B. to solve C. to offer D. to permit
10. As a volunteer, you participate in helping our society the needs of people from all
walks of life.
A. require B. meet C. see D. catch
11. If we cannot now end our , at least we can help make the world safe for . (US
President John F. Kennedy)
A. different – diverse B. differences - diversity
C. difference - diverse D. different - diversity
12. Apple over 1 billion iPhones globally since the first generation in 2007.
A. sells B. sold C. has already sold D. have already sold
13. Bio-artificial liver device hope to all those who from extreme liver failure
since its introduction.
A. give - is suffering B. has given - are suffering
C. gives - suffers D. are giving - are suffering
14. 3-D printing complex tools and components.
A. uses for producing B. uses to produce
C. is used for production D. is used to produce
15. Spread love everywhere you go. Let no one ever come to you without .
(Mother Teresa).
A. leave happiness B. to leave happiness C. leaving happiness D. leaving happier
16. Projects Abroad Vietnam is a non-governmental .
17. With 1,093 patents for his inventions, Thomas Edison is considered one of the greatest
.
18. The AbioCor artificial heart was initially implanted into a(n) in 2001.
19. Volunteering abroad is a(n) to share your skills, knowledge, and
enthusiasm.
20. As a volunteer in the orphanage programme, you will be involved in teaching English and
other subjects as well as helping them with their .

21. An LCD or liquid crystal display is a type of flat panel display commonly used in digital
, for example: digital clocks, appliance displays, and portable
computers.
22. Our work in orphanages and centers for children from poor slums of
the city.
23. Volunteers try to teach street children to read and write so that they can contribute their parts
to .
24. Google Android is now the primary operating for Samsung, Sony,
LG and HTC phones, and accounts for over 80 per cent of the market worldwide.
25. Scientists has resulted in the discovery of how to plant false memories into the
of mice.
V. Fill in each blank with the correct to-infinitive from the box.
26. An alternative current with high voltage levels is used power loss
across great distances.
27. The first hydro-electric power plant was built in Niagara Falls in 1895 by Nikola Tesla and
George Westinghouse the beginning of electrification of the world.
28. Invented by Casio in 1957, the electronic calculator is used math
classes much easier.
29. A powdered zinc gel anode is used for the alkaline dry cell battery more
power.
30. A Fitbit Flex is used your steps, distance traveled, calories burned and,
depending on the brand, your sleep patterns.
Work for the Rights of Native Peoples
In 1992 the Western world celebrated that it was 500 years since Columbus reached
America. In the same year, the Guatemalan Indian woman Rigoberta Menchú was awarded the
Nobel Peace Prize for her work for the rights of native peoples and reconciliation between ethnic
groups. She had been nominated by Native American organizations, who wanted to draw
attention to the fact that the European discovery of America had led to the killing and
suppression of native populations.
Rigoberta grew up in a country marked by extreme violence. Several members of her own
family were killed by the army, which was hunting down opponents of the regime. She herself
fled to Mexico in the early 1980s, where she came into contact with European groups that were
working for human rights in Latin America. With time, Rigoberta began to favor a policy of
reconciliation with the authorities, and Norway served as the intermediary in negotiations
between the government and the guerrilla organizations. A peace agreement was signed in 1996.
Rigoberta Menchú herself became a UN Ambassador for the world’s native peoples.
blank.
36. What was Rigoberta awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
37. Why had she been nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize by Native American organizations?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
38. What did she do to solve the conflict between the government and the guerrilla
organizations?
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
39. What was the result of her efforts to bring peace to her country?
___________________________________________________________________________
40. Which title was she given by the UN?
___________________________________________________________________________
A. The Japanese scientists developed the counterparts of iTunes and iPods.
B. My father still has a large collection of music on CDs.
C. Unfortunately, he neglected to patent the device and failed to profit from it.
D. It was first released in 1988, and it seems pretty ancient by today’s standards.
E. Japanese inventors have made lots of inventions in the modern times, especially in
entertainment.
F. Yeah, the invention of Sony Walkman was the standard for portable music for almost 20
years.
Phong: Hi, Michiko. I have read an article about the Japanese inventions that changed the
world.
Michiko: (41)__________________________________________________________________
Phong: That’s right. At the beginning of personal computers, the floppy disk was developed
by Dr. Yoshiro Nakamatsu in 1952, and was adopted by IBM which is probably why
it is was so popular.
Michiko: And after the floppy disk, the compact disc (CD) was the choice of storage for media.
Sony first demonstrated the use of audio on compact disc in 1976.
(42)__________________________________________________________________
Phong: Before the iPod, portable music was carried in cassettes and listened to on the
Walkman, invented by Nobutoshi Kihara in 1978.
Michiko: (43)__________________________________________________________________
Phong: Then Apple iPod was introduced in 2001, and the popularity of CDs and Sony
Walkman decreased.
Michiko: (44)__________________________________________________________________
The blue light emitting diode lighting was invented in 1993, which led to the
development of Blu-ray players.
Phong: My father has just bought a Blue-ray player and I enjoy its quality so much. I think I
forget to mention Karaoke, a symbol of the Japanese. Do you like Karaoke singing?
Michiko: Certainly. Drummer Daisuke Inoue invented the device in 1971. (45)______________
_____________________________________________________________________
VIII. Write complete sentences about the benefits of a digital camera, using the words or
phrases given below.
46. digital camera/ store/ pictures and video clips/ electronic format.
___________________________________________________________________________
47. You/ take/ countless photos/ and/ view/ instantly.
___________________________________________________________________________
48. You/ have/ them/ uploaded/ printed/ once.
___________________________________________________________________________
49. quality/ pictures/ keep on/ improve/.
___________________________________________________________________________
50. You/ not need/ worry/ the film/ full.
___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 6: GENDER EQUALITY
A. PHONETICS
I. Write the nouns and adjectives from the box in the correct part of the table, according
to the stress pattern.
II. Write the verbs from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress
pattern.
III.Read the following sentences aloud. Underline the two-syllable words and put a mark
(') before the stressed syllable.
1. The most common question from readers was how to balance professional work and personal
life, breaking down prejudice that put most housework responsibilities on women’s
shoulders.
2. Everyone must be aware that housework is a shared responsibility among all family
members, not just women.
3. Through a joint project involving the World Bank, UNICEF hopes to help the government
provide all children with textbooks at the beginning of each school year.
4. In the workplace, women should be given equal opportunities as men.
5. Until now, the high cost of schooling has discouraged or prevented poor parents from having
their children, especially girls, educated.

I. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box. Each word has to be used only
once.
Famous Women Equality Quotes

1. “My goal is not to get a Nobel Peace Prize.... My goal is to get peace and my goal is to see
of every child.” (Malala Yousafzai)
2. “ equality is not a woman’s issue, it is a human issue. It affects us all.”
3. “A is anyone who recognizes the equality and full humanity of
women and men.” (Gloria Steinem)
4. “To call woman the weaker sex is a libel; it is man’s to woman.”
(Mahatma Gandhi)
5. “True equality is not the superiority of women, but the equal of man
and woman.” (Mercedes Joubert)
6. “ cannot be achieved unless the women have been emancipated from all
forms of oppression.” (Nelson Mandela)
7. “As , we must stand up for justice for all.” (Michelle Obama)
8. “Men of respect women’s equality.”
9. “Women are more than 50 percent of the population and more 50 percent of voters. We must
demand that we all receive 100 percent of the .” (Beyonce)
10. “Women only have true equality, when men share with them the of
bringing up the next generation.” (Ruth Bader Ginsburg)
II. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some
extra words.

Equal pay for women workers in Bangladesh
In Bangladesh, the poor (both women and men) are often engaged in day labor as hired
seasonal workers on landowners’ large plantations. Currently, men and women perform almost
identical (1) , but they do not earn equal wages. In an analysis of wages, it was
found that for a day’s labor, men earn an average of $2.22, while women earn nearly half of that
amount ($1.21).
To solve the problem, volunteers from Pathway Project issued an analysis and held (2)
on “fair wage” at each community in the area. At the end of these meetings, they
developed (3) to take action and bring their common (4) to the
landowners and social elites. Male day laborers recognized that equal wages for women would
also benefit their families, and they joined forces with the women to ask for equal pay.
Recently, men and women are working together in the crops field as a team. Landowners are
showing a more positive (5) to the women day laborers, and women day
laborers are getting equal wages at the end of each day without having to request it.
III.Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.
1. Since 2009, Iceland has been the global in gender equality. (lead)
2. For the past five years, Iceland has been in the first rank of educational and
in women’s economic conditions. (achieve/ improve)
3. On October 24, 1975, more than 25 thousand women in Iceland took a day off to emphasize
the importance of women’s to the economy, both in paid and unpaid
work. (contribute)
4. Gender equality is also a part of the to the challenges facing society.
(solve)
5. The of women in the labour market in Iceland is one of the highest in
the world. (participate)

1. The least equal country in the for women, ranking 145th, was Yemen,
where only 55% of women can read and only 6% attend college
2. UNICEF says that to education is one of the biggest challenges acing children
in Yemen today, especially girls.
3. Until now, the high cost of has discouraged or prevented poor parents
from having their children, especially girls, educated.
4. Moreover, a lack of female teachers contributes to low of girls in
schools.
5. UNICEF is now schools and families with educational supplies to help
lower costs.
6. Through a joint project involving the World Bank, UNICEF to
help the government provide all children with textbooks at the beginning of each school year.
7. UNICEF is working both nationally and regionally to educate the public on the
of educating girls.
8. The gender in education in Yemen is among the highest in the world.
V. Choose the correct passive modals in the box to complete sentences.
1. Gender equality only when women and men enjoy the same opportunities.
2. In Muslim countries, changes to give women equal rights to
natural or economic resources, as well as access to ownership.
3. In order to reduce gender inequality in South Korean society, women more
opportunities by companies.
4. Child marriage in several parts in the world because it limits access
to education and training.

5. In Egypt, female students from disadvantaged families scholarships
to continue their studies.
6. Discrimination on the basis of gender from workplaces.
C. READING
I. Read the following short biography of the famous female pilot, Amelia Earhart. Choose
the correct heading (A-G) for each paragraph (1-4). You will not use all the headings.
A. Amelia’s Education
B. Amelia’s Mysterious Disappearance
C. Amelia’s Family Life
D. Amelia’s Childhood Years
E. Amelia’s Marriage
F. Amelia’s Flying Records
G. Amelia’s Love of Flying
Amelia Earhart
1. ______________________________________________
Amelia Mary Earhart was born on July 24, 1897, in Atchison, Kansas. At three years old she
went to live with her grandparents who lived fifty miles away. Amelia was a tomboy, and
loved snow sledding and climbing trees. She lived with her grandparents until she was ten.
At ten she moved back with her parents and her younger sister, Muriel.
2. ______________________________________________
Amelia saw her first airplane at the 1908 Iowa State Fair. At this fair, there was a stunt-flying
exhibition, and it fascinated Amelia. It was here, as she watched these planes twirling and
swooshing, that Amelia fell in love with the idea of flying. Amelia actually had to wait
thirteen years to take her first ride in a plane, and just six months after that, she bought her
first plane. It was bright yellow and she called it Canary.
3. ______________________________________________
Amelia was very competitive, and entered many flying contests over the next several years.
She continually broke the records of other pilots. To mention just a few:
In June of 1928, she became the first woman to fly across the Atlantic.
In May of 1932, she became the second person to fly solo across the Atlantic.
From August 24 to 25, 1932, she flew a solo nonstop flight from the west coast of the United
States to the east coast, making her the first woman to do that.
From April 24 to 25, 1935, she was the first person to fly solo from Hawaii to California.
4. ______________________________________________
At the age of forty, in 1937, Amelia Earhart wanted to be the first woman to fly around the
world. She and her navigator took off from Oakland, California, and flew to Miami, then
through the Caribbean to Brazil and through Africa to India. After India, they flew to
Bangkok, Indonesia, Australia, and then Papua New Guinea. From Papua New Guinea, they
flew toward Howard Island, 2,200 miles away. They never arrived, and despite extensive
searches, they were never found.
No one knows for sure what happened to Amelia and her navigator, but the world knows that
Amelia is one of the most important and influential pilots in history.
II. Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or
not given (NG).
Malala Yousafzai was born on July 12, 1997, in Mingora, Pakistan. As a young girl, she
demanded that girls should be allowed to receive an education, which resulted in the Taliban
issuing a death threat against her.
After the Taliban began attacking girls’ schools in Swat, Malala gave a speech whose title
was, “How dare the Taliban take away my basic right to education?” In early 2009, Yousafzai
began blogging for the BBC about living under the Taliban’s threats to deny her an education.
Yousafzai continued to speak out about her right, and the right of all women, to an education.

She was shot in the head by a Taliban gunman in 2012, but survived. The shooting resulted
in a massive support for Yousafzai, which continued during her recovery. She gave a speech at
the United Nations on her 16 th birthday, in 2013. She has also written an autobiography “I Am
Malala: The Girl Who Stood Up for Education and Was Shot by the Taliban”, which was
released in October 2013.
At age 17, she became the youngest person to receive the Nobel Peace Prize. In
congratulating Yousafzai, U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon described her as “a brave and
gentle advocate of peace who through the simple act of going to school became a global
teacher”.
For her 18th birthday on July 12, 2015, the young activist opened a school for Syrian refugee
girls in Lebanon. Its expenses were covered by the Malala Fund, and the school was designed to
admit nearly 200 girls from the ages of 14 to 18. “Today on my first day as an adult, on behalf of
the world's children, I demand we must invest in books instead of bullets,” Yousafzai spoke in
one of the school’s classrooms.
T F NG
1. Yousafzai gave many speeches to support girls’ basic right to have   
education.
2. She was so brave to write articles about the gender discrimination   
in education in her hometown.
3. She worked as a BBC reporter for a short time.   
4. She has worked as a teacher in many countries in the world.   
5. She gained great support after being shot nearly dead by Taliban.   
6. She was taken to hospital in the capital of Pakistan.   
7. She was the youngest person to receive the Nobel Prize.   
8. She opened a school for Syrian refugee girls in Lebanon funded   
by the Malala Fund.
9. She loves peace, and hates war.   
10. She founded the Malala Fund.   
III.Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
Working mothers are the ones who move out of the house for the purpose of earning money
and also maintain household chores. Every woman at home prefers to work in order to balance
the financial and the other basic needs of the family.
The children of working mothers become smarter, more active, and more independent as
compared to the children of non-working mothers. This is because of the fact that the mothers
being working have to move out of the house leaving all the household chores intact, the children
understand their responsibilities and manage to do all their tasks without being dependent on
others, so they become smart, active, and independent enough.
The working mothers are now helped by their husbands in household chores after returning
from work. By seeing fathers being a helping hand to mothers, children learn good habits and
inculcate manners of helping others as well as their mothers, thus in this way good habits are
inculcated in them.
A working mother also adds to the advantage of helping the family financially. It is
beneficial as a woman becomes a helping hand to the husband in terms of money. Therefore, the
family runs in a very smooth way without any financial difficulty and the kids also get the best
as parents are able to afford all necessities due to a good income level.
The mothers, when work, become an inspiration for their kids as they look up to their mums
and say that they aspire to be like their mums in the near future. Working mums not only work
but also look after their children without any difficulty. So such kids need to get an inspiration at
home, and they also learn to do hard work in their life.
blank. There are two extra definitions.

6. Why does every woman at home prefer to go to work?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. Why do the children of working mothers become smarter, more active, and more
independent?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. How can children learn good habits from their fathers at home?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
9. What financial benefits does a working mother bring to her family?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
10. Why do working mothers become an inspiration for their children?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
A pioneer leader for women’s rights, Susan Anthony became one of the leading women
reformers of the 19th century. In Rochester, New York, she began her first public crusade on
behalf of temperance, the habit of not drinking alcohol. The temperance movement dealt with the
abuses of women and children who suffered from alcoholic husbands. Also, she worked
tirelessly against slavery and for women’s rights. Anthony helped write the history of woman
suffrage.
At the time Anthony lived, women did not have the right to vote. Because she voted in the
1872 election, a US official arrested Anthony. She hoped to prove that women had the legal right
to vote under the provisions of the 14th and 15th Amendments to the Constitution. At her trial, a
hostile federal judge found her guilty and fined her $100, which she refused to pay.
Anthony did not work alone. She worked with reformers of women’s rights such as Elizabeth
Cady Stanton and Amelia Bloomer. Susan worked for the American Anti-Slavery Society with
Frederick Douglas, a fugitive slave and black abolitionist.
On July 2nd 1979, the US Mint honored her by issuing the Susan Anthony dollar coin.
Although Anthony did not live to see the fruits of her efforts, the establishment of the 19 th
Amendment is indebted to her efforts, according to US historians.
1. Anthony advocated all of the following EXCEPT .
A. slavery should be abolished
B. women are citizens and should have the right to vote
C. employers should provide childcare for female employees
D. alcohol should be prohibited because of the abuse it causes
2. The underlined word “crusade” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. a battle against authority
B. campaign to work tirelessly for one’s beliefs
C. a war against the enemies in the Middle Ages
D. an attempt to fight evil
3. What would historians say about Susan Anthony’s greatest achievement?
A. She was an activist and raised a family at the same time.
B. She worked with abolitionists to get the country rid of slavery.
C. Her tireless efforts to guarantee women the right to vote led to the establishment of the
19th Amendment to the Constitution.

D. Women had the legal right to vote under the provisions of the 14 th and 15th Amendments
to the Constitution.
4. In which of the following ways did the US Mint honor her life’s work?
A. The Susan Anthony stamp was issued.
B. The Susan Anthony dollar coin was issued.
C. The Susan Anthony Memorial Park was built in Rochester.
D. Susan Anthony dolls were created.
5. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Slavery was one of Susan Anthony’s causes.
B. Susan Anthony did not accept the use of alcohol.
C. Susan Anthony never gave up her struggle for all people’s freedom.
D. Reformers do not always see the results of their efforts.
D. SPEAKING
Complete the conversation between the reporter and Nguyen Thi Hong - Viet Nam’s only
female ship’s captain, using the sentences (A-G) given. There are two sentences that you do
not need.
A. But I quickly cleared such thoughts out of my head and told myself that I had to try or I
would feel regret forever.
B. I suffered huge losses after several unsuccessful fishing trips.
C. Time passed, and I could forecast the weather through clouds, the light of the stars, and
the condition of the waves.
D. At that time, I was teaching Literature at a middle school, and my aunt passed through my
place by boat and asked me to go fishing with her on her ship at sea.
E. After five hours of struggling with fierce waves during the night, my crew and I had
brought 36 people on board.
F. It was a horrible sky, and other boat owners tried their best to escape from the storm.
G.My aunt also taught me how to jump from one wave to another and how to manage the
ship to follow a school of fish.
Reporter: How could you go to sea for the first time?
Mrs. Hong: I learned it from my aunt, who was also my first teacher. (1)__________________
__________________________________________________________________
Reporter: What did you learn from your aunt?
She taught me her knowledge of how to watch the stars and manage the ship.
(2)________________________________________________________________
Reporter: Your aunt was really a great instructor to you.
Mrs. Hong: I think so. (3)________________________________________________________
Thanks to her, I escaped from death in Typhoon Linda.
Reporter: On that fateful night of November 2, 1997, you were the only captain who
brought your ship in and also rescued 36 other fishermen. What did you think at
that time?
Mrs. Hong: I thought I could not survive, so how could I rescue storm victims with my ship?
(4)________________________________________________________________
Reporter: How did you and your men rescue others?
Mrs. Hong: I told my sailors to throw our two buoys into the sea despite the roaring waves in
order to rescue people. (5)_____________________________________________
E. WRITING
I. The following text is about the advantages of being a working mother. Put the
supporting details (A-G) for each benefit in the appropriate gaps. There is an extra.
A. Children of working mothers often grow up to be independent, responsible and
achievement-orientated.

B. She can follow her career, interests, and gain more experiences.
C. These children often take on more responsibility, not just because it is expected, but also
because it is necessary.
D. The family will have more dynamics when both parents go to work.
E. As with anything, there will always be advantages and disadvantages with being a
working mother.
F. Being a mother helps her perform assignments at work with more care and patient.
G.The father has to share household chores, and the children understand that a family needs
joint effort.
Topic sentence: There are several benefits of being a working mother.
Supporting idea 1: A working mother brings benefits to her family.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting idea 2: A working mother is also beneficial to her children because she sets a good
example.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting idea 3: Working mothers derive benefits from working, too.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Concluding sentence: Obviously, mothers should be strongly encouraged to work outside the
home.
II. The following text is about the disadvantages of being a working mother. Put the
supporting details (A-G) in the appropriate gaps. There are two extra ones.
A. Mothers have to keep their kids in childcare centres, and the kids may feel lonely or not
get enough affection and attention from their mums.
B. If the husband is not helping the wife in household chores, it may cause difficulty for her
as she is very tired after a hard-working day, resulting in bad relationship in the family.
C. Due to office work, working mothers may develop feelings of irresponsibility for the
family, affecting their children’s health.
D. A working mother has to manage both home and office at an equal level that is too much
on a daily basis.
E. Working mothers are not able to devote enough time to their kids, so the kids are not able
to express their feeling with parents.
F. Having the same routine regularly without any rest may lead to health issues and other
problems which also ruin the family life.
G.Working women often have to suffer from annoying behaviours at work.
Topic sentence: As a coin has two sides, there are also some disadvantages of being a working
mother.
Supporting idea 1: First, health issues may arise from both having a job and doing household
chores.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting idea 2: Second, working mothers spend less time for their children and their children
may suffer from feeling alone.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting idea 3: Finally, a working mother may have no helping hand.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Concluding sentence: Clearly, a working mother should feel proud of herself, but her husband
and children have to share the household chores with her in order to have
a happy family.
III.The following text is about the positive effects of working mothers for their children.
Put the supporting details (A-F) for each benefit in the appropriate gaps. There is an
extra.
A. Children grow up to be very independent because they have to take responsibility in
making sure that meals are ready on time.
B. Many working mums have found it easier to keep their relationship healthier because they
are happier and more successful.
C. Boys need to realize that household chores are part of family life, and this will also
influence them significantly when they start their own families.
D. Day care and a supportive father help a working mother become a better educator for her
children.
E. Girls will learn that they need to think about a career, rather than just getting married and
having children.
F. Children of working mums are doing academically better because their mothers spend
more time helping them with homework.
Supporting idea 1: Working mothers provide positive role models to their children.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting idea 2: Working mothers raise more independent children.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Supporting idea 3: Working mothers’ kids may do better at school and have fewer behavioral
problems.
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
IV. Write complete sentences about Madame Nguyen Thi Dinh, using the words/ phrases
given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to
use all the words given.
1. Madame Nguyen Thi Dinh/ born/ a peasant family/ Ben Tre.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
2. She/ help/ organize/ “long-haired army”/ women/ and/ become/ first female Major General/
Vietnam People’s Army.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________

3. She/ a founding member/ the National Liberation Front/ and/ elected/ chairwoman/ the South
Vietnam Women’s Liberation Association.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. She/ awarded/ Lenin Peace Prize/ 1967.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Together/ Madame Nguyen Thi Binh/ she/ one/ the two most famous female Vietnamese
communist leaders.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 6)
1. A. gender B. enrol C. preference D. secondary
2. A. aware B. family C. planet D. married
3. A. sue B. spend C. sure D. pursue
4. A. maintain B. perform C. prefer D. offer
5. A. enrol B. happen C. pursue D. affect
II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
6. In Korea, many people still feel that women should be in charge of after getting
married.
A. housekeeping B. homemaker C. house husband D. householder
7. The principle of equal pay is that men and women doing work should get paid
the same amount.
A. same B. alike C. similar D. identical
8. In Yemen, women have less to property ownership, credit, training and
employment.
A. possibility B. way C. use D. access
9. Women are more likely to be victims of violence.
A. domestic B. household C. home D. family
10. International Women’s Day is an occasion to make more towards achieving
gender equality.
A. movement B. progress C. improvement D. development
11. Reducing gender improves productivity and economic growth of a nation.
A. equality B. inequality C. possibility D. rights
12. Women with high qualifications to managers.
A. must promote B. must be promoted C. must move D. must be moved
13. A common reason that someone more for similar work is because of his or her
experience or “length of service”.
A. may be paid B. should not be paid C. can be paid D. must be paid
14. All forms of discrimination against all women and girls immediately everywhere.
A. must be taken away B. must be ended
C. must be allowed D. must be followed
15. True gender equality when both men and women reach a balance between work
and family.
A. can achieve B. should be achieved C. can be achieved D. should achieve
IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.
The state of California is working to say goodbye to the gender wage gap. Governor Jerry
Brown has signed the Fair Pay Act, a new law that forces (16) who pay more to a
man working the same (17) as a woman to prove that the pay is based on elements
other than (18) . It is not just a gender problem - it is a (19) problem or a
human problem.
Aileen Rizo, a math consultant at the Fresno County Office of Education, discovered that one
of her male (20) earned $12,000 more per year than her, even though he
had fewer years of (21) and education.
Over the course of a 40-year career, the average American woman will lose out on about
$431,000 as the (22) of the wage gap, according to the Center for American

Progress. And the pay gap starts early: If a woman earns less in her first job, when she takes on a
new (23) and her new employer sets her (24) , it will often be based
on her prior pay (25) .
Now the new law has closed the gaps for women.
following passage.
An advocate for Kenyan women and environment
Wangari Maathai has become an international (26) because of her persistence in the
struggle for democracy, human rights and environmental conservation. Maathai is best known
for her efforts to develop the Green Belt Movement, an organization that focuses on planting
trees to protect the environment and improve the (27) of life. Because of her efforts,
Maathai was (28) the Nobel Peace Prize in 2004.
In 1976, Wangari Maathai became active in the National Council of Women of Kenya. While
she was serving as the chairwoman in the National Council of Women, she began to found an
organization that encouraged women’s groups to plant trees in order to conserve the
environment. It was this small effort that has (29) women in planting more than 20
million trees on farms, schools, and churches. This effort eventually became known (30)
the charitable organization (31) the Green Belt Movement.
Wangari Maathai has become very important to the people of Kenya, Africa and the
international (32) . Because of her active role in the environment and the Green Belt
Movement, more than 20 million trees have been planted, numerous other countries have begun
tree planting programmes, and women all over the world have been helped by the example that
she (33) . As noted by the Norwegian Nobel Committee, she has served as an “(34)
for many in the fight for democratic rights and has especially encouraged women to (35)
their situation.”
26. A. image B. key C. figure D. idol
27. A. quality B. quantity C. characteristic D. feature
28. A. given B. awarded C. rewarded D. gained
29. A. resulted B. offered C. provided D. assisted
30. A. as B. for C. in D. Ø
31. A. call B. calling C. called D. called as
32. A. community B. society C. association D. federation
33. A. fixes B. sets C. puts D. establishes
34. A. feeling B. emotion C. impression D. inspiration
35. A. take B. move C. better D. gain
The status of women in Japan is complex and cannot be characterized in simple terms.
Slowly, there is a growing number of professional women and professional women's
associations. More women continue to work after getting married and having children. However,
many companies have separate programmes for women, usually non-career development, and
follow practices that would be considered discriminatory in other societies. For a typical couple,
the female spouse is still generally expected to do all of the cleaning, cooking, and other chores,
whether she is working or not. Single women are said to be enjoying their lives, spending much
money on travel abroad and shopping. Housewives are active in networking themselves for
various objectives, for example volunteer activities, community services, recycling activities,
study groups, and many others. The traditional Japanese value of “good wife, good mother’ is
changing.
Unlike other countries where a couple is the usual social unit, in Japan it is typical for only
the husband to be invited to business gatherings or to weddings for company employees.
Exceptions are frequently made for foreign visitors depending on the occasion, but wives should
not take their exclusion as a personal insult.
36. The status of women in Japan is .

A. indefinite and illegal B. complex and unclear
C. clear and high D. low and simple
37. Nowadays. Japanese women .
A. can go to work after getting married and having children
B. all have become professional women
C. take over most important work in many companies
D. have the same work and pay as men in all companies
38. In the family, the female partner .
A. often does all the housework if she doesn’t go to work
B. the male spouse always helps his wife with cooking and other chores
C. is still generally expected to do all of the housework
D. no longer spends much time doing the housework
39. Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage?
A. It is normal for only the husband to be invited to business gatherings.
B. Single Japanese women are used to enjoying their lives, spending much money on travel
abroad and shopping.
C. The traditional Japanese value of “good wife, good mother” is changing.
D. Wives in Japan can take their exclusion as a personal insult.
40. What can be inferred from the passage is .
A. the role of Japanese women in the society is changing so that all Japanese women gain
gender equality in both society and home
B. there have been some changes in their social role but Japanese women haven’t acquired
the same rights as men in many fields yet
C. Japanese women are fighting for their definite status in the society
D. most Japanese women are satisfied with their social role nowadays
VII. Complete the conversation between the reporter and Huynh Ly Dong Phuong - a chief
pilot of Vietnam Airlines, using the sentences (A-G) given. There are two sentences
that you do not need.
A. I was determined to change others’ thinking about female pilots and make them realize
that not only can women fly planes, they can also do it very well.
B. My father died when I graduated from high school, and then I was admitted into a
business school, but still found myself dreaming about the sky.
C. After finally obtaining my mother’s permission, I came back to Viet Nam and trained to
become a pilot with Vietnam Airlines, which sent me to a two-and-a-half- year training
course in Montpellier, France with 31 other trainees.
D. The sky looks different every day, and no fancy office can be as beautiful as that.
E. I was born and raised in Brussels, Belgium.
F. I only became fascinated with planes and airports after I came back from a vacation in
Viet Nam.
G.I felt like a bird spreading its wings for the first time.
Reporter: Hello, Dong Phuong. Congratulate you on becoming the first female chief
pilot of Vietnam Airlines. You fly both domestic routes and international
flights. Where were you born?
Dong Phuong: (41)____________________________________________________________
Reporter: Was flying in the sky your childhood dream?
Dong Phuong: Oh, no. (42)______________________________________________________
Reporter: Did your parents support your decision to become a pilot in the first place?
Dong Phuong: I don’t think so. They suggested I should take an easier office job.
(43)____________________________________________________________
Reporter: How could you make your dream come true?

Dong Phuong: (44)____________________________________________________________
Reporter: Did you experience any pressure or discrimination from male instructors or
classmates?
Dong Phuong: First, some of my male classmates had no idea what a girl was doing there.
Yet I also had very good instructors and friends who showed lots of support.
(45)____________________________________________________________
Reporter: Thank you so much, Dong Phuong. Pleased to have a nice talk with you.
Dong Phuong: You’re welcome.
VIII. Write complete sentences about advantages of having a working mother, using the
words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words,
but you have to use all the words given.
Advantages of having a working mother
46. Girls/ a working mother/ more likely/ have/ a job.
___________________________________________________________________________
47. Daughters/ working mothers/ earn/ more/ those/ stay-at-home mothers.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Girls/ working mums/ more likely/ have/ a supervising role/ work.
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Daughters/ working mothers/ spend/ same time/ look after/ their children/ those/ stay-at-
home mums.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Sons/ working mothers/ spend/ more time/ do household chores/ and/ take care/ their
children.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 6)
1. A. equal B. women C. eliminate D. example
2. A. female B. parent C. baby D. age
3. A. birth B. other C. youth D. think
4. A. college B. woman C. mistake D. housework
5. A. hunger B. police C. parent D. courage
6. In Australia, men and women will be given an equal to contribute both at home
and in the workplace.
A. luck B. risk C. chance D. pay
7. In Nepal, child marriage and to school have prevented girls from reaching their
full potential.
A. lack B. access C. lack of access D. access lack
8. For girls in Nigeria, the only way to avoid child marriage and take control of their future is
.
A. to go schooling B. to schooling C. to educate D. to get educated
9. Women in the United States are more likely to complete high school and college than men,
but there are in high government positions.
A. a few women B. a number of women
C. many women D. fewer women
10. Women and men must have equal to shape society and their own lives.
A. directions B. ways C. behaviours D. rights
11. Women do the majority of domestic and work, including cleaning, cooking, and
child care as well as taking care of sick and elderly.
A. paid B. unpaid
C. low-paid D. well-paid
12. Vigdís Finnbogadóttir, the fourth President of Iceland, was the first woman in the world
the first female Head of State in 1980.
A. elect B. to elected
C. to be elected D. electing
13. Gender equality . without the support of the government, organizations, and
individuals
A. mustn’t be achieved B. needn’t be achieved
C. should not be achieved D. cannot be achieved
14. Although progress , we are still a long way from achieving gender equality
worldwide.
A. has been made B. have been made C. has been done D. have been done
15. In sub-Saharan African countries, investments in education, skill training and
health care to form a better future for adolescent girls and their families.
A. will be needed B. should need C. will not be needed D. must need
A lot of (16) with women’s rights has been made in Korea, but there are still
some misunderstandings and prejudices that are blocking gender equality.

The first misunderstanding is the idea that if women gain more (17) , men will lose
out. This is not accurate: gender equality does not harm men, but it allows women, who make up
half the world’s population, to achieve their full (18) . Men and women should
develop together, and this would help overcome the low (19) and secure
sustainable development.
The second misunderstanding is that childcare and housework are jobs for women, and that
work-life balance issues are female (20) . It was true in the past: women took (21)
of housework and childcare, and men financially supported their families.
The Korean government is carrying out various (22) to support work-life balance,
including a(n) (23) in the number of daycare centres and a system for childcare leave.
But here is the third misunderstanding: people think that by using these (24) , they
are creating difficulty for their employers and colleagues. The (25) is they don’t
use them.
We can only have gender equality when we change our misunderstandings and prejudices.
following passage.
Saudi Women Register To Vote For The First Time
Women in Saudi Arabia began registering to vote this week for the first time in the nation’s
(26) . The late King Abdullah announced in November, 2015 that women would be
allowed to run for office and vote in city elections, which (27) every four years. At
least 70 women intend to run for office, and more than 80 registered as campaign managers,
Arab News reported last month. (28) the legal barrier to voting has been lifted, other
Saudi laws and culture could complicate women’s (29) to cast their votes.
Saudi women still have to deal with limits on their freedom of movement, and since it’s
illegal for them to drive, many of them will have to (30) male members of their
family to take them to register and to vote. Male relatives who oppose female voting rights could
also be a barrier. The government also (31) voters to have personal ID cards, and many
Saudi women do not.
To make serious (32) on women’s rights, Saudi authorities should (33) the
male guardianship system, under which caring policies and practices (34) women from
obtaining a passport, marrying, traveling, or accessing higher education without the approval of a
male guardian. Only then will Saudi Arabia's women be able to (35) to society on an equal
situation with men.
26. A. life B. history C. campaign D. period
27. A. take place B. take part C. take care D. take after
28. A. When B. Because C. However D. While
29. A. work B. careers C. efforts D. travels
30. A. trust B. remain C. base on D. rely on
31. A. needs B. keeps C. requests D. requires
32. A. development B. steps C. progress D. movement
33. A. cut B. stop C. complete D. finish
34. A. prevent B. take C. end D. remove
35. A. help B. contribute C. cause D. give
Tawakkol Karman was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2011 in recognition of her work in
non-violent struggle for the safety of women and for women’s rights to full participation in
Yemen.
Tawakkol was born in 1979 in Taiz, Yemen’s third largest city. She studied a degree in
Commerce from the University of Science and Technology in Sana’a before completing another
degree in Political Science from the University of Sana’a.

Growing up in a country with political uncertainty, Tawakkol witnessed the unification of
North and South Yemen in 1990, followed by a civil war in 1994 in which the North gained
victory over the South.
As a journalist and human rights activist, Tawakkol responded to the political instability and
human rights abuses in Yemen by organizing others and reporting injustices. In 2005, she
founded the organization Women Journalists Without Chains (WJWC) which supports rights and
freedoms and provides media skills to journalists. In addition, the organization releases regular
reports in human rights abuses in Yemen, recording more than 50 cases of attacks and unfair
sentences against newspapers and writers so far.
In 2007, Tawakkol began organizing weekly protests in Yemen’s capital, Sana’a, aiming at
calling for inquiries into social and legal injustice. Tawakkol’s weekly protests continued until
2011 when she redirected protesters to support the Arab Spring. Tawakkol even brought
Yemen’s revolution to New York speaking directly with UN Secretary General Ban Ki-Moon
and organizing public meetings at the UN headquarters.
Brave and outspoken, Tawakkol has been imprisoned on a number of occasions for her
opposition movement for human rights. She is known as “Mother of the Revolution”, and “The
Iron Woman”.
Since receiving the Nobel Peace Prize, she has continued to support female journalists and
encouraged people in Yemen to ask for social justice and human rights. Fiercely committed to
change, Tawakkol spends the majority of her time in a tent in Change Square, where she
continues her peaceful protest for justice and freedom.
36. By establishing WJWC, Tawakkol would like .
A. to oppose to the victory of the government from the North
B. to support rights and freedom and provide media skill to journalists
C. to start the non-violent struggle for the safety of women and for women’s rights
D. to report the unification of North and South Yemen and the civil war
37. The organization WJWC produces regular reports on .
A. bad sentences in newspaper articles issued in Yemen
B. weekly protests in Yemen’s capital and the government’s repression
C. violent and unfair treatments against humans especially journalists
D. organizing public meetings at the United Nations headquarter
38. The purpose of weekly protests in Yemen’s capital led by Tawakkol from 2007 to 2011 was
.
A. to ask to make speeches at the United Nations headquarters
B. to bring Yemen’s revolution to New York and speak to UN Secretary General
C. to get many women free from prisons on a number of occasions
D. to oppose to social and legal injustice and wrongdoings from the government
39. All of the following are true about Tawakkol EXCEPT that .
A. she has started supporting female journalists since 2011
B. she was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2011
C. she started supporting the Arab Spring in 2011
D. she has been put in prison several times
40. The word “committed" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. done something illegal or something that is considered wrong
B. determined to give your loyalty, time to a particular principle
C. sent officially to prison or hospital
D. being brave and outspoken to live in very bad conditions
VII. Complete the conversation with Emma Watson, a famous British actress and Goodwill
Ambassador for United Nations Women in September 2014, using the sentences (A-G)
given. There are two sentences that you do not need.

A. Both men and women should feel free to be sensitive; both men and women should feel
free to be strong.
B. But sadly, I can say that there is no country in the world where all women can expect to
see these rights.
C. And today we are launching a campaign called HeForShe.
D. My school did not limit me because I was a girl.
E. When at 15, my girlfriends started dropping out of sports teams because they didn’t want
to appear muscly.
F. It’s not about men saving women.
G.We want to end gender inequality, and to do this, we need everyone involved.
Reporter: When did you start questioning the gender equality?
Emma: When I was 8, I was confused for being called bossy because I wanted to direct
the plays that we would put on for our parents, but the boys were not.
(41)_______________________________________________________________
Reporter: When were you appointed as Goodwill Ambassador for UN Women?
Emma: It was six months ago, in February 2014. (42)______________________________
Reporter: HeForShe, it’s the first campaign of its kind at the UN. Can you tell any
difference of this campaign?
Emma: (43)_______________________________________________________________
We want to try to mobilize as many men and boys as possible to be advocates for
change. And, we don’t just want to talk about it. We want to try and make sure
that it’s tangible, and achievable.
Reporter: You have been very successful in the Harry Porter film series, but sometimes you
think that the world has become such an uncomfortable one. Why do you think
so, Emma?
Emma: I am from Britain, and I think it is right I am paid the same as my male
counterparts. I think it is right that I should be able to make decisions about my
own body. (44)______________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Reporter: Have you ever experienced gender inequality in your own family or at school?
Emma: My life is a sheer privilege because my parents didn’t love me less because I was
born a daughter. (45)__________________________________________________
VIII. Write complete sentences about Madame Nguyen Thi Binh, using the words/ phrases
46. Madame Nguyen Thi Binh/ first name Binh/ mean/ “peace”/ be/ granddaughter/ a famous
patriot named Phan Chu Trinh.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
47. She/ the Foreign Minister/ the National Liberation Front/ and/ a representative/ the Paris
Peace Talk/ because/ she/ beautiful/ smart/ fluent/ French.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. After/ reunification/ Viet Nam/ 1975/ she/ the Minister of Education/ the Socialist Republic
of Viet Nam.
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Later/ she/ serve/ ten years/ Vice President/ the country.
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Madame Binh/ say/ “People ask why/ I/ politics/ if you mean politics/ the fight/ the right/
live/ then/ we do it/ because/ we/ obliged to.”
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Unit 7: CULTURAL DIVERSITY
A. PHONETICS
I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress
pattern.
II. Read the sentences and decide what stress pattern the words in bold have.
1. When presented, Americans open presents and cards in front of people.
2. The course allows students to progress at their own speed, and they are making much
progress in awareness of cultural diversity.
3. There is an obvious contrast between the cultures of East and West; however, European
cultures contrast with that of the USA.
4. Henry was a bit of a rebel when he was a teenager and dyed his hair pink, and he also
rebelled his parents’ plans for him and left school at the age of 16.
5. You may have an object that you trust will bring you good luck, but many people object to
that belief.

I. Fill in each blank with the correct word/phrase from the box.
1. Parents of both sides meet to know each other and approve the between the
two children.
2. In the proposal meeting, when the couple has decided to get married, the two families need to
choose the for the proposal and wedding.
3. When the groom’s family arrives at the bride’s house, the groom asks his parents-in-law for
to bring his wife home.
4. Then the bride and the groom light up incense at her family’s to ask her
ancestors for permission to get married.
5. When going somewhere on , avoid seeing a woman first.
6. When you are the first person to come by their cart and you do not buy anything, they might
consider you to bring .
7. To remove bad luck, street vendors would burn a piece of paper and wave over the cart nine
.
8. There are other that can ensure good luck as well, such as scattering rice
grains and salt.
9. To many people, are often placed on front doors: if a dragon tries to get in,
he will see his reflection and think that there is already a dragon there and go away.
10. When Tet is coming, superstitious people are more likely to look for their advice and
for their personal and professional lives in the next year.
II. Put the events below in the order in which they usually occur, and then complete each
blank in the text with the correct word from the box.
_________ A. an engagement
_________ B. a reception
_________ C. a honeymoon
__________ D. a wedding

Neil and Carrie dated for three years before they (1) . They were both so
excited, and they announced their (2) immediately. They wanted everyone
to know they were going to get married!
Today is the (3) with two parts. First is the (4) - it is the
formal service that will make them legally married. Then comes the real celebration: at the (5)
everyone will eat and dance for hours.
Right now Carrie, the (6) is putting on her dress. She is so excited! Neil, the
(7) is pretty excited, too, but he’s also really nervous.
Tomorrow morning the (8) are going to Tahiti for a seven-day (9)
. After all the stress and (10) of the wedding, they’ll need a
vacation!
III.Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an or the.

Ancient Chinese Marriage Customs
Ever since ancient times, there has been (1) saying that (2) three most delightful
moments in one’s life come with success in the imperial examination, marriage and (3) birth
of a son.
In a feudal society, a marriage would be decided not by (4) young couple’s love,
but by their parents’ desires. Only after a matchmaker’s introduction and when parents
considered (5) two family conditions were similar and could be matched, would the
marriage procedures go forward.
Conditions that should be taken into consideration included wealth and social status. If (6)
boy's family was well-off or (7) official family, his parents would never
permit him to marry a girl from a poor family. Necessities to the marriage process were (8)
commonly recognized “three letters and six etiquettes”.
(9) three letters were the betrothal letter, the gift letter with a gifts list and the
wedding letter used on the day the groom met his bride at her home. Six etiquettes then led to
(10) final wedding ceremony were: proposing, birthday matching, presenting betrothal
presents, presenting wedding presents, selecting the wedding date, and wedding ceremony.
IV. Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an, the, or zero article Ø.
Feng shui is basically (1) belief of “chi” and the flow of this energy in (2)
universe. Things should be placed in (3) certain direction in order to get certain
results. This includes (4) direction of your house, your bed, your sleeping position,
etc. Flow is (5) important factor in this spiritual practice, so cleanliness and order are
imperative. Another thing in feng shui is that (6) flow of energy must circle
throughout (7) environment and not just leave. This is why (8) most things
do not face the door because all the “chi” would escape. Beds never point towards the door
because they say (9) . Death will drag you by (10 feet out the door. Stairs are
another thing that do not point towards the door. All the good energy would escape out the door.
V. Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an or the.

Strange Superstitions
th
1. In 19 century, English men avoided salads if they wanted to start family.
2. In Rwanda, women are taught from early age to avoid meat of goats,
as eating it will cause them to grow beards.
3. In Yemen, expectant mother can determine gender of her unborn baby
by throwing dead snake up in air: if snake lands on its back,
baby will be girl, and if it lands upright, baby will be boy.
4. On New Year’s Eve in Spain, not everyone kisses as clock strikes twelve, but
superstitious eat twelve grapes at midnight for 12 months of good luck.
5. People in Spain believe that Tuesday 13th and not Friday 13th is unlucky day.

6. In England, it is thought that best day to go to hospital is Wednesday;
Monday is best day to leave and Saturday is worst - as it means
you'll soon be back.
7. In China, number four is considered incredibly unlucky because it sounds very
close to word for "death". Some buildings even refuse to have fourth floor.
8. In Egypt, owls are said to be unlucky in Egypt, as they bring bad news for one
who happens to see or hear bird.
9. In Russia, it is said that carrying empty bucket or even seeing someone carrying
empty bucket is bad omen.
10. common belief in Malaysia is that if you sit on pillow, it will cause
your bottom and backside to be covered in boils, blisters, and other sores.
VI. Read the following passage about amulets, and fill in each blank with the comparative
or superlative of the adjective in brackets. Add any other words if necessary.
The word "amulet" comes from the Latin - amuletum, an indication of the power Romans
invested in amulets as protection against evil spells. Prehistoric amulets representing fertility and
animals have been found near some of (1. old) known human remains dating back
to 25,000 B.C.
Animals have been used as symbols in amulets since (2. early) times.
Modern amulets include a rabbit's foot; when rubbed it is activated to bring luck. The wishbone
from the breast of a bird is believed to make wishes come true to the person lucky enough to
hold the (3. large) half when the bone is broken with a partner, a common
practice at Thanksgiving Day dinners in the United States. Considered to be amulets with (4.
magical) powers, metal representations of wishbones and rabbit's feet have
become (5. popular) amulets in contemporary times.
Egyptians considered amulets necessary for protection of the living and the dead. The
treasures of King Tutankhamen of Egypt contained a (6. large) number of
crystals in the form of gems and jewels than those of other Egyptian kings. They were believed
to possess (7. mystical) powers than usual.
Many amulets have religious significance. (8. favourite) Muslim
amulet consists of a square-inch miniature of the Koran enclosed in metal and worn around the
neck. Early Christians inscribed the word ichthys (Greek for "fish") on their amulets because the
word contained in Greek the initials for Jesus Christ, Son of God, Savior. The fish symbol has
been (9. important) amulet to Christians ever since.
A plain cord is perhaps (10. simple) amulet of all. Unlike other amulets,
which when lost or broken are believed to end luck or protection, a broken cord should signal the
beginning of good fortune.
Note: - mystical (adj) = thần bí, huyền bí
C. READING
I. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Why are horseshoes believed to be lucky?
In 1700, Henri Misson, a Frenchman visiting Britain, asked villagers why they had
horseshoes nailed above their doors. They said that it was to keep witches away. Horseshoes are
made of iron and the strength of the iron was thought to protect from evil. Still today they are
thought to bring good luck and many brides carry silver ones at the wedding. The position of the
horseshoe is very important. It must point upwards like a cup so that the luck cannot fall out.
Notes:
 horseshoe (n) = móng ngựa; nail (v) = đóng đinh
 evil (n) = tai ương, tai hoạ; witch (n) = mụ phù thuỷ
T F
1. French villagers nailed horseshoes all around their houses.  
2. The horseshoe was to keep witches away.  

3. The strength of the horse was thought to protect from evil.  
4. People don’t believe the horseshoe brings good luck any more.  
5. The horseshoe must point upwards like a cup so that we can keep the luck.  
II. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
The Wedding Ring
At weddings in many parts of the world, brides and grooms give one another wedding rings.
These rings remind them of the commitment they made to one another when they got married.
They are also a sign to others that they are married.
No one knows for sure how this tradition started, but there is evidence that it began long ago,
in ancient Egypt. Coins at that time had a hole in the center. An Egyptian groom used to place a
coin on his bride’s finger to show that he would take care of her.
In many ancient cultures, the circle is a symbol of eternity. The wedding ring has come to
symbolize endless love and commitment.
Wedding rings have almost always been worn on the fourth ring, but the hand it is worn on
depends on where you live. In some cultures, people wear their rings on the left hand, and in
others, they wear them on the right.
1. Rings are traditionally given .
A. only in Egypt B. during weddings C. just to brides D. before weddings
2. Ancient Egyptian grooms gave their brides .
A. money to buy a ring B. money shaped like a ring
C. a ring for every finger D. coins to get a wedding ring
3. A wedding ring is a symbol of .
A. a circle B. eternity C. love without end D. decision
4. Most people wear their wedding rings .
A. on both hands B. on the fourth finger
C. only on the left hand D. only on the right hand
5. The word “eternity” in the third paragraph is closet in meaning to .
A. after death B. period of time
C. happening too often D. time with no end
III.Read the text, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
HOW CASUAL IS TOO CASUAL?
Thirty years ago or so, most people in the United States, Canada, and Europe didn’t think
much about what to wear to work in an office. Men always wore suits and ties. Women wore
suits or conservative skirt outfits. But in the 1990s, that started to change.
It began with “casual Fridays”. During the summer, some companies invited their employees
to “dress down”, or wear more casual clothes to work on Fridays. The policy quickly became
popular with employees. After this, it didn’t take long for employees to start dressing more
casually every day of the week.
Many employees welcomed the new dress policy and the more comfortable work
environment that came with it. Etiquette had definitely changed, and suits and ties were rarely
seen in many offices. Some employees went as far as wearing jeans, T-shirts, and sneakers to the
office. Many people felt that casual clothes made the workplace a friendlier place. Co-workers
were more relaxed with each other. People enjoyed coming to work knowing it was a
comfortable place to be.
Then some people began to change their minds about casual dress at work. Many managers
felt that casual dress had led to casual attitudes toward work. Some people started to notice an
increase in employees being late for work. If “clothes make the man”, as the saying goes, then
casual clothes make a casual person become less committed to company productivity and
quality.

One of the biggest reasons why there have been such mixed opinions about dressing down is
that there is no real standard for appropriate casual dress. Is it shorts, T-shirts, brightly coloured
tops, and flip-flops? Is it designer jeans, polo shirts, and trendy sneakers? Is it khakis and sport
jackets? Or are Hawaiian shirts and torn jeans OK? Without casual dress code policy, the
etiquette for dress in many companies is beginning to change back to more formal business attire
- a style that everyone understands.
1. Thirty years ago or so, people working in offices in the United States, Canada, and Europe
.
A. didn’t know what to wear to work in an office
B. changed their clothes in the 1990s
C. tended to wear in a more formal way
D. wore the same whether male or female
2. When the policy of “casual Fridays” became popular, employees .
A. started dressing more casually on weekdays
B. started wearing more casually on Fridays
C. wore casual clothes to work in summer
D. got dressed as formally as possible in offices
3. Many employees welcomed the new dress policy because .
A. casual clothes made co-workers more relaxed after work
B. people enjoyed coming to work with suits and ties
C. they enjoyed wearing torn jeans, T-shirts all the week
D. they enjoyed the more comfortable work environment
4. Many managers felt that the new dress policy .
A. brought many benefits to their companies
B. had some negative impact on their companies
C. increased company productivity and quality
D. led to casual attitudes toward “clothes make the man”
5. The viewpoint that the writer certainly supports is that .
A. there should be a casual dress code policy at work
B. employees have to wear formal business clothes
C. people should wear Hawaiian shirts and torn jeans to work
D. it’s not necessary to have standards for casual clothes
IV. Read the daily horoscope and answer the questions.
Your daily horoscope for
Wednesday 17th February
By Sylvia Fox
Taurus
You might have an argument with an important person today. If this happens, you’ll need help.
A friend or partner will be very useful to you. And who knows? You might win the argument!
Gemini
This will be another busy work day for you: you’ll have all the normal things to do, but there
may also be an extra job or two. But don’t worry, you’ll succeed! And think how happy you’ll be
when you finish!
Cancer
You may have to choose between your public and your private life today. You won’t spend
much time with your loved ones until later in the week. Make sure they know you love them or
they may feel forgotten.
Leo

This will be your lucky day for education! If you’re still at school, it’ll be a good day for study -
something you’ve always thought was too hard for you will be easy. If you’ve already left
school, think about going back to your studies - you won’t regret it!
Virgo
There will be some money worries today. Check what you’re spending. You may need to spend
some extra money on travel, but if you buy something for a loved one, they may not thank you
for it!
Which sign
1. may have family problems? ___________________
2. will have a good day at school? ___________________
3. may need more money than usual? ___________________
4. will have more things to do than usual? ___________________
5. may get very angry? ___________________
V. Read the text, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), or false (F).
Basic Characteristics of Americans and American Culture
 Americans come in all colors, have all types of religions, and speak many languages from
all over the world
 Americans believe in freedom of choice.
 Americans need a lot of “elbow room”: they like personal space around them
 Americans are extremely informal and call most people by their first name or nickname.
 Asking “How are you?” is a simple greeting and is not a question about your health.
 Americans smile a lot and talk easily to strangers, sometimes sharing personal stories.
 Americans don’t push or stand too close to anyone in line. They always wait their turn.
 When the service is good at a restaurant, tipping is expected to be 15-20% of the total
bill.
 When you meet Americans, be sure to look them in the eye, smile, and shake hands.
 Americans open presents and cards in front of people.
 It is considered rude to ask direct questions about a person’s religion, age, money, salary,
weight or clothing size.
 Americans are extremely punctual, always on time and never late.
 Some Americans hug a lot. It is okay for women and men to hug even if they aren’t close
friends.
 It is normal for American women to have male friends who are just friends.
 American men try to share equally with their wives in parenting and housework.
 Americans love pets and having a dog or cat in the household is common.
 Many elderly Americans live in nursing homes rather than with their children or family.
 Domestic violence is against the law and it is illegal to hit anyone: spouse, child, parent
or even a pet.
T F
1. Generally, Americans have different backgrounds.  
2. Americans seem to be friendly and informal in communication with their  
relatives and friends, but not with strangers.
3. They don’t push in in front of anyone standing in a line.  
4. Tipping is not accepted in American restaurants.  
5. When you meet an American, the most common greeting is to shake hands,  
and maintain the eye contact.
6. Americans don't like personal questions.  
7. Punctuality is of great importance to Americans.  
8. It is impolite to open the presents or cards in front of Americans.  

9. American husbands often share household chores with their wives.  
10. American grandparents often lives with their children and grandchildren  
in their nursing homes.
Culture is the lens with which we evaluate everything around us; we evaluate what is proper
or improper, normal or abnormal, through our culture.
If we are involved in a culture that is unlike our own, we may experience culture shock and
become disoriented when we come into contact with a fundamentally different culture. People
naturally use their own culture as the standard to judge other cultures. Having our own
judgement could lead us to discriminate other cultural values which are different from our own
because we do not understand them.
Cultural diversity is important because we can increase our level of understanding about
other cultures by interacting with people outside of your own culture - meaningful relationships
may never develop simply due to a lack of understanding.
Learning about other cultures also helps us understand different aspects in the world, and
helps remove negative stereotypes and personal biases about different groups.
In addition, cultural diversity helps us recognize and respect other ways of life that are not
necessarily our own, so that as we interact with others we can build bridges to trust, respect, and
understanding across cultures.
Cultural diversity supports the idea that every person can make a unique and positive
contribution to the larger society because of, rather than in spite of, their differences. Imagine a
place where diversity is recognized and respected: various cultural ideas are acknowledged and
valued, contributions from all groups are encouraged, people are empowered to achieve their full
potential, and differences are celebrated.
Task 1: Match a word with its definition, writing the answer in each blank.
_______ 1. lens A. a wrong idea about someone or something
_______ 2. disoriented B. something that provides you information about something else
_______ 3. stereotype C. an act of removing differences between two things
_______ 4. bias D. not knowing where to go and what to do
_______ 5. bridge E. prejudice or unfair judgement
6. What is the function of culture?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. Why may people experience culture shock?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Why is cultural diversity important?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
9. What are the benefits of cultural diversity?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
10. Which interesting idea does cultural diversity support?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
VII. Read the passage about the story of Chinese zodiac signs, and then answer the
questions.
The Story of Chinese Zodiac Signs

The story behind the Chinese Zodiac begins with the Jade Emperor who lives in the heavens.
From there, he couldn’t see all that happened on the Earth. Having become curious about
animals, he consulted with his advisers to see which creatures should be welcome for a visit.
The first invitation was to the Rat who was asked to invite the Cat too. Rat conveniently
“forgot” that invitation. Other animals that received the King’s request were the Ox, Tiger,
Rabbit, Dragon, Snake, Horse, Goat, Monkey, Rooster, Dog and Pig.
All the animals were told that one of the 12 signs would be awarded a place in the celestial
progression based on the order in which they arrived.
The Cat finally heard of the race and traveled with the Rat. When they reached a river, the
gentle and generous Ox offered to get them across. Again the Rat took an opportunity and
pushed the Cat into the water, then jumped off the Ox to the shore, becoming the first zodiac
sign. The Ox was right behind them followed shortly by the Tiger. The Rabbit managed the
river’s flow by jumping on rocks. The Dragon had no need but was a bit slower in his arrival
when he saw people in need of rain. The Horse and Snake came afterwards, the Horse was
frightened at first by the Snake’s appearance.
The Goat, Monkey and Rooster were the most cooperative of this crew. They worked
together to reach their goal and all were rewarded. The Dog came in the 11 th, having been
distracted by a play in the water and then finally Pig arrived having stopped for a nap along the
way. The Cat finally arrived the 13 th, but it was too late. It is said that cats chase mice until today
because of the jealous actions of that first Rat.
1. Who invited the animals from the Earth to the heavens?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Why did Rat come before Ox? Why didn’t Cat arrive in time?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Why did the Dragon arrive a bit slow?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Why did the Dog and Pig arrive the last?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Why is it said that cats chase mice until today?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
VIII. Read the passage about the use of astrology in choosing marriage partner in Viet
Nam, and then answer the questions.
Use of Astrology in Choosing Marriage Partners in Viet Nam
According to astrological beliefs in Viet Nam, the five major planets with a significant
influence on human lives and the items that represent them on Earth are: Venus, metal; Jupiter,
wood; Mars, fire; Mercury, water; and Saturn, soil. Each of these elements can build up or
destroy one another according to this theory. That is to say: Fire helps soil but destroys metal
while soil helps metal. Wood destroys soil while water helps wood. Water destroys fire while
metal helps water. Metal destroys wood while wood helps fire.
Since individuals at birth come under the influence of at least one of the above planets, it is
imperative to make sure that two which oppose each other are not united. A man born under
Venus marrying a girl of Mars would find arguments, unhappiness, etc., whereas the same man
marrying a girl under Mercury’s influence would be happy. Similarly, if the man is of fire
influence and the wife of water, countless arguments, poverty and perhaps divorce is their
predetermined fate; but if man is under influence of fire and the girl of wood, they will have
many children and prosperity.
However, astrology is only one of the three major factors which must be thought in
considering marriage. Strange to the western culture, the thought of romance is not a major
factor, if considered at all.

1. What are the five major planets with a significant influence on human lives?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. What is the theory of interaction between the basic elements?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. According to astrology, what may happen if a man of fire influence marrying a girl under
Mercury’s influence?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Who does a man born under influence of fire look for his marriage partner?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. What is the major factor of marriage in the western culture?
___________________________________________________________________________
IX. Read the passage about superstitions around the world, and then answer the questions.
Superstitions Around the World
In Brazil, it's bad luck to let your wallet or purse hit the floor, as it means you will lose
money.
In China, the number 4 is incredibly unlucky, as the Chinese pronunciation of the number is
similar to that of the word "death".
In Denmark, they save broken dishes all year long to throw at the houses of friends and
family on New Year's Eve. It's believed that the larger the amount of porcelain, the more good
luck the recipients will have in the New Year.
In Egypt, it's viewed as frightfully bad luck to open and close scissors without cutting
anything, and even worse to leave them open. However, the Egyptian also believe that scissors
under a pillow can cure a person of their nightmares.
In India, they have very specific rules about tidying. You must not trim your nails on
Tuesday and Saturday (or at night), nor can you cut or wash your hair on Thursday and Saturday.
It is generally believed that trimming nails at night leads to sweeping, which could then lead to
the loss of small valuables. Thursday may have historically been a day off for barbers, and
Saturday is the day of Saturn (Planet Shani), a respected celestial body to the ancient Hindus.
In Viet Nam, many foods are avoided by students hoping to do well in school or on exams.
Bananas, for example, are avoided by students because they are slippery, and the Vietnamese
word for "slip" sounds exactly the same as the Vietnamese word for "fail".
In South Korea, it is believed that running a fan in a closed room while sleeping will kill you.
In Turkey, it’s bad form to chew gum at night, as the Turkish believe that after dark, the gum
essentially becomes the flesh of dead people.
1. Why is it bad luck to let your wallet or purse hit the floor?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. In which countries do some superstitions come from the similar pronunciation of words?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. In which countries are some superstitions related to a certain type of sweets?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. In Egypt, which good luck and bad luck do scissors bring to you?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. In which countries do some superstitions have religious reasons?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. On which day can people in India have their hair cut?
___________________________________________________________________________
7. In which country may people use the device - automatic shutoff timers?
___________________________________________________________________________
8. What will people do with broken dishes in Denmark? What do they believe?
___________________________________________________________________________

X. Read the text, and fill in each blank (1-10) with the correct given phrase (A-J).
A. add Wood B. add Metal in the northwest C. add Earth in the northeast
D. add Metal in the west E. add Wood in the north F. add Water in the north
G. add Fire H. add Water in the northwest I. add Wood in the west
J. add Earth
Making Good Feng Shui for Chinese Zodiac Signs
According to traditional Chinese culture, good feng shui brings good luck, while bad feng
shui brings bad luck. You might want to know how you can make good feng shui for yourself
according to your Chinese zodiac sign.
1. Rats:_____________________________
The Water element helps people born in a year of the Rat to make a fortune. They should
place a water tank with some gold fish in the north of their office, and then fortune will find
its way to them.
2. Oxen and Pigs:_____________________
People born in a year of the Ox or the Pig can only make a great fortune with the help of a
strong Fire element according to the Five Element Theory. So they should put some ceramic
articles in their offices or bedrooms to bring themselves good luck, because ceramic articles
are heated by fire.
3. Tigers: ___________________________
The Earth element is very helpful for the people born in a year of the Tiger. It's necessary for
them to add something prominent representing the Earth element, for example a potted plant,
to their life to make a great fortune.

4. Rabbits:__________________________
When it comes to making a fortune, people born in a year of the Rabbit need an invisible
Earth element in their life; they should hide a jade item in the northeast of their bedrooms to
bring themselves good luck.
5. Dragons:__________________________
The northwest direction is ideal for people born in a year of the Dragon to make a fortune.
They should put a basin of clear water with a handful of soil in the northwest of their
bedrooms, and then place several lotus flowers in the basin to bring them good luck in their
life.
6. Snakes:___________________________
As far as making a fortune is concerned, the direction west is ideal for people born in a year
of the Snake. Wearing metal ornaments, particularly gold or silver ones, will bring good
luck.
7. Horses:___________________________
The direction northwest is ideal for people born in a year of the Horse to make a huge
fortune. They should place a bronze toad (something of the Metal element) in the northwest
of their bedrooms, and it will bring them good luck both in career and fortune.
8. Goats:____________________________
The direction north is ideal for people born in a year of Goat to make a huge fortune. They
should place a mahogany box (a Wood element item) in the north of their offices, and then
put an object related to their professions in the box.
9. Monkeys:_________________________
In terms of making a fortune, the direction west is ideal for people born in a year of the
Monkey. They should put a plant (it is better if the plant is taller than the person) in the west
of their houses.
10. Roosters and Dogs:__________________
When it comes to making a fortune, people born in a year of the Rooster or the Dog should
put some grass seeds in a non-metal container, not Metal. The grass seeds in the container
contain limitless possibilities, which will bring people born in a year of the Rooster or the
Dog huge fortune.
D. SPEAKING
I. Read the sentences about some superstitions in Viet Nam, and decide whether you
agree (A) or disagree (D) with them. Then have a short exchange with your partner
about each topic.
A D
1. Don’t express much admiration for a newborn baby, because the devils  
might hear you and steal the child.
2. If you do see a woman first as you go out your door or on the way, postpone  
the trip.
3. Single bowls of rice and chopsticks should not be served because one bowl  
is for the dead.
4. Never buy one pillow or mattress pad, always buy two.  
5. Do not hand someone a toothpick.  
6. Do not cut fingernails and toenails at night.  
II. Use the information about the gift-giving etiquette to practise the conversation with
your partner.
Gift-giving Etiquette
 In Japan. China, and VietNam, it is not customary to open a gift in front of the gift giver.
The gift is set aside and opened later in private.

 In Russia, gifts for children are usually opened in private, while gifts for adults are
usually opened in the presence of others.
 In Germany, you should avoid giving large or expensive gifts in private. The larger the
gift, the more public the gift-giving should be.
Nick: Do you mind if I ask you something?
Maria: Yes, of course.
Nick: I’m not sure about the appropriate behaviour here. When you go to someone’s house
for dinner, what should you bring?
Maria: You should bring a small gift.
Nick: Is there anything special about gift-giving?
Maria: Yeah. ________________________________________________________________
Nick: Thank you, Maria.
III.Complete the conversation between Maria and Kevin about the cultural gap across the
Atlantic, using the parts (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. The most popular sports in all Europe is football, probably followed by tennis, cycling,
and Formula 1, as well as other motor races.
B. Churchgoing is very popular in the US while in Europe the practice has almost entirely
disappeared and is mostly limited to the elderly, or special events like weddings or
Christmas.
C. And Americans usually consider that the week starts on Sunday and ends on Saturday,
while in Europe it always starts on Monday and finishes on Sunday
D. For foods and drinks, Americans consume sweeter food and much more soft drinks than
Europeans. How about European foods and drinks, Maria?
E. American families often have to save for years for their children to attend one.
F. Labour Day on May 1st is a national holiday in most European countries, but not in the
USA.
G.For languages, Americans usually speak English and, for immigrants, their mother tongue.
I think you have learned foreign languages since primary school. Right?
Maria: Hi, Kevin! You come from the USA? Are universities free in most states?
Kevin: I don’t think so. (1)______________________________________________________
How about Europe?
Maria: In most European countries, including my home country - France, schools and
universities are free. What is more, only a few European countries have entrance
exams, like England.
Kevin: Really? Most American universities have entrance exams. (2)____________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Maria: Well, in fact, foreign-language leaning in Europe is now compulsory in every country
since primary school. Most Europeans learn two to four foreign languages. Anyway,
we write the date in the format “Day Month Year”, whereas Americans use “Month
Day, Year”.
Kevin: That’s right. (3)_________________________________________________________
Do you see any American social customs interesting and unique, Maria?
Maria: Holidays like Thanksgiving are regarded as typically American. The same is true of
Black Friday and Cyber Monday.
Kevin: Yeah, we pay attention to both traditional and online shopping. (4)________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Maria: Europeans all have a lot of traditional dishes from their region or city. Europeans eat
more varied and balanced meals, and less fast food than Americans, maybe except the
Britons. Europeans eat more cheese, more yoghurts, and on average drink more wine
and stronger beers than Americans.

Kevin: Right. American alcohol laws are much tougher than anywhere in Europe. For sports
in our country, it is baseball, basketball, ice hockey and American football that attract
the crowds and make money.
Maria: It is interesting to see how the popularity of sports can be so different between Europe
and North America. (5)___________________________________________________
E. WRITING
I. The following text is about typical characteristics of the Vietnamese people. Put the
pieces of evidence (A-G) in the appropriate gaps. There are two extra ones.
A. Relationships in the family are never to be broken and they are to be built up continuously.
B. They are also very friendly, easy-going and have an easy smile.
C. In Viet Nam, professions that have high status include doctor, priest, and teacher.
D. To show respect, many Vietnamese people bow their heads to a superior or elder.
E. The Vietnamese have been described as energetic, sentimental, proud, and hardworking.
F. The Vietnamese like to joke around, but their jokes are not easily translated into English.
G.If one ranks things in their importance, education would likely come first, followed by age
and then wealth.
Introduction: Viet Nam is a country with the history of more than four thousand years. It is
believed that Vietnamese people share some following typical characteristics.
Characteristic 1: The Vietnamese often have good behaviour and characters.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Characteristic 2: Many Vietnamese customs and values are rooted in the Confucian respect for
education, family, and elders.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Characteristic 3: Traditional Vietnamese culture is concerned more with status than with wealth.
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Characteristic 4: In Viet Nam, families play an important role in the society.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion: In short, these features are considered to be part of the Vietnamese features that
have been formed during the long history and tradition.
II. The following text is about Vietnamese cultural values. Put the pieces of evidence (A- G)
in the appropriate gaps. There are two extra ones.
A. At home, he should show respect to his parents, older brothers or sisters, and older
relatives.
B. Each person has a strong sense of regional cultural identity.
C. There are three ways by which a man can acquire a good name: either by heroic deeds’,
by intellectual achievements, or by moral virtue.
D. Rich people who are not educated are often looked down upon by other people.
E. He seems to have particular respect and admiration for learned people, and learning is
considered more valuable than wealth and material success.
F. Outside the family, respect should be paid to elderly people, teachers, supervisors and
employers, and people in high positions.

G. Most Vietnamese people place more emphasis on their duties in their family than their
own desires.
Vietnamese Cultural Values
Introduction: The Vietnamese value system is based on four basic principles: the family, a
strong wish for a good name, love of learning, and respect for other people.
Value 1: In the Vietnamese community, the benefit of the family and community comes before
the individual.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Value 2: To acquire a good name, a man must avoid all words and actions that could damage his
dignity and honour.
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Value 3: The typical Vietnamese man seems to have a great love for knowledge and learning.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Value 4: The Vietnamese common man is expected to show respect to people who are senior to
him in age, status, or position.
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Conclusion: In short, traditional values of Vietnamese lifestyle are long-standing and highly
respected.
III.Write complete sentences about the Japanese gift-giving etiquette, using the words/
phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you
have to use all the words given.
Japanese Gift-Giving Etiquette
1. Gift giving/ common part/ Japanese culture.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Different types/ gifts/ given/ different occasions.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Gifts/ sets of four/ usually avoided/ because/ it/ considered/ unlucky number.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. There/ also a superstition/ that/ potted plants/ encourage sickness/ and/ should/ avoided/ as
well.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Red/ symbolize/ longevity/ so/ it/ a great wrapping color/ birthday presents.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Gifts/ should always/ given/ received/ two hands/ and/ it/ common/ the recipient/ decline/ a
gift/ up/ three times/ before/ accepting it.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 7)
1. A. engaged B. favourable C. status D. national
2. A. contrast B. force C. fortune D. Capricorn
3. A. ancestor B. complicated C. reception D. decide
4. A. influence B. typical C. dependent D. character
5. A. ritual B. diverse C. affect D. belief
6. People from cultures bring language skills, new ways of thinking, and creative
solutions to difficult problems.
A. diverse B. diversity C. diversify D. diversification
7. No one knows the real origins of the Chinese representing the cycles of the lunar
year.
A. stars B. space C. horoscope D. cycle
8. In every culture, there are basic standards for social such as personal space
distance, eye contact, amount of body language displayed in public.
A. relationship B. relation C. reaction D. interaction
9. UN World Day for Cultural Diversity for Dialogue and Development on May 21st is a
chance to celebrate the cultural diversity of people around us, and find out more about what
we have .
A. in common B. as usual C. as normal D. alike
10. Many people believe that the first person who visits their home on the first day of the New
Year will their life.
A. effect B. affect C. change D. afford
11. Before the wedding, the groom usually asks his best friend to be his , and the bride
may have one or more .
A. closest man - best maids B. good man - best maids
C. best man - bridesmaids D. best man - housemaids
12. In Russia, there is belief that unmarried people should avoid sitting at corner
of table because they will find difficulties finding their life partner and will not get
married.
A. a - a - a B. a - a - the C. a - the - the D. the - the - the
13. In Portugal, walking backwards will bring bad luck, because it paves way for
devil to enter.
A. a - a B. the - the C. a - the D. the - a
14. Cultural diversity makes our country by making it a place in which to
live.
A. richer - most interesting B. richer - more interesting
C. rich - more interesting D. richest - most interesting
15. There are some things Americans would change, and thing people would change is
their education.
A. a big B. the C. a bigger D. the biggest
Vietnamese Wedding Customs

The wedding consists of several (16) including asking permission to
receive the bride, the procession to receive the bride, the procession to the groom's house, the
ancestor ceremony, and the banquet party.
In the morning, the groom’s mother and a few close relatives would walk to the bride’s house
with a present of betel to ask permission to receive the (17) at her house. The
date and time of the ceremony is usually determined by a Buddhist monk or fortune teller.
In the procession to receive the bride, the groom and his family often carry decorated lacquer
boxes covered in red cloth to represent his (18) and which include various
(19) for the bride’s family. There are either 6 or 8 boxes, but never 7 because
it is bad (20) .
After paying their (21) to their ancestors, the bride and groom will serve
tea to their parents who will then give them advice regarding (22) and family.
During the candle ceremony, the bride and groom’s families union is celebrated and the mother-
in-law of the bride will open the boxes filled with jewelry and dress her new daughter-in-law in
the jewelry.
Finally, the groom officially asks for permission to take his new bride (23) and
they make their way back to his house. During the (24) , there is usually a 10-
course meal and the bride and groom make their (25) to each table to
express their gratitude and also get money as presents.
following passage.
Cultural diversity means a (26) of different societies or people of different origins,
religions and traditions all living and interacting together. Britain has (27) from diversity
throughout its long history and is currently one of the most culturally diverse countries in the
world.
The food they eat, the music they listen to, and the clothes they wear have all been influenced
by different (28) coming into Britain. Ethnic food, for example, is part of an average
British diet. One of Britain’s favourite (29) is Indian curry. Britons have enjoyed curry
for a surprisingly long time - the (30) curry went on an English menu in 1773.
Even the English language (31) from the languages spoken by Anglo-Saxons,
Scandinavian Vikings and Norman French invaders. New words were (32) from the
languages of other immigrants over the years.
Valuing the diverse culture is all about understanding and respecting the beliefs of others and
their (33) of life, as we would expect someone to respect ours. It is about supporting
individuals in keeping their cultural traditions (34) and appreciating the fact that all
these different traditions will enrich British life both today and in the future.
People from all over the world have (35) to the Britain and they continue to do so.
26. A. range B. limit C. position D. series
27. A. earned B. helped C. benefited D. got
28. A. nations B. cultures C. countries D. population
29. A. food B. foods C. ingredients D. dishes
30. A. first B. only C. even D. just
31. A. developed B. started C. came D. took
32. A. increased B. put C. added D. caught
33. A. quality B. way C. design D. method
34. A. live B. lively C. life D. alive
35. A. achived B. provided C. contributed D. given
While you may not think it at first, there are numerous cultural differences between the US
and the UK that you will likely encounter.
In general, Americans are much more open than Britons. Friends and even acquaintances
discuss personal thoughts and opinions that might seem private in the UK. Do not feel

embarrassed if an American asks you a seemingly private question. He or she is most likely
sincerely curious about your thoughts and feelings and is assuming you would like to share them.
You may learn more about your American friends than you wanted to know, or you may hear
more childhood stories than you care to listen to. Americans will be interested in your
experiences and background as well since your upbringing may differ greatly from theirs. In
addition to more frequent discussion about their personal lives, there is often a greater display of
photographs, and posters in dorm rooms or office spaces.
The sense of humour differs from one side of the Atlantic to the other. Americans tend to be
less dry or sarcastic. Some Americans may feel offended if they do not understand your humour,
but after a brief explanation they will be laughing along with you.
Americans tend to believe that individuals control their circumstances by how much they
work. This work ethic is reflected in American attitudes towards academics. Don’t be surprised if
you meet students who spend a vast majority of their free time studying in the library.
Americans also tend to care much more for punctuality than their UK counterparts.
Everything from classes to a lunch date is expected to start right on time. Along with punctuality,
most Americans move at a faster pace than that in the UK. For example, dinners at a restaurant,
even a sit-down restaurant, can be finished in under a half-hour. Additionally, you will not have
to ask for the bill. It will be brought to you as soon as it is clear to your waiter or waitress that
you are finished ordering more items.
36. Americans are more willing to share private matters with you because .
A. they would like to ask private questions about others
B. they are more open and more curious about things around them
C. they try to be more open than Britons in life
D. they assume you would like to share everything with them
37. One of the reasons why Americans are interested in your experiences and background is that
.
A. they would like to tell their childhood stories more than you care to listen to
B. they would like to show you their photographs, and posters
C. they would like to know about a different upbringing than theirs
D. they would like to talk more about their personal lives than anything else
38. The American attitudes toward work or study are that .
A. they spend their free time studying anywhere
B. individuals should control their behaviours and free time
C. they move at a faster pace than in the UK
D. they attach more importance to the load of work
39. All of the following about Americans are right EXCEPT .
A. most Americans walk faster than those in the UK
B. they tend to be more punctual than Britons
C. their sense of humour is different than that of Britons
D. they’ll be laughing with you if they understand your humour
40. When you come to a restaurant in America, .
A. you have to finish dinner in less than half an hour and ask for the bill
B. the waiter may bring the bill to you just when you finish ordering dishes
C. you should care much more for punctuality than in Britain
D. you should show the waiter that you finish ordering in under a half-hour
VII. Complete the conversation about cultural differences between Germans and Britons,
using the responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. A study on sleep patterns has shown that Britons sleep an average of eight minutes longer
than Germans and spend an extra five minutes in bed, whereas Germans rise straight away
and get on with their days.

B. In fact, they are perfectionists and want to get things right with everything they undertake.
What about Britons?
C. That’s right, but Germany has won the World Cup four times, but England only once.
D. Germans aren’t very good at small talks, but enthusiastic British small talks can lead
others to question how honest they are.
E. For the language, there are 35 dialects of the German language, and German is very useful
in studying scientific books and materials.
G.The British drink more tea than anywhere else in the world.
F. I see. German beer is very famous in the world. German people have hard behaviour, and
they are more direct in conversations.
Student A: Hi! What are you reading?
Student B: Hello! I'm reading an article about cultural differences between Germans and
Britons.
Student A: Sounds interesting! I know that Muller is the most popular surname. How about
Britain?
Student B: There are over 30,000 people with the name ‘John Smith" in Britain, and a very
popular first name is Jack. (41)__________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Student A: Germans are the second largest beer consumers in the world, after the Irish!
Student B: (42)_______________________________________________________________
Student A: I think British people seems to be more friendly and polite, and it takes them a
longer time to get to the point, not as directly as Germans.
Student B: I agree with you. I think Germans are very efficient at work. (43)______________
__________________________________________________________________
Student A: In my opinion, Britons are intelligent, and they try to be more successful in work
than Germans.
Student B: Maybe. (44)_________________________________________________________
Student A: English is the most international language in the world, and it has several varieties
such as American English, Australian English, Indian English, and so on. England
is the home of football.
Student B: (45)_______________________________________________________________
VIII. Write complete sentences about tea drinking in Viet Nam, using the words/ phrases
46. Tea drinking/ be/ a tradition/ Vietnamese people/ over three thousand years.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. There/ many types/ tea/ Viet Nam/ each/ its own unique flavor/ properties.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Tea/ can/ divided/ three kinds/ dried tea leaves/ tea combined with herbal remedies/ tea
scented with flowers.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Unlike/ the Chinese/ Japanese/ the Vietnamese/ love/ taste/ plain tea.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. For green tea/ people/ prefer/ brewing it/ hot/ strong/ and/ sometimes flavoured/ lotus, or
jasmine flowers.
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 7)
1. A. horoscope B. honeymoon C. income D. money
2. A. legend B. Leo C. lentil D. prestigious
3. A. pursue B. soul C. sweep D. present
4. A. personal B. proposal C. cultural D. several
5. A. superstitious B. complicated C. situated D. interestingly
6. In our tradition, when people mention "matter of betel and areca" they are talking about
issue.
A. marry B. married C. marrying D. marriage
7. Nations where there is much cultural diversity can also sometimes be known as a .
A. multicultural society B. cultural uniformity
C. multi- ethnic society D. multidimensional problem
8. To many street vendors, the success of their day is determined by how it starts and
by their first customer.
A. superstition B. superstitious C. superstitiously D. supernatural
9. One Chinese legend has it that the Jade Emperor asked for twelve representatives of the
animal species on Earth to be brought to his kingdom.
A. heaven B. heavenly C. sky D. space
10. However, another version says the of the 12 animals in the Chinese horoscope was
decided thousands of years ago by Buddha, who called for a New Year's meeting of animals.
A. order B. position C. place D. plan
11. To the Chinese, 8 is a lucky number, the Vietnamese believe 9 brings luck, and
the 1 and 8 of 18, adding up to 9, are considered success.
A. although B. when C. while D. or
12. In Netherlands, singing at dinner table means you are singing to devil
for your dinner - which means bad luck.
A. Ø - a - the B. the - the - the C. Ø - the - the D. the - the - a
13. In Spain, it is believed to be bad luck to enter room with your left foot.
A. Ø B. a C. an D. the
14. Cultural diversity makes the United States a interesting place in which to live for
all of its inhabitants.
A. better B. very more C. so more D. much more
15. Today, Australia is one of diverse countries in the world.
A. most cultural B. the most cultural C. the more culturally D. the most culturally
Japanese Wedding Customs

The Japanese (16) of "san-san-kudo", the three-by three exchange is rich with
(17) . It is performed by the bride and groom and both sets of parents; each
person takes 3 sips of sake from each of 3 cups. The first 3 represent three couples, the bride and
(18) , and their parents. The second 3 represent three human weaknesses:
hatred, passion, and ignorance. "Ku" or 9 is a lucky number in Japanese culture, and "do" means
escape from the three weaknesses.

Another highlight of this ceremony is a rosary with 21 beads that represent the couple, their
families and the Buddha all joined on one string to symbolize the (19) of the
families. Part of the ceremony involves honoring the parents with (20) of flowers, a
toast, or a letter expressing their (21) and gratitude.
The crane is a symbol of longevity and prosperity and so 1,001 gold origami cranes are
folded to bring (22) , good fortune, longevity, and peace to the marriage.
The bride traditionally wears two outfits: the shiro, which is a white kimono worn for the
(23) and the uchikake kimono which is a patterned brocade worn at the
reception.
Plenty of courses are served during the reception, but never in a multiple of four because the
number four sounds like the word for (24) . Additionally, the different foods
served all have special meanings, for example lobster might be served because red is a (25)
color or clams served with both shells symbolize the couple’s union.
following passage.
Giving a birthday present to a Vietnamese (26) that you pay attention to a few
cultural (27) of etiquette. You should pay attention to the recipient's tastes and hobbies.
Flowers, souvenirs, or an item that your friend like best is suitable for the (28) .
Moreover, a birthday gift (29) covered in colorful papers. It is important that you
should take care (30) your present. It is best to (31) black which is the signal of
(32) in Asian countries, (33) Viet Nam. It is best to wrap your present in bright,
cheery colours, like red or pink.
In short, choosing a birthday present in Viet Nam is (34) choosing one in other
countries. In general, money is not (35) : Vietnamese people honour the phrase -
Plenty of money does not count, the heart does.
26. A. asks B. requires C. requests D. tells
27. A. rules B. regulations C. laws D. notes
28. A. condition B. culture C. relation D. situation
29. A. be B. should C. should be D. was
30. A. to wrap B. wrapping C. of wrapping D. for wrapping
31. A. avoid B. allow C. stop D. refuse
32. A. die B. dead C. death D. dying
33. A. include B. including C. included D. and including
34. A. more difficult B. most difficult C. so difficult as D. as difficult as
35. A. trouble B. a problem C. a conflict D. an issue
Why we believe in astrology
People believe in astrology because it offers many desirable things such as information and
assurance about the future.
Astrology claims that nothing in life is coincidental and everything that occurs to us happens
for a particular reason. Astrology can provide us some good answers as to why these things
happen to us and it can also predict them in advance. In this way, astrology actually helps people
to understand the world around them much better.
As practiced today, astrology can work quite well. Most of the people who visit astrologers
or read their horoscopes regularly end up feeling happy and satisfied. This does not mean that the
astrologers have accurately predicted the individuals’ future based on their horoscope dates, but
it means that having a horoscope explained can be actually a very fulfilling experience.
People enjoy reading their horoscope forecasts and this often leads to changes in
personalities, behaviors and decision-making processes. Astrology can be a real lifesaver
because it lets you know of the future obstacles and problems in advance. It is up to you whether

you want to believe the advice and precautions suggested in a horoscope reading and save
yourself from the pain without doing much.
Astrology takes into account two major aspects - our birth potential and the effects of the
planets and the stars on our personal horoscope. It can help us choose the right career and
education path for us, in order to make a good and successful life.
Last but not least, we believe in astrology because it’s about us. My horoscope is like a
blueprint of my life that got created precisely at the time I was born. That means that my birth
chart is as unique as my fingerprints are. Each planet’s placement in my horoscope can reveal a
lot about my personality and destiny.
36. Astrology claims that nothing in life is happening by chance because .
A. everything that occurs to us happens for no particular reason
B. life can provide us some good reasons why these things happen to us
C. it can help us predict our life in advance
D. people can understand the world around them much better
37. After visiting astrologers, people often feel and satisfied because .
A. having a horoscope explained can be a satisfied experience
B. they have had their future predicted accurately based on their horoscope dates
C. they have had astrologers read their horoscopes regularly
D. astrologers help them understand the world much better on their own
38. All of the following about astrology are correct EXCEPT that .
A. it lets you know of the future obstacles and problems in advance
B. you must believe the advice and precautions suggested in a horoscope reading
C. it considers our birth potential and the effects of the stars on our personal horoscope
D. it may help us make a good and successful life
39. All of us believe and enjoy in astrology because .
A. it can reveal our exact personality and destiny
B. we know how our horoscope to be formed at the beginning
C. our fingerprints make our birth chart unique in the horoscope
D. our horoscope reading is unique based on the planet’s position
40. The word “blueprint” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. a design for a building B. a description of something
C. a copy or print of something D. a print of something in blue
VII. Complete the conversation about the Vietnamese wedding ceremony, using the
sentences (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. On the wedding day, the groom’s family and relatives go to the bride’s house with a lot of
gifts that are wrapped in beautiful red papers.
B. They firmly believe in this date and time so the groom’s family and relatives must come
on time.
C. The parents of the groom go to the fortune teller to see what date and time is best for them
to celebrate the wedding ceremony.
D. Traditionally, the reception occurs at their houses, but now many families hold wedding
parties at the restaurant.
E. On that day, the groom’s family and relatives visit the bride and her family with round
lacquered boxes known as betrothal presents which are covered with red cloth and carried
by unmarried girls or boys.
F. Then, the couple should pray in front of the altar to ask their ancestors for permission for
their marriage, then express their gratitude to both groom’s and bride’s parents for raising
and protecting them.
G.Many Vietnamese couples now have their wedding ceremony done in temples or
churches, similar to American and Western style.
Maria: Hi, Nick. What are you reading?

Nick: Hello, Maria. I'm reading a book about traditional Vietnamese weddings for my
group presentation next Monday.
Maria: I see. What is the start of a traditional Vietnamese wedding?
Nick: As usual, the engagement comes first. (41)___________________________________
Maria: What happens on the engagement day?
Nick: (42)__________________________________________________________________
Maria: And the wedding day? Does the groom’s family bring some more presents to the
bride’s house?
Nick: Yes, of course. (43)______________________________________________________
These gifts are similar to those of the engagement.
Maria: I think the people holding these trays are also carefully chosen.
Nick: That’s right, Maria. They are usually unmarried young males and females.
(44)__________________________________________________________________
Maria: It sounds good. Where is the reception usually held?
Nick: (45)__________________________________________________________________
VIII. Write complete sentences about Vietnamese tea customs, using the words/ phrases
Vietnamese tea customs
46. Vietnamese tea ceremony/ pleasant sign/ hospitality/ deep social importance.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. In general/ Vietnamese tea drinking tradition/ a bridge/ that/ bring/ people together/ help/
understand/ each other better.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. During/ Nguyen Dynasty/ tea drinking ritual/ brought/ level of art.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Tea drinking/ customary practice/ wedding and engagement ceremonies.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Marrying couples/ use/ ritual of drinking tea/ wedding ceremony/ express/ their affection/
each other.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 8: NEW WAYS TO LEARN
A. PHONETICS
I. Write the three-syllable adjectives and verbs from the box in the correct part of the
table, according to the stress pattern.
II. Read the following sentences. Underline the three-syllable adjectives and verbs. Put a
mark (') before the stressed syllable.
1. American teenagers send an average of 60 text messages per day, making this an effective
way in communication.
2. Consider that there are a good number of book publishers now putting their content online.
3. The Intel programme tries to deliver the “four Cs’’ to grade-10 students: critical thinking,
communication, collaboration, and creativity.
4. Many digital textbooks are constantly updated and often more vivid, helpful, creative, and a
lot cheaper than those old heavy books.
5. In order to integrate technology into the classroom, teachers should implement the BYOD
(Bring Your Own Device) policy to make the learning process more relevant and effective.
6. Studies encourage mobile learning because students benefit greatly from more opportunities
for academic development.

I. Match the phrases in column A with appropriate information in column B, and write
the answers (A-H) in the blanks. (More than one answer is possible.)
A B
______ 1. You can improve your English accent ... A. by doing translation exercises.
______ 2. A good way to learn idioms is ... B. by talking to native English speakers.
______ 3. You can improve your writing skills ... C. by reading magazines in English.
______ 4. A good way to learn new vocabulary is... D. by studying a “learner’s dictionary.”
______ 5. You can learn to read faster ... E. by practising conversations with a partner
______ 6. One way of practising conversations is F. by watching British films.
______ 7. You can learn to use grammar correctly... G. by having a private tutor.
______ 8. You can develop self-confidence in H. by talking to yourself in the shower
speaking English ...
II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to finish the sentences.
1. With a good use of the educational , schools can improve on how
students learn and how they get access to academic information. (apply)
2. Students can write essays on computers and submit them . (electronic)
3. Mobile devices today are introducing new exciting to digital learning.
(possible)
4. apps give students the chance to work at their own pace. (educate)
5. About 76% of teachers say they are very concerned that use of mobile devices will be a
to learning. (distract)
6. Many students are purchasing digital editions of textbooks instead of traditional printed
copies for a variety of reasons, including cost , ease of , and
environmental . (efficient - access - friendly)
III.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

1. Laptops and wireless technologies allow students to information relevant
to class topics immediately.
2. By allowing our students to use digital in class, we are creating an
opportunity to teach them to think critically about technology use in their education and life.
3. Digital devices offer an opportunity to students about media use.
4. Most of the teachers see the new classroom technology as useful in the
process.
5. Almost every question students have in class is at their , keeping them
connected with what is going on around them.
6. The iPad, which is much more than the laptop, has the same multi-touch
interface as the iPod Touch.
7. Students who are English-language learners benefit greatly from using specialized
on their laptops.
8. Teachers are always looking at new ways to develop and their teaching.
9. With the easy Internet access and a variety of educational , smartphones
have become the tools necessary to improve student learning.
10. With its high-resolution touch , the iPad is very useful for many tasks in class.
IV. Complete the sentences, using ‘which’, ‘that’, ‘who’, or ‘whose’.
1. The smart table has been used in several schools, brings many benefits to our
students.
2. It is an electronic device students can start using as soon as the teacher has
turned it on, without a lot of training earlier.
3. Students will enjoy doing many activities, including games, puzzles, purposes are
the development of team spirits.
4. Several students are able to touch and interact with the smart table at the same time
will work together more effectively.
5. The learning applications students can participate in using the smart table
will encourage them to work together to solve problems.
6. There are interactive activities are available to be downloaded from the Internet.
7. Teachers introduce activities to the whole class can work with smaller groups on
the smart table to introduce discussions about the subject matter.
8. The applications come with the smart table can help students learn various subjects
at school.
9. On the classroom blog, a teacher can upload video and image illustrations on specific
subjects, can help students learn easily.
10. Parents have to pay for mobile devices may be happy with the new method of
teaching and its benefits.
V. Fill in each blank to complete the text, using ‘which’, ‘that’, ‘who’, ‘whose’, ‘where’, or
‘when’.
Building a collaboration classroom may be the answer for some schools (1) have
insufficient funds in some American districts. It is very difficult for those schools to equip every
classroom with all the latest technology tools (2) teachers and students need today.
A collaboration classroom is a place (3) teachers and students will have
access to all the possible tools (4) are available in the district or in any individual
school. It is easier to equip one or two rooms (5) use is for the whole school than to
avoid completely the purchase of the right learning tools for students. School and district leaders
(6) set up the collaboration classrooms can discover the results (7) can be
gained through actual, real teaching, learning, and testing.
Furthermore, a collaboration classroom can become a career-motivational meeting place (8)
students can get a great professional development.

Students (9) electronic devices can support the lessons can bring them to the
classroom. This year is the time (10) we should consider using both interactive
whiteboards and touch-screen tables.
C. READING
I. Read the text carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
From slates to iPads... Language learning then, now and in the future
Then...
It’s 6 a.m. on a Monday morning 500 years ago - time for lessons to start at a local grammar
school. The main aim of the lesson is to study the grammar of Latin - the international language
of the time (in Europe, at least) and the language of all university courses. The pupils are all boys
- if girls receive any education at all, they get it at home. The boys take out their slates - there
will be no pencil and paper until the 19 th century. They learn grammatical rules and translate
sentences, and the boys have to speak Latin at all times. If they fail at all, their punishment is up
to 50 strokes of the cane!
Now...
No one knows how many people are learning English today - one estimate is one billion people,
or a third of the world’s population. Technology has become more and more important in how
people learn: cassettes (which first became popular in the 1970s), CDs and video have brought
‘real English’ into the classroom. Many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities, and
interactive whiteboards. But in most cases, one thing hasn’t changed... there’s still a teacher!
In the future...
Who knows what the language classroom of 2050 will be like? Many people think that textbooks
might be a thing of the past very soon. And many classrooms won’t have cassettes or CDs in the
near future. Will students use iPads or smartphones instead of pen and paper? Will computers
replace teachers? Other people think that English might not be as popular as it is now. Will
Chinese, perhaps, or even a completely new international language designed by computers
replace English? There is one thing that is for sure: technology will be at the centre of
tomorrow’s language education.
Note: - slate (n) = a small thin sheet of rock in a wooden frame, used in the past in schools for
children to write on.
Task 1: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
1. Latin used to be the language of all university courses in Europe.  
2. Students studied a lot of practical skills and knowledge with their slates.  
3. In the past, students studied in a simple setting and punishment was  
sometimes very severe.
4. Modern educational devices will be used more in classrooms.  
5. English will be the international language for all countries in the world.  
6. Technology has played a more important role in education.  
Task 2: Read the text again. Match the sentence halves, and write the answer in each blank.
Electronic Devices That Help You Learn English
There are many ways to learn English. With the increase in new technology, many
companies are now providing new electronic devices to help people learn English more quickly.
You can download the lessons from an English translation Internet site and put them on your
iPod. Because it is portable, you can listen and learn anywhere.
English audio tapes and English audio CDs are a great method of learning English. All you
need is a cassette or CD player. You can learn in many locations including your car.

An electronic translator or electronic dictionary is an excellent tool one can use when
traveling on a vacation, on a business trip, studying languages, conversing with foreign people,
and in a variety of other situations. Many devices have a number of attributes that include
advanced text-to-speech and voice recognition technologies. There are many good-quality
electronic dictionaries on the market. Depending on which one you purchase, there is an
extensive range of vocabulary that can include up to one million words or more. There are also
electronic dictionaries that contain common expressions and phrases, grammar references, and
much more. Two popular hand-held English electronic dictionaries include the Talking
Electronic Dictionary and the Audio Phrasebook. They include hundreds of thousands of words,
definitions, and thesaurus entries. You can view the word on the screen and hear it spoken. It is
likely that you have your own language interpreter. Just speak into the device and you will be
provided with an intelligible translation voice response.
Choosing an electronic device that helps you learn English has made learning and speaking
English easier, faster, and more enjoyable. Before you purchase a device, make sure you research
each product to find the English learning tool that complements your lifestyle.
Task 1: Match a word/phrase in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer
in each blank.
6. How can you learn English with your iPod?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. What is the advantage of a cassette or CD player in learning English?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. How can you develop your vocabulary with an electronic dictionary?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Can you find a device which can interpret words in your mother tongue into English?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. What are the advantages of electronic devices in learning English?
___________________________________________________________________________
III.Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or
not given (NG).
Electronic learning is a technology of education that implies self-motivation, communication,
efficiency, and technology. E-learning is effective as it eliminates distances because the e-
learning content is designed with media that can be accessed from properly equipped computers,
and other means of internet accessible technology.
E-learning has its own advantages. However, the most important advantages lay in the
reduction of time, efforts and cost.
Furthermore, we can talk about the following advantages of E-learning with the increasing of
communication between the student and themselves and between the student and the school a
fast and easy way is needed to bring everybody together.
Throughout different directions such as discussing forums, e-mail, and chat rooms,
researchers think that these things increase and motivate students to participate and react with the
subjects in question.
Another advantage of e-learning as that it makes all students feel equal. Since the
communication tools give each student the opportunity to express his own opinion clearly and
directly at any time without being embarrassed, in contrary to the traditional teaching halls which
don't have such a feature due to the bad distribution of the tables or because of shyness or other
reasons.

E-learning provides teachers with great facilities that are accessible out of working hours,
that is because the learner can send the inquiries to the teacher through the e-mail at any time, yet
this feature is more useful and suitable for the teacher instead of being restricted at his desk.
By e-learning the attendance is not necessary as the new technology provides the
communication methods without the need to be available in a specific place or time.
T F
6. With e-learning, students from many parts of the country can have lessons  
with the well-known teachers.
7. With e-learning, students can save a lot of time, efforts, and money.  
8. The discussing forums and chat rooms provide opportunities to exchange  
and share the point of views.
9. This type of e-learning gives the complete opportunity to the student to  
express themselves clearly and directly although it also brings many
problems to them.
10. Students can get over their shyness by taking part in online communication.  
11. The bad distribution of the tables in the traditional teaching halls made  
students shy, and unable to answer the questions.
12. Teachers will be restricted at his desk to work with computers in e-learning.  
13. By e-learning students needn’t come to class any more.  
IV. Read the passage about benefits of an interactive whiteboard, and then answer the
questions.
What Are the Benefits of an Interactive Whiteboard?
Imagine a whiteboard on which you can not only write but play videos, show interactive
presentations and recall previously-erased information. That's what an interactive whiteboard
does using a special touch-sensitive whiteboard in conjunction with a computer and projector to
receive commands and display information.
One of the most significant advantages of interactive whiteboards is that they enable far
greater participation than traditional whiteboards. For example, interactive whiteboards can be
used in conjunction with individual devices that enable participants or an audience to answer
questions or vote from their seats and have their responses collected instantly on the whiteboard.
They also enable people to manipulate information in ways that wouldn't be possible or practical
on a regular whiteboard, such as tapping to perform calculations on the screen, reveal layers of
information, or moving information around with the tip of a finger.
All of the information on an interactive whiteboard actually comes from a connected
computer and is simply projected onto the whiteboard. This means whatever you do on the
whiteboard can be recorded directly to a hard drive and even transported on portable storage.
This enables you to recall and reuse the information, such as the results of a brainstorming
session, any time. By contrast, data on a traditional whiteboard must be copied manually or lost
when erased.
There are a variety of visuals that can be used with interactive whiteboards. Videos can be
uploaded from websites or previously saved files. Additionally, entire presentations can be
uploaded onto an interactive whiteboard. You can display and manipulate complex images and
graphics. All of this can create a more engaging presentation which can help keep the audience's
attention.
Particularly for students, an advantage of interactive whiteboards is that they give students a
chance to interact extensively with technology. Particularly, if students are allowed to use the
whiteboards for their own presentations, the use of an interactive whiteboard can be a great way
to introduce students to electronic devices and a variety of software.
1. Why do interactive whiteboards enable greater participation in lessons?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. In what ways do interactive whiteboards allow students to manipulate information?

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. How does an interactive whiteboard enable you to recall and reuse the information?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. How can you create a more engaging presentation which can help keep the audience's
attention?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. How does interactive whiteboards give students a chance to interact extensively with
technology?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
D. SPEAKING
Complete the conversation about advantages and disadvantages of using multimedia in
school, using the responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. When designing a multimedia lesson, the role of the teacher shifts from instructor to
facilitator.
B. Because important elements are focused on via settings, layouts and colours.
C. And some students who are not good at technology may have to spend more time learning
computer skills to access information than focusing on lesson materials.
D. The teacher uses the computer and the LCD projector so that we can watch a lot on the
screen.
E. Classroom management becomes increasingly difficult.
F. Our class has just had a Geography lesson in the multimedia classroom.
G.Multimedia lessons depends on the subject and the amount of original material that a
teacher collects or creates.
Kevin: Your class has come out of the multimedia classroom. Which lesson have you got,
Phong?
Phong: (1)___________________________________________________________________
Kevin: Great! With a lot of images, sounds and videos, right?
Phong: Yeah. (2)______________________________________________________________
We can answer the questions easier.
Kevin: I see. The use of images, along with words, and diagrams helps students have better
understanding.
Phong: (3)___________________________________________________________________
Besides that, teachers can review the previous lessons easily.
Kevin: Sure. Teachers can do that by visual comparison with a lot of pictures or video clips.
Moreover, multimedia lessons allow students to see real-life situations. Can you see
any disadvantages with the technique?
Phong: (4)___________________________________________________________________
Sometimes they are a little bit boring.
Kevin: I think the amount of images and videos in a lesson can slow down the delivery and
pace of the class as a result. Students have to get some certain IT skills as well.
E. WRITING
I. Write complete sentences about the advantages of using iPads in the classroom, using
the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary
words, but you have to use all the words given.
1. iPads/ allow/ smoother and faster communication/ transmission/ materials/ between/
teachers/ students.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Students/ create/ documents/ immediately upload/ them/ teacher’s electronic folder.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Applications/ teachers/ score/ multiple-choice quizzes/ immediately/ post results.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. It/ likely/ that/ there/ educational application/ designed/ satisfy/ any specific need/ classroom.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Electronic files/ last/ forever/ this feature/ helpful/ during/ research process.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Many e-books/ all subjects/ available/ free download.
___________________________________________________________________________
II. Write complete sentences about the disadvantages of using iPads in the classroom,
using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more
necessary words, but you have to use all the words given.
1. iPads/ not/ ideal solution/ teaching/ because/ performing various tasks/ require/ use/ different
devices.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. The use/ iPads/ classroom/ depend/ heavily/ quality/ Wi-Fi/ school/ and/ slow or
disconnected Wi-Fi server/ spoil/ entire lesson.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Students/ easy/ get access/ game/ a chat/ or a social network/ iPads.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. When/ student/ not have/ a charged iPad/ charging/ become/ issue.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Publishers/ not satisfy/ all demands/ e-books/ so/ students/ get information/ textbooks.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. There/ so many applications/ iPads/ and/ students/ sometimes/ difficulty/ find/ appropriate
applications/ lessons.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 8)
1. A. mobile B. modern C. electronic D. concentrate
2. A. distract B. tablet C. backpack D. concentrate
3. A. recordings B. educate C. children D. device
4. A. Internet B. effective C. portable D. benefit
5. A. identify B. disadvantage C. technology D. eliminate
6. While a child learns how to use educational , she also develops a(n)
analyze, synthesize and evaluate information.
A. lessons - knowledge B. lessons - ability
C. software - ability D. software - knowledge
7. E-books are typically through a student’s personal device, such as a notebook,
tablet or cellphone.
A. addressed B. accessed C. affected D. identified
8. Students can also use word processing applications to their vocabulary.
A. improve B. make C. store D. spend
9. While not all apps are on Android devices, the large majority of them can be
accessed on iPhones, iPads, and iPods.
A. used B. reached C. available D. present
10. When used the right way, mobile technology has the to help students learn more
and understand that knowledge.
A. achievement B. success C. development D. potential
11. A teacher can create a classroom blog they post notes and assignments for
students.
A. where B. which C. when D. whose
12. Students seem to be taking notes on their laptop are sometimes surfing the Internet
in class.
A. who B. which C. whose D. they
13. Notebooks, tablets and cellphones are all technology students are accustomed to
and can use as learning aids.
A. it B. this C. that D. one
14. All smartphones storage hardware is big can store downloaded audio books.
A. which B. who C. whose D. that
15. Science teachers use the 3D projectors and other electronic devices can easily
illustrate the lessons.
A. whom B. what C. who D. whose
IV. Fill in each blank in the following passage with the correct word from the box.
Modern devices have changed our ways of learning, especially in learning English.
Nowadays, there are more and more people using electronic devices as learning (16)
.
Using electronic devices brings us many (17) . First of all, it is an effective
way to learn English. You can easily share (18) about the lessons through
your PC, laptop, and smartphone to your friends just in a few minutes. You can also submit your
(19) to your teacher by this way too. Moreover, on the Internet, there are
thousands of useful applications (apps) and (20) which are updated every day

to serve your learning (21) . You can download some apps to learn English and
other languages, and (22) to look up for the words which you don’t know.
Besides that, using your tablets or smartphones in learning helps you lighten your (23)
. You don’t have to bring so many books to school anymore because we can store every
book in our own devices.
Modern devices make learning and teaching English more convenient and interesting.
Teachers will teach their students through music, pictures, films and (24) . By that,
students will find that English is fun, easy, so they will make much (25) to
study it.
following passage.
Technology has become an essential (26) in our lives. Schools should find ways of
integrating new technologies into classrooms so that students find it easy to learn new subjects as
well as (27) teachers to explain subjects in detail using visual formats. Using technological
devices like computers will (28) education more fun and interesting for the students. The
past ten years (29) tremendous change in educational technologies and it is time to
bring these technologies to our students in the classroom so that they learn easily and efficiently.
Teachers will need to learn how to use these technologies so that they (30) their students
on how to use them.
We have seen that private business community has found ways of improving the way we
learn by creating educational applications for (31) computers and mobile phones. With
a good use of these applications, schools can improve on how students learn and how they get
(32) academic information.
New applications like YouTube can be used in video and visual education. If a student can
learn (33) visual or video illustrations, they will always remember that subject being
explained, because the brain can easily understand and remember visual objects.
The development of online and offline educational (34) will make learning so
simple. Now it is (35) to apply these educational technologies in the classroom and make
learning easier.
26. A. instrument B. equipment C. machine D. tool
27. A. enable B. enables C. make D. makes
28. A. add B. put C. cause D. make
29. A. see B. saw C. have seen D. has seen
30. A. ask B. teach C. learn D. request
31. A. only B. either C. both D. not only
32. A. access to B. possibility of C. method of D. right about
33. A. about B. through C. of D. for
34. A. settings B. sights C. surroundings D. environments
35. A. up to our B. time to us C. up to us D. in time
Use An Electronic Dictionary To Improve Your Vocabulary
A Franklin electronic dictionary is actually a helpful gadget to possess with you all of the
time. Any device involving dictionaries is great to use for people who go out of their country on
business trips. Tourists would also benefit very much from such a device.
Moreover, students will also find this gadget helpful especially whenever they are studying
an important foreign language in another country. There is also a great diversity of dictionaries
that anybody can choose whichever works to them best.
These dictionaries are also quite easy to use and incorporate various functions. Some of them
are main functions, besides translating a foreign word, which would be to provide spelling
check-ups, find the meaning and synonyms connected with any particular word as well as
provide examples of how a word is used in a sentence. A typical Franklin electronic dictionary is

more than that. By entering the meaning of a word of mouth, you would have the ability to pull
up many words that you are researching for.
There is a comprehensive database that comprises about 1,000,000 words and phrase
replacements. It also comes with idiomatic expressions, professional medical, technical words or
ones very popular for business. It is also ideal for professionals who have to work in a country
accompanied by a different language.
Franklin Electronic Marketers have been among the leading manufacturers regarding
handheld electronic inventions. Its main office is situated in Burlington, New Jersey and has
been around the business of creating these electronic tools since 1981.
Some of the original devices that they produced included punctuation correctors, of the fact
that first was all the Spelling Ace built in 1986. These devices were a great aid to students all
over the globe.
The company continues to service clients from everywhere. Although they are popular in the
world, especially targeting the particular Hispanic market whose native language is Spanish;
Franklin’s products are also quite well-known for Asia, particularly Japan. The company aims to
address this growing importance of language tools as more people are aiming to learn about new
languages.
36. With the diversity of this type of dictionaries, we can choose .
A. the one that has the largest vocabulary B. the one that suits us best
C. the one that is portable D. the one that is handy and cheap
37. The electronic dictionary has various functions because it can .
A. translate foreign words, check spelling, give meanings and synonyms, and the use of them
B. explain how a word is employed in a sentence and correct punctuation in sentences
C. enter the meaning of a word of mouth and get so many words related
D. expand a wide range to suit various people’s preferences
38. The database of the dictionary includes all the following EXCEPT .
A. about 1,000,000 words and word and phrase replacements
B. idiomatic expressions or ones very popular for business
C. technical terms in various fields and internet lingo
D. professional medical, technical words
39. The Franklin electronic dictionary are very popular all over the world, especially in
.
A. Europe and Asia B. South America and Asia
C. Burlington, New Jersey D. Japan
40. The word “professionals” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .
A. people who are very good at languages
B. people who work in foreign countries
C. people who often use modern electronic dictionaries
D. people with a high level of education and training
VII. Complete the conversation about advantages of using tablets in learning, using the
phrases/sentences (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. Schools were able to save a large amount of money when they turned to tablets...
B. Teachers can use e-learning on tablets to show videos or let their students play games to
make it easier for them to understand the material...
C. Besides that, our History teacher said that she is able to use the tablet to quickly get
material for the lessons.
D. ...but for the tablet we only have to buy one, and the tablets come with free electronic
books.
E. Tablets are cheaper than textbooks.
F. Not every student learns the same way, and students who have a disability might have a
difficult time learning the same information as their classmates.

G. ...to use the Internet to research the events they read about in the application and then
make a PowerPoint presentation.
Phong: Do you think modern devices are useful for learning, Nick?
Nick: Definitely right! They have changed the way we learn. In my opinion, tablets are the
best for e-learning. How about you, Phong?
Phong: I agree with you. Tablets can help us stay up to date to the ever-changing world.
Nick: Right. (41)_____________________________________________________________
Phong: For us, we can also use the Internet on our tablets to complete class assignments and
homework, and we save a lot of time. Besides that, teachers can teach students as
individuals.
Nick: Oh, yeah. Teachers can use the tablet to teach each student. (42)__________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Phong: Awesome. Tablets can help students get past this difficulty by providing different
forms to teach a subject.
Nick: (43)__________________________________________________________________
if they are not able to grasp it by using a textbook.
Phong: Can you see any other benefit of using the tablet in learning?
Nick: (44)__________________________________________________________________
Phong: Really? You must be kidding!
Nick: We have to buy so many textbooks for all the subjects, (45)______________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Phong: I see. It’s a good idea to use tablets in classrooms.
VIII. Write complete sentences about learning foreign languages, using the words/ phrases
46. Students/ have/ wider access/ information/ so that/ they/ learn/ many skills/ foreign
languages.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. Electronic devices/ classroom/ improve/ learning experience/ by/ provide/ instant video
access/ or/ wide range/ music.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. Social learning/ great way/ students/ share information/ thoughts/ ideas/ a subject.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Students/ focus only/ social network/ instead of/ lesson/ due to/ temptation/ social media.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Students/ find/ links/ websites/ inappropriate materials/ or/ become/ victims/ cyber bullying.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 8)
1. A. access B. affect C. application D. fact
2. A. digital B. fingertip C. identify D. mobile
3. A. assignment B. address C. discussion D. access
4. A. reasonable B. appropriate C. enjoyable D. accessible
5. A. educate B. concentrate C. stimulate D. encourage
6. Letting students use their own digital devices in class can improve the experience in
many ways.
A. education B. educational C. educationally D. educator
7. The use of mobile apps in learning has been very .
A. promise B. promised C. promising D. promises
8. We are looking to find ways to stimulate learning and continually trying to
improve the way we teach.
A. portable and mobile B. new and creative
C. ineffective and inappropriate D. shocking and amazing
9. Mobile devices increase opportunities for learning after school hours and increase teachers’
and their comfort levels with technology.
A. intelligence B. possibility C. ability D. ways
10. The teacher was surprised to discover that his students are quieter and more focused on their
assignments when they are allowed to listen to their soft music during .
A. private work B. private homework
C. individual homework D. individual classwork
11. Mr. Brown has created a list of the most useful apps for the classroom, is available
on his blog.
A. that B. which C. it D. this
12. The school maintains learning profiles provide detailed information about each
student's strengths and weaknesses, teachers use to personalize learning.
A. that - that B. which - that C. that - which D. they - they
13. Many teachers have worked to change their traditional classrooms into an environment
students can use the latest technology for their learning process.
A. which B. it C. where D. that
14. My youngest son, may be quiet or shy in a classroom, may become active in a social
learning situation made possible by digital devices.
A. that B. who C. which D. he
15. Some teachers levels of IT are not very high may resist teaching with electronic
devices.
A. who B. they C. whose D. their
IV. Fill in each blank in the following passage with the correct word from the box.
There are several advantages of bringing in a smart interactive whiteboard into a classroom
setting.
Interactive whiteboards allow many different forms of media - including photos, illustrations,
maps, graphs, games, and video, to be (16) . In addition, smart boards
makes learning to be more dynamic owing to the different forms of presenting information.

Smart boards provide new ways for teachers to teach, and student to learn. These tools (17)
a wide variety of learning styles. Tor instance, visual learners can (18)
as their tutors use the whiteboards to project visual elements, whereas audio
learners can listen and have discussions. On the other hand, the boards (19) with
touchscreen capabilities that allow tactile learners to touch and interact with the board.
The interactive nature of smart boards (20) learners an opportunity to
share and participate in the instructional process. Interactivity provides a platform for students to
demonstrate their grasp of the subject through (21) , drawing, and writing.
Smart boards allow learners to easily (22) a rich database of online
resources. Teachers can use the wide variety of online information sources such as knowledge
databases, online video and news items to reinforce their lessons.
Interactive boards are also environmentally friendly. They offer teachers an entirely different
way of (23) information to students, which removes the need for writing,
printing or photocopying, which helps to (24) waste and pollution, from
over-utilization of paper and ink.
Overall, including smart boards to the classroom environment is likely to change the way
teachers pass knowledge to students and at the same time (25) the learning
process for students.
following passage.
Young children are increasingly using tablets as well as smartphones and other devices with
touch screens in early education (26) and with family members.
Tammy and Rose, age 4, have been studying sunflowers with their classmates. They want to
sing and record a song about sunflowers while creating a drawing, using a(n) (27) on the
tablet. The girls have coordinated their efforts and are happy with the result.
To help the class learn more about sunflowers, Kathryn, Tammy and Rose’s teacher, used the
tablet to find online (28) with photos and facts. She then took the children on a (29)
tour of Van Gogh’s sunflower paintings. They read and discussed an electronic picture
book about Van Gogh’s life. The children had already examined real sunflowers and their parts,
made sketches, read informational texts and stories, counted seeds, and (30) a variety of
investigations, touching on every learning domain. The teacher’s use of the tablet together with
early practical learning activities expanded the children's (31) . Activities offered on the
tablet provided new (32) for the children to represent and share what they learned.
Tablets have the (33) to be powerful tools for early learning. The choices we make
about how they are used determine (34) the technology is helpful or not. We need to
develop “digital literacy” skills and decide how to use these new tools in ways (35) can
support every child’s healthy development and learning.
26. A. places B. setting C. positions D. times
27. A. application B. request C. design D. permission
28. A. boxes B. positions C. places D. sites
29. A. real B. strange C. virtual D. unrealized
30. A. participated in B. participated C. taken part in D. took place
31. A. distances B. skies C. lessons D. horizons
32. A. manners B. ways C. behaviours D. roads
33. A. energy B. development C. potential D. achievement
34. A. if B. whether C. how D. what
35. A. we B. they C. what D. that
VI. Read the passage, and choose the best answer A, B, C or D for each question.
A smart board is an interactive whiteboard. It can be connected to one or more laptops, PCs,
tablets, or other electronic devices. Smart boards are extremely useful in a classroom because
they can engage students, provide interactive opportunities that a traditional whiteboard,

blackboard or flip chart can't, and can also develop students' computer skills along with their
English skills.
Smart boards also have touch-screen technology so you do not actually need a computer to
access the basic functionality. You can write on a smart board with special pens which are
usually provided with the board, and anything written on the board can be saved for future
reference, or printed out. It is great, for example, if you are doing a brainstorming session or a
mind map with your classmates and you want to keep a record of it.
If you don't want to draw with the pens, you can use a keyboard and type onto a programme
such as Word, and have it appear on the screen for everyone to see. This is great if you are doing
an exercise with your class and you want everyone to be able to see the answers during the
checking stage. You can also run PowerPoint presentations on an interactive whiteboard. These
can sometimes be great for grammar or vocabulary presentations and the advantage of them is
that students can make contributions.
If you have the Internet access, you can access websites and put them onto a white board.
This is great in an English classroom if you have online quizzes or games you want to use.
Students can actually come up to the board and select their answers. This involves them directly
in the board work, which they usually love. You can also run video clips or sound files from the
Internet, or some which are saved on your computer.
In short, a smart board can make the lessons more varied, and can give students a more active
role in the lesson.
36. A smart board is more useful than a traditional board because .
A. it can be connected to more electronic devices
B. it can be used instead of a whiteboard, blackboard or flip chart
C. it provides more interactive opportunities
D. teachers can engage students to have lessons
37. Smart boards which have touch-screen technology is great because .
A. you can write on it, save information, or print it later
B. you can do a brainstorming session or a mind map with your classmates
C. you do not need anything to write on it
D. you can use a keyboard and type onto a program such as Word
38. It is great for you to run Word or PowerPoint on a smart board because .
A. you don’t need to draw with the pens
B. you can see the answers before the checking stage
C. it can be used for grammar or vocabulary presentations
D. everyone can see your presentations and take part in them
39. With the Internet access, the smart board is a wonderful tool for education because
.
A. students can use write on a smart board with special pens
B. we can have multimedia lessons and more contributions from students
C. students can download video clips or sound files from the Internet
D. we can use anything that is saved on our computer
40. All of the following are true about a smart board EXCEPT .
A. the lessons are more diverse and students are more active
B. you do not actually need a computer to access the basic functionality
C. it develops students’ English skills but not computer ones
D. anything written on the board can be saved for future reference
VII. Complete the conversation about benefits of BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) in
learning, using the responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. And those who do not follow the rules are banned from the BYOD programme either
temporarily or permanently.

B. Technology investments are expensive, and new devices are likely to become out of date
in a few years.
C. Many people think that the programme may increase the gap between students from rich
and from poor families.
D. Many teachers think that it promotes greater participation in the classroom.
E. The BYOD option is typically introduced somewhere between the eighth and tenth grade.
F. Students will have the choice to use their own smartphones, tablets or laptops to complete
class assignments or access learning resources while at school.
G. Websites such as Facebook and Twitter are often banned because they cause serious
distraction.
Lam: I think using electronic devices in learning is fantastic, but sometimes it’s very
expensive because we have to buy new ones with more advanced technology.
Kevin: I agree with you. Why don’t we think of a new way to solve the problem?
Lam: Sounds interesting. What’s it?
Kevin: It’s BYOD or bring your own device. (41)____________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Lam: Wonderful. Schools allow students to bring their own electronics to class, and I can
bring my tablet to class although it’s a little bit old. I think the new approach has a lot
of advantages.
Kevin: That’s right. (42)________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Lam: Right. When new technologies are put into everyday learning, students quickly
become more interested in the material, and thus more likely to succeed. But I think
the school should have very specific policies concerning respectful use of electronics
in the classroom.
Kevin: I agree with you. (43)____________________________________________________
Lam: I see. Social networks often lead to distraction. In addition, students may be required
to sign agreements restricting device use to certain times in the classroom.
Kevin: (44)__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Lam: Can you see any disadvantages?
Kevin: (45)__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Lam: But I think students with difficulties can borrow some devices from the school.
VIII. Write complete sentences about benefits of using smartphones in school, using the
words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words,
but you have to use all the words given.
Benefits of using smartphones in school
46. Smartphones/ provide/ students/ ability/ get/ answers quickly/ even/ explanation.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. Students/ download/ audio/ video files/ and even/ connect/ other students/ around the world.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. There/ many educational applications/ available/ wide range/ subjects/ all kinds/ learners.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

49. These game-like exercises/ encourage/ playful competition/ among/ students/ and/ improve/
way/ they learn new ideas.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Smartphones/ also allow/ students/ work/ groups/ projects/ share information/ discoveries.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 3
1. A. access B. educate C. wedding D. decent
2. A. laptop B. software C. handkerchief D. ancestor
3. A. bridesmaid B. contrast C. disadvantage D. horoscope
4. A. encourage B. engagement C. violence D. prestigious
5. A. ceremony B. majority C. equality D. remarkable
6. Lack of an education severely restricts a woman’s access information and
opportunities.
A. to B. with C. about D. from
7. It is believed in Brazil that placing a small cup or dish of salt in the corner of your house will
you good luck.
A. take B. carry C. bring D. result
8. Due to the gender pay gap, women less than men in every country, from as
little as 6% in Belgium to as high as 37% in South Korea.
A. save B. make C. work D. earn
9. It is believed that in India, when there is death in the family, the family members don't attend
any marriages and do not any festivals for a year.
A. celebrate B. like C. take part D. perform
10. For years, tablets have enriched our lives at work and at home, allowing us to stay
and access information with ease.
A. connect B. connecting C. connected D. connection
11. Some private companies in China try to avoid employing women of child-bearing
and sometimes sack them once they are going to have a baby.
A. old B. age C. years D. time
12. Saudi Arabia is the last country to allow women to vote, and this is a first step in the long
of the gender equality.
A. way B. distance C. direction D. struggle
13. Computer games encourage players to move up levels and earn high scores may
help develop mathematical skills.
A. which B. whose C. they D. those
14. A major issue for teachers allow students to use their own devices is how to provide
online access to such devices.
A. they B. ones C. who D. those
15. The examination papers by machine. The students of their results next week.
A. can be scored - can be told B. are scored - will be informed
C. should be scored - are told D. will score - will be said
16. When is that letter ?
A. going to be sent B. going to send C. be sent D. to send
17. The speed of light is the speed of sound.
A. faster B. much faster than C. the fastest D. as fast
18. Which of the following is title for the passage?
A. the best B. better C. best D. good
th
19. At the end of the 19 century, Binet developed a test for measuring intelligence served
as the basic modern IQ tests.
A. has B. it has C. and D. which has

20. The girls and flowers he painted were very lively.
A. who B. that C. whose D. which
21. America’s traditional definition of success is often thought to be associated with
, power and position.
22. A study carried out by Strayer University found that 90 percent of Americans define success
as getting personal goals and having good with family and friends.
23. Only 34 percent of American adults said being rich is to them.
24. The of people who describe themselves as successful believe having a
strong, supportive family defines a successful person more than ambition does.
25. Others think that success is how many people you have affected positively to better their
.
V. Fill in each blank with the correct article: a, an, the or zero article Ø.
26. In Brazil, it is bad luck to let your wallet or purse touch floor, and if it happens, belief
is that you will become poor man.
27. Some people in Italy are said to fear Friday 17th because Roman
numeral XVII can be arranged to make word "VIXI" which means "my life is over"
in Latin.
28. In Viet Nam, when giving gifts for brides and grooms on their wedding day, avoid giving
single item because it is believed that it will cause bad luck that marriage is
not expected to last long.
29. In Japan, it is believed that if beggar ever comes to your doorstep, you're
supposed throw salt to your entry way where beggar has been.
30. French believe that handling loaf of bread upside-down or placing it
upside-down on table will brings hunger and bad luck to both giver and
recipient.
Gender pay gap
Men are being paid more than women, even by holding the same job title, and this is even
more apparent in desk jobs. According to the Salaries and Wages Survey Report 2015, men were
earning up to 8.4% more than women in the year 2015.
Gender discrimination is one of the core reasons for pay inequality around the world. An
Indonesian 2010 Labor Force Survey showed that female workers’ monthly pay was 28.7%
lower than their male counterparts due to gender discrimination.
A Malaysian executive director has said that men are paid more because more years of
experience, adding that women who become mothers tend to stop working, at least for a period
of time, and this affects their salary. However, this explanation of the pay gap was not reasonable
because even college graduates face pay inequality.
In the past, female teachers in Malaysia faced a disadvantage not just with their pay but also
with their basic status. For instance, female teachers who got married would lose their permanent
status as a teacher and would be regarded as a “permanent temporary staff’. The Women
Teacher’s Union was formed in 1960 in order to fight for equal pay and rights between male and
female staff, and pay equality for female teachers was finally achieved in the year 1964.
According to the World Economic Forum, women will be earning 41.2% less than their male
counterparts by the year 2030. Asia will be the only region in the world to experience worsening
gender wage gap from now till 2030. The World Economic Forum has said that it will take 81
years to close the gender gap in the workplace.
31. treating one person or group worse than others ___________________
32. the most important part of something ___________________
33. people that have a similar position to others ___________________

34. people who have finished their college education ___________________
35. an official position ___________________
36. What is the reason for pay inequality in the world?
___________________________________________________________________________
37. What are the reasons why women earn less in a Malaysian executive director’s opinion?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
38. What was a disadvantage that female teachers in Malaysia faced?
___________________________________________________________________________
39. According to the World Economic Forum, which part of the world will experience worsening
gender wage gap from now till 2030?
___________________________________________________________________________
40. How long will it take to close the gender gap in the workplace?
___________________________________________________________________________
VII. Complete the conversation about cultural differences between England and Italy,
using the sentences (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. If the person reading their paper falls asleep on a train in Rome, you might even find
someone turning the pages for him.
B. But a traditional Italian meal can last up to three or four hours if you are not careful, and
let’s not mention Italian weddings!
C. Italians stand a lot closer to each other than the English.
D. They like to wave their hands around, as it gives emphasis to what they are saying.
E. The Romans read much less than their counterparts in London.
F. They have conversations on a variety of topics, many of which may seem to be verbal
arguments, as two or three people often speak at the same time.
G. The first thing that I noticed was the way people looked at you.
Kevin: You have spent the summer holiday in Rome. What are the most important
differences between living in England and living in Italy?
Nick: I think there are several. (41)______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
In England, eye contact is minimal. The English might see you, but the Italian look at
you, watch you and stare at you!
Kevin: Really? Besides eye contact, what is next?
Nick: Italians use their hands a lot and not just for touching. When communicating, talking
is not enough! (42)______________________________________________________
Kevin: Sounds interesting. How about the way of eating? Are there any differences, Nick?
Nick: Yeah. The traditional English way of eating, like crossing the road, is to make it as
quick and simple as possible. (43)__________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Kevin: What do they often talk about during the meal?
Nick: (44)__________________________________________________________________
Kevin: The English have a practice of reading newspapers on public transport. What about
the Italian? Can you see any differences?
Nick: During the rush hour in London, you can see that most businessmen are all deeply
interested in their silent reading. (45)________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Advantages of BYOD (Bring Your Own Device)

46. It/ increase/ student’s participation/ classroom activities/ when/ they/ allowed/ use/ own
devices/ learning.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. It/ make/ goal/ true personalized learning/ become achievable.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. When/ each student/ learn/ their own device/ they/ work together/ and/ develop/ collaborative
skills.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. BYOD/ provide/ learning resource/ which/ suitable/ students’ timetable.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. It/ also/ prepare/ students/ 21st century workplace/ and/ it/ save/ money/ technology costs.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 9: PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT
A. PHONETICS
1. A. allergy B. announcement C. evidence D. principle
2. A. composer B. invention C. position D. submarine
3. A. employment B. violence C. pesticide D. influence
4. A. property B. solution C. advantage D. pollutant
5. A. chemical B. erosion C. charity D. neighbourhood
6. A. disposal B. depletion C. volunteer D. assignment
II. Read the following sentences aloud. Underline the three-syllable nouns.
1. In areas with high concentrations of tourist activities and attractive natural attractions, waste
disposal is a serious problem.
2. Unlike pesticides, fertilizers are not directly toxic but their presence in fresh water changes
the nutrient system.
3. Erosion caused by deforestation can also lead to increased Hooding.
4. In banana plantations, flooding occurs partly because of deforestation and partly because of
poorly constructed drainage systems.
5. African and Asian elephant numbers fell dramatically in the 19 th and 20th centuries, largely
due to the ivory trade and habitat loss.
6. The environmental consequences of large dams are numerous, including direct impacts to the
biological, chemical and physical properties of rivers.

I. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.
Agriculture is a major land (1) economy . Around 50% of the world's

habitable land has already been converted into farming land. Agricultural (2)
provide important (3) environment for many wild plant and animal species. This is
especially the case for traditional farming areas that cultivate diverse species.
However, rising (4) for food and other agricultural products has seen large-
scale (5) of natural habitats to make room for farming.
Recent examples include the conversion of lowland (6) in Indonesia into oil
palm plantations, and of large areas of the Amazon rainforest and Brazilian savanna to soybean
and cattle (7) .
This ongoing habitat (8) threatens entire ecosystems as well as many
species. Expanding oil palm plantations in Indonesia and Malaysia, for example, pose the most
significant (9) to endangered (10) including Asian elephants,
Sumatran rhinoceros, and tigers.
1. Air-conditioning systems have chlorofluorocarbon that is one of the well-known
environmental pollution . (polute)
2. Construction of hotels, recreation and other facilities often leads to increasing
sewage pollution. (construct)
3. Waste water has polluted seas and lakes surrounding tourist attractions ,
damaging the flora and fauna. (attract)
4. The Earth's natural resources should be consumed at a sustainable level.
(sustain)

5. Dealing with resource depletion requires a broad range of strategies.
(deplete)
6. Experts predict that the world’s rain forests could completely disappear in 100 years at the
current rate of deforestation . (deforest)
7. Mining is an extractive industry, often with huge environmental and social
impacts. (environment)
8. In the 1990’s, public’ awareness of preserving the environment began to
develop. (aware)
9. A great solution would be to start planting small gardens on the roofs of the
buildings in the cities. (solve)
10. With approximately 4 billion trees being cut down annually to satisfy the
world's need for paper alone, preventing the depletion of forests continues
to be an important priority . (annual – deplete - prior)
Deplete: rút hết ra, làm rỗng: làm tan máu, tiêu dịch (y học)

Protecting Biodiversity
Protecting biodiversity is now very essential since biodiversity is crucial for reducing climate
pollution. If we don’t protect biodiversity, the effects could be as harmful as the effects of global
(1) to itself. This is especially true with tropical (2) biodiversity - they are
critical to fighting climate change and (3) to more species than any
other ecosystem type. In other words, protecting biodiversity is essential for our well-being, and
biodiversity helps to (4) diverse the nature.
Biodiversity is an important part of sustainable development. As we know, sustainable
development is considered as a major target for industry as well as planning system. However,
the only (5) way to achieve this target is to protect biodiversity. Tiny plants that
grow also absorb large (6) amounts of carbon dioxide. That is why protecting
biodiversity is essential.
In fact, biodiversity protection is very much important since biodiversity is a fundamental
component of (7) living on Earth. It creates complex (8) ecosystem
that could never be reproduced by humans. The (9) number of that
biodiversity is immeasurable, and thus must be protected. Finally, we both want and need
biodiversity. We continue harming the natural environment without realizing the impact. We
should be aware (10) of protecting biodiversity. Crucial (a): chủ yếu
Fundamental (n): căn bản
IV. Change the following sentences in direct speech to reported speech.

1. Nam’s father said to him, “Think about packaging before you buy products.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Mr. Tuan said to his students, “Turn off lights and other electrical devices when you don’t
need them.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Mai said to Anna, “Don’t buy any products made from wildlife skins.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Mai said to Nick, “Don’t buy wood products from rainforest countries unless you know they
come from eco-friendly suppliers.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Mary said to Kevin, “Join an organization or an Internet group that is working to protect
rainforests or wildlife.”

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Mai’s mother said to her, “When you finish unpacking your groceries, save the bags and use
them to collect your rubbish.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. Anna said that, “Comics, newspapers and magazines can become wrapping paper.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Nam said that, “Pesticides can cause harm to humans, animals, or the environment because
they are designed to kill or affect living organisms.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
9. The scientist said that, “Trees and vegetation give us the oxygen that we breathe while they
also help to absorb carbon dioxide which is released into the air.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
10. Kevin said that, “Plastics do not break down very easily which create a landfill problem.”
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
C. READING
I. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.
Birds and Their Nests
Birds differ in their behavior just as much as their physical traits. They even use very
different methods to build their nests. Some bird nests have the art of architecture beyond our
imagination. Birds build their nests in many different places and environments. Some live on
high branches, some live in bushes and some of them even nest on the ground. Birds use their
nests mainly to hatch their eggs and raise their offspring.
Because of the destruction of trees, plants, bushes, etc., these birds are losing their habitats
and breeding grounds. There is a great lack of optimal breeding areas for birds. Proper breeding
areas for birds are decreasing at an alarming rate. Nowadays, it is hard for birds to find even the
space to build nests.
Some birds build nests on naturally formed tree hollows on ancient trees. But unfortunately,
there are very less old trees left in our country except rural areas. Ducks are going towards
extinction because they build their nest on old trees using the hollows, and we have almost no
such trees. We know that birds play an invaluable and irreplaceable role in nature.
We should not destroy or harm any bird’s nest. We can teach our children to observe birds
and nests and how they take care of their eggs. If we can encourage our children like this, it will
be a great start to their education.
We need to let people know how to keep enough open space around their homes where birds
will feel safe. This is not just for the birds; it will help us too. We will gain more in the long run
if we preserve the forests for our leisure and for animals and birds.
blank.
6. Where do birds build their nests?
Trees, some lives on high branches, some lives in bushes and some of them even nest on the
ground
7. What do birds build their nests for? To hatch their eegs and rase their offspring

___________________________________________________________________________
8. What is the effect of deforestation on birds?
these birds are losing their habitats and breeding grounds______________________________
9. What can we teach our children in order to protect birds?
We can teach our children to observe birds and nests and how they take care of their eggs____
10. What can people do to preserve birds?
We need to let people know how to keep enough open space around their homes where birds
will feel safe____________________________________________________________________
River Pollution
River pollution occurs when pollutants are not removed from sewage and are discharged into
the river. River water is a very important source of freshwater required to sustain life. We need a
constant supply of fresh water for drinking, cooking and washing. Animals living near the river,
as well as fishes and aquatic plants, also depend on clean river water.
When heavy rainfall occurs, pollutants accumulated within the boundaries of the catchment
area may be washed into river channels. These pollutants include a variety of agrochemicals like
fertilizers and insecticides. Accumulate: chồng chất, chứa chất
Waste water containing cleaning detergents, oil and other pollutants like industrial waste may
be discharged into the river channel through our drainage systems. Industrial waste may contain
sulfur, resulting in increasing the acidity of the river water. Sometimes, rubbish such as plastic
bags and bottles, are also washed into the river channel. Sewage: nước thải
blank.
6. When does river pollution occur?
when pollutants are not removed from sewage and are discharged into the river____________
___________________________________________________________________________
7. What is the important role of fresh water to humans and animals?
We need a constant supply of fresh water for drinking, cooking and washing. Animals
living near the river, as well as fishes and aquatic plants, also depend on clean river water
8. What happens when heavy rainfall occurs in a polluted area?
, pollutants accumulated within the boundaries of the catchment area may be washed into
river channels
9. How may waste water be discharged into the river?
through our drainage systems____________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
10. What is the effect of industrial waste on the environment?
, resulting in increasing the acidity of the river water__________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
III.Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Environmental Impacts of Tourism
Negative impacts from tourism occur when the level of visitor use is greater than the
environment's ability to cope with this use. It can put enormous pressure on an area and lead to
impacts such as soil erosion, increased pollution, discharges into the sea, natural habitat loss,
increased pressure on endangered species and heightened vulnerability to forest fires.
Water, and especially fresh water, is one of the most critical natural resources. The tourism
industry generally overuses water resources for hotels, swimming pools, golf courses and
personal use of water by tourists. This can result in water shortages and degradation of water
supplies, as well as generating a greater volume of waste water
Degradation: sự bở ra, làm giảm giá trị

Golf course maintenance can also deplete fresh water resources. In recent years, golf tourism
has increased in popularity and the number of golf courses has grown rapidly. Golf courses
require an enormous amount of water every day and, as with other causes of excessive extraction
of water, this can result in water scarcity. Scarcity: sự hiếm có, khan hiếm
Tourism can create great pressure on local resources like energy, food, and other raw
materials that may already be in short supply. Because of the seasonal character of the industry,
many destinations have ten times more inhabitants in the high season as in the low season. A
high demand is placed upon these resources to meet the high expectations of tourists for proper
heating, hot water, etc.
In areas with high concentrations of tourist activities and appealing natural attractions, waste
disposal is a serious problem. In mountain areas, trekking tourists generate a great deal of waste.
Tourists on expedition leave behind their garbage, oxygen cylinders and even camping
equipment. Some trails in the Peruvian Andes and in Nepal frequently visited by tourists have
been nicknamed "Coca-Cola trail" and "Toilet paper trail".
Waste disposal: xử lí chất thải
1. When do environmental impacts of tourism occur?
the level of visitor use is greater than the environment's ability to cope with this use_________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. What impacts does tourism cause in an area?
can put enormous pressure on an area and lead to impacts such as soil erosion, increased
pollution, discharges into the sea, natural habitat loss, increased pressure on endangered species
and heightened vulnerability to forest fires
3. What effects does the tourism industry leave on water sources?

This can result in water shortages and degradation of water supplies, as well as generating a
greater volume of waste water
4. Why are golf courses harmful to the environment?
require an enormous amount of water every day and, as with other causes of excessive
extraction of water
5. Why can tourism create great pressure on local resources?
. Because of the seasonal character of the industry, many destinations have ten times more
inhabitants in the high season as in the low season
6. Why do some trails in the Peruvian Andes and in Nepal have the nickname of "Coca-Cola
trail" or "Toilet paper trail"?
Tourists on expedition leave behind their garbage, oxygen cylinders and even camping
equipment
World Environment Day
World Environment Day which is held on 5 th June every year is an important day in the
calendar of the United Nations. It is one of the ways the United Nations uses to advocate for
environmental protection and call for political action.
Every year, UNEP (the Environment Program of the United Nations) develops a theme
which is used globally to raise awareness and call for support from governments, organizations,
and individuals from all over the world.
The theme for 2015 was “Seven Billion Dreams. One Planet. Consume with Care”. This
would also serve as the slogan for the World Environmental Day 2015. The meaning of this
theme and slogan is that we have five continents with more than seven billion people combined.
Although we have about 7 billion people, we just have one planet that we live and survive. The
surface area is limited, shelter and food also limited. If we continue using the available natural
resources as we do today, our future generations may be forced to go hungry and without homes.

This is why it is of vital importance to consume whatever food that is available with care. Stop
the wastage and use whatever resource that is available according to need, not greed.
“Join the race to make the world a better place” is the theme and slogan for 2016 UN World
Environment Day. This slogan carries a clear message and asks everyone to get involved in
making the world a better place to live in.
Celebrities and media personalities have encouraged and put a lot of emphasis on the UN
World Environment Day. Well-known celebrities such as Gisele Bündchen are known to have to
send distress calls to the entire world to come forward, join the team and help fight climate
change. Radio and print journalists have also helped in creating awareness campaigns and asking
people from all over the world to observe this day and act accordingly.
New Zealand where this day is marked by splendid and colourful ceremonies launched a
massive campaign that was called “My Earth, My Duty”. More people could be encouraged to
get out of their homes and provide help that is aimed at ensuring that the environment is
preserved for the future generations. This has been one of the most successful campaigns to mark
World Environment Day 2015.
In some parts of the world, children are a critical part of celebrating the United Nations
Environment Day. In the Nepal Republic, for instance, children and students from grade 1 are
requested to attend and actively engage in forestry and related programs in their locality. Also,
there are many competitions that are organized by the government and at the end of the week for
commemorating the World Environment Day, rewards are offered to those offered the most to
the program.
1. World Environment Day is held every year in order to .
A. call for political awareness and take action
B. raise people’s awareness and call for support from all over the world
C. remember the United Nations on this important day
D. hold a competition for slogans of protecting the environment
2. All of the following statements are about the theme for the World Environment Day 2015
EXCEPT that .
A. seven billion people on the earth have the same task to protect the environment
B. the available natural resources will be used up one day if we don’t stop wasting
C. our future generations will certainly be forced to go hungry and without homes
D. the earth is the unique home and the surface area is limited, shelter and food also limited
3. The World Environment Day has partly become successful when .
A. celebrities try to put a lot of emphasis on the UN
B. journalists ask people to watch this event on the media
C. climate change may create awareness campaigns all over the world
D. well-known people and journalists play a more important role Champaign: chiến dịch
4. The World Environment Day 2015 in New Zealand was very successful because .
A. campaigns were carried out to ask for more people’s awareness
B. this day is marked by splendid and colorful ceremonies by organizations and individuals
C. the wonderful name “My Earth, My Duty” was chosen for the campaign
D. more people were encouraged to get out of their homes in New Zealand
5. The United Nations Environment Day in the Nepal Republic was also very successful when
.
A. rewards are offered to people who took part in the programs
B. there are many competitions that are organized by the government after the World
Environment Day
C. the government and the young actively took part in the programs to commemorate this day
D. the media personalities provide live coverage and also try reaching the general population
D. SPEAKING

I. Read the conversation between Mr. Smith from “Greener World” and Nam - a tenth-
grade student, and with fill in each blank with the correct phrase/sentence.
A. what you’re doing is awesome
B. a little about it
C. becoming a member of “Greener World”
D. What are you working on right now?
E. We want to show children how the rivers are being polluted by industrial waste.
Mr. Smith: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to our organization - “Greener
World”?
Nam: Sure. (1)___________________________________________________________
Mr. Smith: Well, we're developing educational programmes for school.
(2)________________________________________________________________
And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been smaller through
overfishing.
Nam: I think (3)__________________________________________________________.
I would like to do something to help.
Mr. Smith: So, have you ever thought about (4)______________________________________?
Nam: Yes, but tell me (5)___________________________________________________
II. Complete the conversation about how to preserve the environment, using the responses
(A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. My dad has put a new water heating system in the house which uses solar power.
B. Electric cars are still very expensive, but we hope that prices will go down.
C. And the school should provide a lot of cycle racks so that we can park our bikes in.
D. You get free electricity even when it is not very sunny.
E. You should turn off lights when you leave a room.
F. The school should encourage students to recycle empty bottles, glass and plastic.
G. My family is also paying attention to energy, and we are interested making our home
more eco-friendly.
Nam: I’ve been thinking about some simple things that we can do at home to save energy
and go green.
Nick: (1)___________________________________________________________________
Nam: And even small things, like boiling water in the kettle, make their air polluted. So
what I do is only put enough water in the kettle for my use, and not boil a whole
kettle of water that I'm not going to use.
Nick: That’s right. (2)_________________________________________________________
Nam: What have you done to make your home more eco-friendly?
Nick: (3)___________________________________________________________________
Nam: And you have solar panels on the roof which produce electricity during the day from
the sun?
Nick: Right. (4)______________________________________________________________
Nam: If everybody did like that, global warming would be reduced. I think that cycling is
also very good for the environment and our health. I love cycling and I go
everywhere by bike now.
Nick: I love cycling, too. (5)____________________________________________________
E. WRITING
I. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about erosion. You have to add some
words or make some changes when necessary.
1. Agriculture/ use/ soils and water/ resource/ food production.
___________________________________________________________________________

2. At/ same time/ it/ impact/ these resources.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Agricultural production/ continue/ rely/ inorganic fertilisers/ pesticides.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Inappropriate farming practices/ lead/ soil erosion/ nutrient loss.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Soil erosion/ removal/ soil/ wind and water.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Erosion/ lead/ soil degradation/ eventually complete destruction.
___________________________________________________________________________
II. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about conservation programmes of the
elephant. You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.
1. Both/ African/ Asian elephants/ play/ important role/ their ecosystems/ and/ contribute/
tourism and community incomes/ many areas.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
2. We/ try/ conserve/ their habitat/ support local communities/ make natural resources available/
coming generations.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. WWF/ work/ conserve/ elephants/ both continents/ specific programmes.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. The programmes/ aim/ improve/ elephant protection and management/ reduce poaching/ the
illegal ivory trade.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. We/ not buy/ ivory products/ because/ illegal trade/ ivory/ one/ greatest threats/ elephants
today.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 9)
1. A. impact B. animal C. polar D. land
2. A. threat B. increase C. release D. easy
3. A. conserve B. fossil C. discuss D. preserve
4. A. fertilizer B. ecosystem C. agriculture D. environment
5. A. machinery B. independent C. preservation D. conservation
6. The campaign things like water bottles and aluminum cans into new, useful
objects like park benches, bikes, etc.
A. turns B. comes C. becomes D. recycles
7. Fish and poultry have a much lower impact the environment, and other plant
proteins are even less damaging the planet.
A. Ø - for B. on - to C. on - with D. of - to
8. We get the energy we require for our everyday needs from many sources, but not all of them
are .
A. unharmed B. eco-friendly C. ecological D. economic
9. Burning garbage dangerous gases to the environment, and this may lead to global
warming.
A. throws B. sends C. emits D. rejects
10. Individually wrapped candy or chocolate causes a lot of trash, fruits and vegetables
are healthier and mean less waste.
A. so B. as C. because D. while
11. Sometimes it’s better not to buy something new, and buy it instead.
A. use B. used C. usable D. useful
12. He asked the children the river.
A. not to pollute B. not polluting C. don’t pollute D. if they don’t pollute
13. They asked me how many students in the school.
A. there are B. are there C. there were D. were there
14. He told me that .
A. he participated in the conservation campaign the previous day
B. he has participated in the conservation campaign the previous day
C. he would participate in the conservation campaign yesterday
D. he had participated in the conservation campaign the previous day
15. He asked, “Why did she write the article on conservation?”
He asked why .
A. she wrote the article on conservation
B. did she write the article on conservation
C. she had written the article on conservation
D. she has written the article on conservation
Ha Noi joins hands to protect the environment

“Clean Up the World’s Day” will be held at Unification Park in Ha Noi this year. Unification
Park has been chosen for the event as it is one of Ha Noi’s important ‘green lungs’. After
collecting rubbish, (16) , including students, officials and members of the
local community, will be shown how to use recyclable rubbish and will participate in games to
broaden their knowledge about environmental (17) . Children will
be able to paint their ‘dream green environment’. Participants that win rubbish collection (18)
and games will receive prizes.
Individuals and (19) can show that they are responsible for protecting the
environment by planting trees, collecting, treating and recycling rubbish, organizing community
(20) , competitions, and exhibitions about the environment, and recovering
natural (21) . It’s time for people to be aware that this is “Our Place. Our
Planet. Our Responsibility”.
The “Clean Up the World” campaign is a(n) (22) for young members
of the Green Generation Network to positively contribute to protecting the environment.
Through these events, the (23) of the programme is to further expand
peoples’ spirit and (24) of responsibility in protecting the earth’s green
spaces. Small (25) by individuals will make a big change.
following passage.
Attractive landscape sites, such as sandy beaches, lakes, riversides, and mountain tops and
slopes, are often affected by mass tourism. Physical (26) are caused not only by
clearing and construction of tourism-related land, but by continuing tourist activities and (27)
changes in local economies and ecologies.
The development of tourism (28) such as accommodation, water supplies, can (29)
sand mining, beach and sand dune erosion, soil erosion and extensive paving. In
addition, road and airport construction can lead to land degradation and loss of wildlife habitats
and deterioration of scenery.
In Yosemite National Park in the United States, for instance, the number of roads and
facilities (30) to keep pace with the growing visitor numbers and to supply facilities,
infrastructure and parking lots for all these tourists. These actions have caused (31) in the
park and are (32) by various forms of pollution including air pollution from automobile
emissions. The authorities have reported, "Smog was (33) that Yosemite Valley could
not be seen from airplanes". This occasional smog is harmful to all species and vegetation inside
the park.
Construction of ski resort accommodation and facilities frequently (34) clearing
forested land. Coastal wetlands are often drained and filled due to lack of more suitable sites for
construction of tourism facilities and infrastructure. These activities can cause severe disturbance
and erosion of the local (35) , even destruction in the long term.
26. A. actions B. acts C. impacts D. forces
27. A. long-time B. long-term C. long-life D. long-range
28. A. features B. activities C. abilities D. facilities
29. A. experience B. involve C. take part in D. affect
30. A. have increased B. has increased C. increase D. will increase
31. A. soil loss B. ground loss C. habitat loss D. park loss
32. A. happened B. accompanied C. gone D. appeared
33. A. so thick B. too thick C. thick enough D. so much thick
34. A. requests B. asks C. requires D. depends
35. A. ecotype B. ecotourism C. ecoterrorism D. ecosystem
How To Stop Water Pollution
Water pollution is one of the biggest threats to the environment today. There are several
sources of water pollution ranging from sewage and fertilizers to soil erosion. The impact of

water pollution on wildlife and their natural habitat can be immense. There are also a number of
things that the average person can do to help stop water pollution.
We should conserve the soil because soil conservation influences water pollution through
erosion. As soil is eroded by water, it transfers sediment from the land to the body of water,
which is polluted by the chemicals in the sediment. Phosphorus and industrial chemicals can be
pulled into water through soil erosion. When phosphorus levels in water become too high, they
can lead to algae blooms that can cause massive fish deaths and make water unsafe for human
use. The best way to prevent soil erosion is to keep the banks of rivers well-covered with plants
or trees. Planting trees can have a significantly positive impact on the reduction in soil erosion.
The oil used to lubricate engines in all types of machines needs to be changed regularly.
When the oil is changed, it presents a number of environmental hazards if not disposed of
properly. When a leaky engine releases this oil into the street, it runs to the sewer and makes its
way into waterways.
Wherever you see a lot of human recreation, you will almost always see lots of evidence of
human use. Wrappers, bottles and other trash are unfortunately a common site at many well-used
beaches and rivers around the world. It should be fairly obvious that the trash from these places
often ends up in waterways and can cause pollution. Plastics are an especially big issue when it
comes to water contamination at beaches and waterways. Picking up litter wherever you find it is
honestly the best, fastest way to do your part to stop this type of water pollution.
Organize cleaning parties with local people to make the reach larger. Gel businesses involved
as sponsors who will donate prizes to the person who collects the most trash if you're having a
hard time finding people to sign up to help.
It is estimated that the consumption of plastic by humans is between 250 and 300 million
tons a year. About 80% of the plastic in the oceans came from the land. Using alternatives to
plastics or using "less disposable" plastics whenever possible can have a surprising impact on
ocean pollution. The fact that plastic is cheap and useful for different purposes makes it obvious
choices for many people.
36. Soil erosion can lead to water pollution because .
A. soil can be eroded by rain water
B. soil erosion can occur naturally everywhere
C. chemicals in the sediment from the soil erosion will pollute water
D. massive fish deaths will make the rivers unsafe for human use
37. The following are the effects of water pollution EXCEPT that .
A. it may cause massive fish deaths due to algae blooms
B. it may keep the banks of rivers well-covered with trees
C. it may make water unsafe for human use
D. it may spoil the beauty of beaches or waterways
38. Lubricants can cause environmental hazards when .
A. they are not disposed properly B. they are changed regularly
C. they may be found in the streets D. the engines work perfectly
39. In order to make beaches clean and green, we should .
A. organize campaigns in which prizes will be given to the business who collects the most
trash
B. find places with a lot of human recreation and of evidence of human use
C. follow the trash from these places which often ends up in waterways
D. ask local people to take part in cleaning up the beaches, maybe with the sponsor from
businesses
40. We can infer from the passage that .
A. alternatives to plastics or “less disposable” plastics can make the situation worse
B. using too much plastic can cause bad effects on ocean pollution
C. using plastics only causes ocean pollution
D. we don’t know how to stop water pollution

VII. Complete the conversation about how to preserve the environment, using the responses
(A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. For most household cleaning, we can use baking soda, white vinegar, and natural soap.
B. First, light bulbs consume a lot of energy, but compact fluorescent light bulbs last longer
and use less energy than light bulbs.
C. Everyone in an industrialized world has some form of impact on their natural
environment.
D. If you use natural soaps without too strong chemicals, the water from your bath or shower
can be reused on your garden.
E. Well, I think you should put in simple things to do at home to protect the environment.
F. Many supermarkets use paper bags instead of plastic ones, and customers can bring
canvas bags along when they go shopping.
G.All glass, cans, and paper should be recycled, and they should be put in different dustbins.
Nam: What are you doing, Kevin?
Kevin: I’m writing an article on how to preserve our environment, and I’m collecting the
ideas.
Nam: (41)__________________________________________________________________
Kevin: That’s a good idea, Nam.
Nam: (42)__________________________________________________________________
So, you will save money by using them.
Kevin: Awesome. And we should use our electronic devices until they’re impossible to use.
Buying fewer electronics will help us reduce our effect on the environment.
Nam: Besides energy conservation, recycling is a good way for a greener environment.
(43)__________________________________________________________________
Kevin: Recycling also saves energy. Anyway, plastic bags for shopping are very harmful
because it takes a lot of time for them to decay. What is the solution for that, Nam?
Nam: (44)__________________________________________________________________
. Canvas bags can be reused for several times.
Kevin: That’s right. If they are big, customers can fold them up and put them into small
purses. And cleaning? We often use a lot of chemicals for cleaning, and they are not
good for humans and the environment.
Nam: Right, Kevin. They can also be harmful to the environment. (45)__________________
_____________________________________________________________________
We will save money and cut down on dangers for small children.
Kevin: We may also notice that cleaning products can be unpleasant to our eyes and nose.
VIII. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about conservation. You have to add
some words or make some changes when necessary.
46. Paper, glass, metal, or plastic/ recycle/ and/ recycling/ important factor/ conservation.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. When/ you/ drink/ water/ you/ use/ amount left/ glass/ to water plants.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. When/ you/ leave/ room/ you/ turn off/ unplug/ all the lights, fans/ air conditioners.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. You/ try/ grow fruits and vegetables/ home/ if/ you/ small garden.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. You/ buy vegetables and fruits/ local markets/ minimum carbon footprint.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 (UNIT 9)
1. A. damage B. area C. contaminate D. natural
2. A. contaminate B. pollute C. protect D. deforest
3. A. impact B. focus C. pesticide D. practical
4. A. global B. greenhouse C. fuel D. effect
5. A. diversity B. biology C. degradation D. activity
6. Fossil fuels which are non-renewable pollute the air and cause air .
A. contaminate B. consumption C. pollution D. solution
7. Recycling provides a method of reducing the amount of waste materials that gets to the
landfills - thus it less probable for environmental pollution to take place.
A. doing B. trying C. causing D. making
8. If wastes are thrown , they can cause pollution in water, land and air.
A. eco-friendly B. inappropriately C. disappointingly D. favourably
9. Trees not only bring nature to urban areas, but they also help clean the air by absorbing
pollutants, oxygen, water, and grow food.
A. providing - saving B. provide - save C. to provide - to saveD. to provide - save
10. Air pollution is such a serious that it has been a direct factor in the of millions of
people each year.
A. threaten - death B. threaten - deaths C. threat - death D. threat - deaths
11. You should use electric fans instead of air conditioners they don’t emit dangerous
gases.
A. because B. although C. so D. but
12. Kevin told Phong for many years.
A. plastic has been popular material for containers
B. plastic was popular material for containers
C. plastic had been popular material for containers
D. plastic would be popular material for containers
13. Kevin told Phong to our environment in several ways.
A. plastic is too harmful B. plastic was very harmful
C. plastic may be very harmful D. plastic had been very harmful
14. He we could buy or make reusable bags and leave some bags in our bike for
shopping.
A. told us B. told to us C. said us D. says to us
15. My mother encouraged me for recycling.
A. collect B. to collect C. collecting D. should collect
III. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.
Go Green Programme
In 2008, Go Green Club (GGC) was established in Ha Noi to (16) a playground
and (17) the volunteers with the young and eager people nationwide to help them
enhance the awareness of environmental protection and hands for a greener Viet Nam and a
greener environment through two main operational forms including online promotions and
offline practical activities. With its significance, GGC has been (19) to

expand the range of their activities in Ho Chi Minh City in September 2009 and in Da Nang in
September 2010.
After 3 years, GGC has (20) stronger with over 3,000 voluntary members
nationwide. All members of GGC have truly become a nuclear force to (21) the
activities of environmental protection, (22) to turn the awareness to specific
actions in the community’s everyday life.
Since its first establishment, the young people of universities or colleges nationwide have
(23) about GGC through its promotional activities to (24) the network
called “Hi! My name is Go Green”. It was followed by a series of environmental protection
activities such as EcoBag Campaign, Green Street Campaign, Green Living Day, Walking for
the Environment Day. Besides, the Go Green Club has also (25) and joined
with other environmental volunteer clubs in more effective large-scale activities such as: the
Tree Planting Day, the No Vehicle Smoke Day, and “The Youth and Environmental Issues -
from Awareness to Responsibility” Forum on VTV6 with the participation of many volunteer
clubs in Ha Noi.
following passage.
Stop Pollution Now!
Pollution is a really big problem on our planet and it must be stopped immediately. It must be
stopped before our planet goes (26) . There are three main reasons, in my opinion, why
pollution should be stopped.
The first reason why we should stop pollution is that pollution is destroying the environment
we live in. Carbon dioxide is a big contribution (27) pollution. Carbon dioxide (28)
our climate in many different ways. The way it works is that certain ‘greenhouse gases’
can't escape from our atmosphere (29) they get trapped.
The second reason why we should stop pollution is that it also has an influence (30)
us - humans. Pollution also influences human life and that is a big problem. According to the
World Health Organization, indoor air pollution from the burning of coal or biomass fuels like
wood risks lives of millions of people. Air pollution causes two million deaths per year, (31)
from heart disease and respiratory disorders like infections and lung cancer.
The third reason why we should stop pollution is that if we do, we can live longer on this
planet. If we don’t stop pollution and global warming, something really bad will happen to us.
Humans have destroyed the planet so quickly. We can live longer and (32) our existence
on this planet (33) our children’s children can live in a planet without worries.
(34) , pollution must be stopped immediately. The earth is our only (35) and
we must protect it and take care of it as much as we can. Pollution must be stopped before we
ruin our planet.
26. A. extinct B. extinction C. disappeared D. disappearing
27. A. in B. at C. to D. with
28. A. affects B. effects C. causes D. attacks
29. A. so B. but C. although D. because
30. A. at B. to C. on D. Ø
31. A. most B. mostly C. almost D. nearly
32. A. last B. extend C. better D. stretch
33. A. because B. that C. so that D. but
34. A. In short B. Shortly C. Conclusion D. Briefly
35. A. house B. home C. place D. accommodation
There are many ways that recycling helps the environment, and even the smallest step can
have significant results.

The environmental problem of landfills is a difficult issue to fix. As more waste is put into
landfills, the bigger the problem gets. Wastes that are not biodegradable or are slow to
decompose can remain in landfill sites for centuries, often emitting gases that could be harmful
to the environment. Keeping paper out of landfills is just one way that recycling helps the
environment.
Recycling items often uses less energy than manufacturing products from natural sources.
Making paper that is using recycled pulp, for instance, is much less energy intensive than using
new wood. While there are benefits to growing trees because of the carbon dioxide that they
consume, it will be the damage that is done to the environment by putting paper in landfills and
using energy to produce new items.
Waste in landfills emit gases as it rots. This can pollute the environment. Anyone who has
passed a landfill site during hot weather will be familiar with the unpleasant smell and flies that
can be found near a landfill site. Reducing the items in landfills will help to reduce the pollution
that it causes. Recycling wastes also typically emits less carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide,
thus reducing the carbon footprint of a product.
Another benefit of recycling is that there is often a significant cost saving to be made when
using recycle goods. Recycling leaves and grass, for instance, is a great way to make compost.
Using homemade compost is obviously a lot cheaper than buying compost and this is a useful
way to save money. Saving money through recycling ultimately helps the environment.
Recycling is just one of many ways that we can help the environment. Every step that we
take, however small, is one more towards helping and supporting the environment in which we
live. Getting everyone involved, from children to adults, can help produce a better environment
for many generations to come.
36. The environmental problem of landfills is a difficult issue to fix because .
A. wastes can make the soil biodegradable or slow to decompose
B. we have difficulty keeping paper out of landfills for recycling
C. the problem gets bigger and more waste is put into landfills
D. wastes can remain in landfill sites for centuries, often emitting harmful gases
37. The following statements are the benefits of recycling paper EXCEPT that .
A. recycling uses less energy than manufacturing new products
B. recycling helps use more energy to produce new items
C. recycling helps protect trees that can consume carbon dioxide
D. recycling helps reduce wastes at landfill sites
38. Recycling can help to solve the problem of pollution because .
A. it reduces the carbon footprint of products
B. it helps people stay far away from landfill sites
C. it helps people forget the unpleasant smell and flies
D. it reduces biodegradable wastes at households
39. Using homemade compost is cost-effective as .
A. it is a good way to make compost at home
B. we can recycle leaves and grass
C. it is both economical and good for environment
D. it can prevent unpleasant smell or flies
40. All of the following statements are true EXCEPT that .
A. recycling wastes also helps us to limit harmful gases
B. there are many ways that we can do to help the environment
C. even the smallest thing we do might have significant results in protecting the environment
D. getting adults involved in recycling can help to have a better environment
VII. Complete the conversation about simple ways to protect the environment, using the
responses (A-G) given. There are two extra ones.
A. We don’t throw away our daily newspapers, save them for recycling or use it for another
purpose.

B. Old clothes that are unsuitable for charity shops can be cut up into rags, so that you can
stop using paper towels.
C. Sometimes we waste a lot of clean water, and water conservation is becoming one of the
most important environmental issues.
D. When we make our own compost, we’ll have a ready supply of free organic fertilizer for
our flowers, lawn, and vegetable garden.
E. Your actions make you part of the solution rather than part of the problem.
F. Have you ever heard the phrase “reduce, reuse, recycle”?
G.We should start replacing our current appliances with Energy Star models.
Mai: I think we should look for simple ways to protect our environment, Anna.
Anna: I agree with you, Mai. Have you got any?
Mai: (41)__________________________________________________________________
It’s one of the simple ways to save the environment.
Anna: The 3Rs? Fantastic. We can apply them at home, and at school. Reduction, first?
Mai: At home, we can take shorter showers. (42)___________________________________
Anna: That’s right. We should cut down on energy. Unplug the appliances when you're not
using them. Some people don't realize that their appliances pull electricity even when
they’re turned down.
Mai: (43)__________________________________________________________________
Anna: This can be a little expensive, but in the long term it can save a lot of money. We can
repair our clothes when they tear and use them again. Let’s move on to the next -
recycling.
Mai: OK. All the aluminum cans, steel cans or plastic containers can be collected and
recycled. (44)__________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Anna: Besides newspapers, we can save and recycle other paper products such as junk mail,
used copy paper, old faxes, or cardboard boxes. How can we recycle things from our
kitchen?
Mai: Instead of throwing away food scraps from our kitchen, we should start a compost
pile or bin in the garden. (45)______________________________________________
Anna: And we can even add leaves and grass to this.
VIII. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about solutions to water pollution.
You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.
46. Vietnamese organizations/ individuals/ work together/ solve/ problem/ water pollution.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
47. People/ use less chemical fertilizers/ and go in/ organic farming.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. We/ try/ not/ throw waste/ rivers, lakes, streams or seas.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. The government/ require/ all the companies/ follow/ regulations strictly.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. It/ very necessary/ raise people’s awareness/ important role/ water/ their daily activities.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Unit 10: ECOTOURISM
A. PHONETICS
1. A. environment B. ecology C. concentration D. community
2. A. alternative B. competitive C. conservative D. inexpensive
3. A. eliminate B. intervention C. eventually D. inhabitant
4. A. ecology B. minority C. historical D. favourable
5. A. equality B. eco-friendly C. inorganic D. vegetation
6. A. adventurous B. energetic C. sustainable D. traditional
II. Put a mark (') before the stressed syllables of the underlined words and read aloud.
1. At an altitude of 178 meters, Ba Be is the only significant natural mountain lake in Viet Nam.
2. Ba Be Lake is unique among Vietnamese protected areas for the diversity of freshwater
habitats.
3. The wonder of Cao Son Eco-Lodge in Lao Cai is inspirational with mild weather, authentic
culture of local hill tribes and spectacular landscapes.
3. The limestone forest ecosystem at Phong Nha - Ke Bang supports a high diversity of plant
and animal species, and it is of the greatest conservation significance.
4. The vegetation of Cuc Phuong National Park is dominated by limestone forest.
5. Cuc Phuong National Park supports populations of several mammal species of conservation
importance.
6. The Southeast area of Viet Nam has typical ecological systems with Cat Tien, Con Dao
National Park, Can Gio Biosphere Reserve, which are characterized by high biological
diversity.
7. Bac Lieu Bird Sanctuary Nature Reserve is a coastal rich and diversified salt forest floor with
the natural salt-marsh ecosystem.

I. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box.
Cu Lao Cham Island Tour

In May 2009, UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Cu Lao Cham - Hoi An was established which
includes Hoi An Ancient Town, the river inlet, and Cham Islands.
Getting on a speedboat to start departure from the pier to Cu Lao Cham Island, you will
enjoy the excited (1) with beach waves as well as the blue sea. On arriving at
Cu Lao Cham Island, you will do walking tour for exploring more this attractive island. At the
beginning of the tour, you will visit the nature (2) showroom of Cu LaoCham
Island where the history, map, objects are on (3) . Next, you continue to visit
Au Thuyen where the local boats are hidden in big storms.
After that, you will take a boat to visit the wonderful (4) of this charming
island. Firstly, you will be transferred to visit the local fishing village of Bai Huong with more
than 100 families who mainly live by the fishing. After that, go ahead to Bai Xep for snorkeling
to see the nice coral (6) under the sea. It’s so interesting to explore the coral when
the sunshine lights up right to bottom of the sea to make coral so beautiful and twinkle inside
sunlight and water.
Next, you also have chance to visit the nice scene of Bai Chong with white (7)
, green (8) and many particularly interesting large (9) on the
way to Hang Yen Cave. Arriving at Hang Yen Cave, you will have chance to survey the living
area of swifts. The edible nests of swifts are used in bird's nest soup, a delicacy in some
countries. Then you will back Bai Chong Beach. Have lunch in a small local restaurant to taste
specialties and (10) of Cu Lao Cham Island.

After lunch, you will get on a speedboat to return the mainland.
1. Ecotourism is a form of travel that seeks to improve environmental , foster
cultural respect, and benefit the economic of local communities. (aware -
develop)
2. The Mekong Delta is one of the world’s largest and most inland
fisheries. (produce)
3. Son Doong Cave has been recognized as the largest cave in the world.
(nature)
4. Phong Nha Cave has the longest underground river, the and longest cave, and
most beautiful fine sand beaches inside the caves, the most spectacular
stalagmites and stalactites. (high - broad)
5. The most typical ecotourism activities are visits and studies in some national parks,
activities in the mountain areas, and community-based ecotourism activities in the
. areas. (adventure - mountain)
6. consider Phong Nha - Ke Bang to be of particular importance for bird
. (research - conserve)
7. The Central Highlands is also highly appreciated thanks to its high diversity.
(biology)
8. The Bach Ma area has long been famous for its rich biodiversity, and plant species
within Bach Ma National Park is still high. (rich)

After breakfast at a restaurant, it is time to take an easy walk to Cat Cat Village, located in a
peaceful, beautiful valley of terraced rice paddy. You’ll visit some cottages of Black H' Mong (1)
minority on the way down to a wonderful waterfall. If coming at the right time,
you can enjoy the traditional musical (2) performed by the local artists.
Continue your Sa Pa trip to Ta Van Village in Muong Hoa Valley. On the way, you get a(n)
(3) to visit a school for the children of Black H’Mong, Dzay and Red Dzao ethnic
families. The students and teachers are all happy to welcome you in. You will see how hard the
(4) here from the clothes, shoes, bags... which the children are wearing. If you have
those unused, it is so (5) of you to give those things to the kids. We often say, "Old
for us, but new for others". Your visit to the school here is a lasting impression.
Continue your Sa Pa tour along the mountainous road and have another experience to walk in
the buffalo path. Then, you visit the Dzay houses to compare the differences with Black H'Mong
homes. After that, you walk down to Muong Hoa River bank to have a nice (6) and
great lunch with (7) music dance and show by the local people.
You can enjoy your free discovery of the local market before transferring to Lao Cai Station
for the overnight (8) to Ha Noi.
IV. Complete the conditional sentences with will and the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
1. If it (rain) tomorrow, we (not go) to the zoo.
2. If it (be) a nice day, I (have) lunch in the park.
3. If you (go) camping in the summer, I (go) with you.
4. He (miss) the bus if he (not leave) now.
5. If I (see) Kevin, I (tell) him you called.
6. We (be) late if we (not hurry) .
7. If it (not rain) tomorrow, we (go) to the beach.
8. We (be) early if we (leave) now.
V. Match the sentence beginnings (0-5) with the sentence endings (A-F). Write conditional
sentences, and number 0 has been done for you as an example.

Six ways to help save the Earth
C 0. turn off your TV or computer at night A. waste less water
_____ 1. print on both sides B. reduce plastic pollution
_____ 2. spend less time in the shower C. save electricity
_____ 3. buy local food D. reduce traffic pollution (and get fitter)!
_____ 4. stop drinking bottled water E. use much less paper
_____ 5. walk or cycle more F. reduce unnecessary food transportation
0. If you turn off your TV or computer at night, you will save electricity.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
VI. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Life on Earth is experiencing huge change because of the success of one species - humans. In the
last 500 years, 844 species have died out. Some scientists believe that in the next few years we
(1. lose) another 16,000 species if we (2. not change) our
behaviour.
 Habitat loss - If we (3. not stop) destroying the rain forest, many
species (4. lose) their natural habitat and disappear.
 Hunting - Rare species (5. become) extinct if illegal hunting (6.
continue) .
 Over-fishing - Many common fish including tuna and salmon (7. not survive)
if we (8. not control) fishing.
 Pollution - This is the biggest problem and leads to climate change. If the world (9.
continue) to get hotter, the ice will melt and sea levels will rise.
If we (10. not act) now, our success may mean disaster for future
generations.
VII. Mary is a sixteen-year-old school girl who is dreaming of her perfect holiday.
Complete the conditional sentences about her dreams.
Reality
If Mary goes on holiday, ...
1. she goes on holiday with her family
___________________________________________________________________________
2. she goes to Wales
___________________________________________________________________________
3. she stays at a campsite
___________________________________________________________________________
4. she can go sightseeing and visit old castles and churches
___________________________________________________________________________
5. the weather is awful/ she always wants to go home
___________________________________________________________________________

Dream
If Mary were older and richer, ....
6. she her boyfriend.
7. she tropical island.
8. she luxury hotel.
9. she swimming with dolphins and snorkeling over coral reefs.
10. she surfing and scuba diving.
VIII. Complete the questions with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Then do the
questionnaire.
1. If you (find) a wallet in the street with some money in it, would you ?
A. keep the wallet B. take it to a police station
C. spend the cash and then take it to a police station
2. If a friend (leave) a bag at your house, would you ?
A. look through it B. call the friend immediately
C. give it back the next time you saw the friend
3. If a shop assistant (give) you too much change, would you ?
A. keep the money B. tell him or her and give it back
C. quietly leave the change on the counter and say nothing
4. If you (see) a spider in the bath, would you ?
A. kill it B. scream C. pick it up and put it outside
5. If you (can live) anywhere you wanted, would you live ?
A. in a city B. in the country C. in the mountain
C. READING
I. Read the article about Hawaii. Which is the best island for the activities (1-5). Write O
for Oahu, M for Maui, and BI for Big Island in each blank.
Welcome To Hawaii
Hawaii is a popular holiday destination. But which island should you choose for your holiday in
paradise?
OAHU
All the international flights go from the capital, Honolulu, on Oahu Island. Oahu is the most
populated island and home of the famous Waikiki beach. International surfing competitions take
place here. Oahu is also the place for shops, restaurants and the best nightlife.
MAUI
Maui is the most romantic island and ideal for relaxing. There are white sandy beaches with
turquoise water, and in summer the waves are small and perfect for inexperienced surfers. In
winter, you can see whales in the warm water. Maui is ideal for nature lovers and visitors falling
in love with the island’s natural beauty.
BIG ISLAND
Big Island is cheaper and for the more adventurous visitors. You can go to the top of the highest
mountain - 4000 metres above sea level, and enjoy an amazing view.
_____ 1. When I’m on holiday, I enjoy shopping to buy presents for my family.
_____ 2. I’ve never seen a whale - I really want to go whale-watching one day.
_____ 3. When I’m on holiday, I like new experiences like learning to surf.
_____ 4. I’m not interested in sport when I’m on holiday. Lying on the beach is my favourite
activity.
_____ 5. Climbing a mountain is very hard work, but you get a fantastic view from the top!
II. Read the article about “On The Move Holidays”. Match the holidays with statements
(1-10). Write A for the motorbike tour, B for the canoe tour, and C for the railway tour.
On The Move Holidays

Holiday journeys can be a nightmare ... sitting in a crowded airport lounge waiting for your
delayed flight ... stuck in a traffic jam on your way to the coast ... or waiting in a long queue with
hundreds of others at Immigration. Why not try something a bit different? Try “On The Move
Holidays”, where the journey is the holiday! Here are three of our popular options:
A. Motorbike Tour Of New Zealand
If you want to see the beauty of New Zealand and love motorbiking, this is the perfect holiday
for you: a 19-day motorbike tour of the North and South Islands of New Zealand. Enjoy the
peaceful lakes, mountains and forests and relax on the beaches next to the clear water. You can
also take part in some sports, such as horse-riding, and diving. A fantastic way for any biker to
see one of the most beautiful countries in the world! Comfortable accommodation in four-star
hotels.
B. Amazon Canoe Tour
During this six-day canoeing and camping trip, we travel along the Amazon River through the
world’s biggest rain forest. Our groups have a maximum of 12 people with at least three
experienced guides per group. At night, we go camping in the jungle, and before you go to sleep
you can listen as hundreds of night animals fill the forest with sound. You can also go on
interesting excursions to native villages, where you can meet some of the local people, try some
of their traditional food and learn more about the native culture.
C. Moscow To Beijing by The Trans-Siberian Railway
A train journey to remember! Moscow to Beijing by train - thirteen days and 6,000 kilometres
across Russia, Siberia, and Mongolia. The 1st, 2nd, or 3rd class sleeping cabins - the choice is
yours. On the way you can meet the locals, enjoy the beautiful scenery of Siberia, buy your food
at the stations or take your meals in the luxurious dining car. You can visit Lake Baikal - the
world’s largest and cleanest lake - and finally, you can experience the many attractions of
Beijing - one of the world’s biggest capital cities!
In which tour, .
1. we can live in nature and experience the ethnic culture __________
2. we stay in really good hotels __________
3. it is interesting to see how local people live __________
4. the whole journey lasts nearly two weeks __________
5. we spend some really nice days by the sea __________
6. there are people selling food __________
7. it is very noisy in the tent at night! Sometimes we can’t sleep. __________
8. we are there for almost three weeks - it is great! __________
9. it is good to do some sightseeing in the capital __________
10. we can travel on our own __________
III.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the
following passage.
Located only 40 km from downtown Ho Chi Minh City, Can Gio Mangrove Biosphere
Reserve, with great historical and cultural traditions. Can Gio is uniquely valuable for its (1)
- 72 mangrove plant species, some of which are rare species listed in the Viet Nam Red
List.
Recreational visits to Can Gio started in the mid - 1990s as students from the city came to
visit the beach and see monkeys on the weekends.
There are three main tourist (2) in Can Gio. The Forest Park is (3) to a
mischievous 600-member monkeys, a semi-natural crocodile pool, and a historical museum.
Visitors enjoy walking under the cool mangrove branches and playing with the monkeys.
The Vam Sat site includes a bat sanctuary in the (4) area and a bird sanctuary containing
over 10 species listed in the Red List. Vam Sat (5) visitors with basic knowledge of the
ecosystem of mangrove fauna and flora, and has therefore attracted a good (6) of scientists
and true eco-tourists.

The April 30th Beach is located in the transition zone near Can Gio Town. (7) the
long beach is not of high quality, it is near the city and features cheap local seafood.
At the moment and in general, the impact of tourism on the local economy and society is (8)
. Some local community members have seen their income increase and their living
standards improve through employment in beach services. But (9) in Can Gio is also
having some negative impact on the environment and the community. With the number of
visitors increasingly rapidly, beach pollution is becoming a problem. Waste (10) each
morning, but for the rest of the day, rubbish from food and drink shops are thrown into the beach
creating unhygienic conditions.
1. A. difference B. range C. diversity D. quality
2. A. features B. parts C. types D. programmes
3. A. house B. accommodation C. room D. home
4. A. flood B. flooded C. flooding D. floodwater
5. A. gives B. provides C. offers D. presents
6. A. number B. rise C. digit D. amount
7. A. Because B. Although C. However D. When
8. A. beneficial B. right C. positive D. negative
9. A. ecology B. ecotours C. ecotourists D. ecotourism
10. A. collects B. is collected C. will be collected D. has collected
IV. Read the text about the Rainforest Flyway Company, and do the tasks that follow.
Come "fly" over the Rainforest - We'll take your breath away!
Located in Cairns, Australia, Rainforest Flyway is a world leader in ecotourism. We lake our
guests on a breathtaking “'flight” over rainforest trees and straight into the heart of the
rainforest for an unforgettable experience.
On the Flyway, you’ll experience over 7.5 kilometers of living rainforests while learning
about this spectacular place. Did you know that Australia’s rainforests are home to over 3,000
different plant species? And some of the trees here are more than 3,000 years old! After this visit
you’ll understand why it’s so important to preserve the rainforests. And you’ll see that
environmentally responsible travel can be fun, educational, and breathtaking.
Even if you’re a world traveler, you’ve never experienced anything like the Rainforest
Flyway. You’ll start your unique journey above the rainforest, as you “fly” in a comfortable
gondola only a few meters above the trees. Sit back and enjoy the extraordinary scenery. You
will be amazed at the breathtakingly rich and lush foliage. And rest assured, there was no
damage done to the rainforest ecology during the construction of your gondola. That’s why the
development of the Fly way took over 40 months to complete.
Your gondola will bring you down into the rainforest itself, where you follow a path to see,
hear, and smell the rainforest environment from the ground. Free tours are available several
times a day. Tour guides can point out some unusual plants, provide you with interesting facts
about rainforest ecology, and answer your questions.
Your Rainforest Fly way experience lasts 90 minutes and ends in the small town of Kuranda,
just 25 kilometers northwest of Cairns. Here, you can continue your eco-tour with a visit to the
protected areas that 2,000 tropical butterflies call home. You can also buy original arts and crafts
made by the people of Kuranda. And if that isn’t enough, you can continue on to the wildlife
reserve located a short 9 kilometers west of Kuranda to see animals from all parts of the world.
Rainforest Flyway has won numerous awards, including Travel Planet magazine’s “Best
Ecotourism Destination”. Call or visit us online to make your reservations.
Task 1: Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
1. On this trip you can learn about .
A. some great ecotourism destinations B. tour guides
C. the ecology of Australia’s rainforests D. the environmentally responsible travel
2. A gondola is .
A. a rainforest animal B. a person who leads the tour

C. a type of transportation D. a tree more than 3,000 years old
3. On this trip, guests into the rainforest.
A. don’t go B. are lowered C. are raised D. are not allowed to step
4. Rainforest Flyway encourages guests to .
A. follow a path to explore the rainforest
B. make a new path in the rainforest
C. take a souvenir from the rainforest
D. take another Fly way to view the rainforest
5. Tour guides can .
A. bring you down into the rainforest
B. give you souvenirs
C. make reservations for you
D. teach you about the rainforest
6. The rainforest has .
A. many types of arts and crafts
B. 3,000 different types of plants
C. animals from all parts of the world
D. 2,000 different types of tropical butterflies
1. How long is the Rainforest Flyway tour?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Who can answer questions about the rainforest?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. How can you make plans to visit the Rainforest Flyway?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Where is the wildlife reserve?
___________________________________________________________________________
D. SPEAKING
I. Complete the conversation with the correct phrases/clauses below.
A. went to the country F. go to the coast.
B. It has beautiful beaches G. My dreams is to go to Florida
C. stay in an apartment H. stayed at a campsite
D. stayed with my family I. went sightseeing
E. went snorkeling J. go on holiday
A: Where do you usually (1) , Anna?
B: Every year we (2) and (3) but last year, for the
first time, we went camping.
A: Oh, really, where to?
B: We went to Corsica and (4) .
A: What was that like?
B: Wonderful. The campsite was on the beach so we went swimming and sunbathing every day.
I even (5) and saw some jellyfish.
A: Wow! Is Corsica nice?

B: Yes. (6) and some really high mountains with forests and mountain
streams. My mum and dad left us on the beach a lot and (7) . Dad loves
visiting old churches and castles. What about you? What did you do?
A: Oh, we (8) again and (9) . It’s the same every
year. It’s so boring. (10) but my parents say it’s too expensive.
II. Complete the conversation about the eco tour to Cuc Phuong National Park and Van
Long Nature Reserve, using the responses (A-H) given.
A. On the second day, after breakfast you’ll make a short hike to visit the Primate Rescue
Centre to learn about the significant work being done to help protect the endangered
species of the park.
B. In the afternoon, you will enjoy a two-hour canoe trip through spectacular scenery made
up of limestone mountains reflected in emerald water and lush rice fields.
C. They’re in Ninh Binh, and this province is very rich in nature with diverse ecosystem.
D. You’ll arrive in Hoa Lu first, and visit the two temples of King Dinh and King Le in the
10th century, and the remaining of the ancient Hoa Lu Capital.
E. I think you should take a two-day eco tour to Cuc Phuong National Park and Van Long
Nature Reserve.
F. You’ll then go to Tam Diep for a very exciting bicycle tour through Cuc Phuong National
Park, which became the first national park in Viet Nam in 1960.
G.You will start in Ha Noi at 8am, and it takes about two and a half hours to come to Ninh
Binh by coach.
H.Then you will arrive at the centre of the Park in the afternoon, walk around the center and
the lake to refresh all your tiredness.
Peter: You know, Nam. I’m thinking about going on an eco tour to a national park next
weekend. Could you recommend one?
Nam: (1)______________________________________________________________________
Peter: Sounds fantastic! We can go to two destinations. Where are they, Nam?
Nam: (2)______________________________________________________________________
Peter: I see. How long does it take to come to Ninh Binh?
Nam: (3)______________________________________________________________________
On the way, you can enjoy beautiful sceneries of the Vietnamese countryside.
Peter: Great! Where will we stop first?
Nam: (4)______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Peter: And then we’ll go to Cuc Phuong National Park. Right, Nam?
Nam: Exactly. (5)_______________________________________________________________
During the tour, you’ll visit the Cave of Prehistoric Man. Then, you will be amazed by a
1000-year-old big tree right in the middle of the woods, which is considered the spirit of
Cuc Phuong.
Peter: It sounds interesting, but quite challenging on the first day of the tour.
Nam: Don’t worry, Peter. (6)______________________________________________________
You’ll have dinner and stay overnight in a bungalow in the National Park.
Peter: What will we do on the second day?
Nam: (7)______________________________________________________________________
You then cycle 12km from the park centre to the main road through the rainforest.
Peter: Wow. A lot of exercising, but I like cycling, Nam.
Nam: A car will take you to Van Long Nature Reserve, which covers 3,000 hectares of
picturesque water landscape. You have lunch at a local restaurant. (8)_________________
________________________________________________________________________

Peter: After that, we’ll come back to Ha Noi?
Nam: Right. I hope you’ll enjoy your eco tour.
E. WRITING
Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about Ca Mau National Park. You have to
add some words or make some changes when necessary.
1. Now/ WWF’s ecotourism project/ Ca Mau National Park/ offering/ new livelihood
opportunities/ local community.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2. Local people/ become/ ecotourism hosts/ which/ bring/ them/ so much joy/ benefits.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Visitors/ come/ see/ End Point Tower/ which/ mark/ southernmost tip/ Viet Nam.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. WWF/ help/ community/ build/ bird watching tower/ and/ provide/ binoculars and bird
watching books.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Bird watching/ now/ a major attraction/ and/ many guests/ stay overnight/ just/ observe/
birds/ dawn and dusk/ when/ they/ return/ their resting spots.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6. The park staff/ offer/ eco-trails/ show/ biodiversity/ areas.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 (UNIT 10)
1. A. sustainable B. status C. destruction D. nature
2. A. deplete B. device C. exotic D. challenge
3. A. biodiversity B. biogas C. biology D. biosphere
4. A. cultural B. national C. numerous D. fantastic
5. A. sustainable B. beneficial C. environment D. traditional
6. We can help the environment by using green and sustainable energy sources.
A. keep B. waste C. save D. enjoy
7. Ecotourism are important to the overall sustainability of the country's tourism
industries.
A. intentions B. plans C. drawings D. designs
8. Texas is to a number of eco-tour companies, and plenty of ranches and resorts.
A. home B. house C. accommodation D. building
9. Seattle is one of the most cities in the US.
A. ecology B. ecosystem C. eco-friendly D. ecological
10. In Alaska, the ecotourism operators are designed to help minimise tourism , which
may be more difficult to control as an independent traveler.
A. action B. power C. result D. impact
11. I have a test to take tomorrow morning. If I free time, I to Cuc
Phuong National Park with you.
A. have - will go B. had - would go C. will have - will go D. had - went
12. Phong Nha Cave has been regarded by the British Cave Research Association as the top cave
in the world its four top records.
A. due to B. because C. despite D. with
13. the decisive assistance of the villagers, we would not be able to facilitate the eco
tour.
A. With B. Without C. But D. Neither
14. According to the weather forecast, it will be fine at the weekend. If the weather fine,
we on camping at the weekend.
A. is - will go B. will be - will go C. were - would go D. was - went
15. After lunch, we take a short walk to the elephant camp you will enjoy an exciting
elephant riding.
A. that B. when C. where D. what
IV. Continue the story. Make conditional sentences. Number 0 has been done for you as an
example.
I’m late! I think I'm going to miss the bus...
0. → be late for school: If I miss the bus, I will be late for school.
16. → not go to the English class
If I am late for school,__________________________________________________________
17. → not practise speaking
___________________________________________________________________________
18. → not improve my speaking skill
___________________________________________________________________________

19. → fail my exam
___________________________________________________________________________
20. → not be allowed to go on an eco tour to Cuc Phuong National Park
___________________________________________________________________________
V. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some
extra words.
Tonle Sap Lake

Five provinces circled the area of Tonle Sap Lake, and more than three million people inhabit
around the bank of the lake, earning a living by catching fish and making (21) .
Tonle Sap is the largest fresh water lake in South East Asia. Its dimension changes
depending on the monsoon and dry season. During the rainy season from June to October, the
lake is filled by water flowing from the Mekong with 14 meters in depth and expands the surface
of 10,000 square kilometers. In the dry season from November to May, its size is 3,000 square
kilometers with two meters in depth and (22) flows out from the lake to the
Mekong. The flooded forest surrounding the edge of the lake is the best shelter and also very
important for all kinds of fishes. This lake supports (23) , with over 300 species of
fresh water fishes, as well as snakes, crocodiles, tortoises, turtles and otters, and more than 100
varieties of water birds including storks, pelicans, etc.
The lake is also an important commercial resource, providing more than half of the fish
consumed in Cambodia. In harmony with the specialized (24) , the human
occupations at the edges of the lake are similarly distinctive: floating villages, towering stilted
houses, huge fish traps, and a way of life deeply involved with the lake.
The boat trip through the floating village takes approximately two hours. You will explore
the Khmer, Muslim and Vietnamese floating households and the floating (25) ,
fisheries, clinics, schools, basketball course, pigsty and other boatloads of tourists.
VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the
following passage.
Depart from Ha Noi and head for Highland of Ha Giang, it would be a long but fantastic trip.
It is the zigzag mountain path that will make your journey unforgettable.
Meo Vac is exactly the next (26) that will take your breath (27) . You will
totally be the feeling of adventure, feeling of peace and feeling of full discovery. Starting your
way of exploration, Meo Vac is the right place for you to check out some of 23 minority groups
in Ha Giang, which (28) Hmong, Tay, Nung tribes. The Nho Que River seems to be so tiny
among big mountains. You can see here and there the locals in their colorful dresses, (29)
on the terraced fields.
Making the way north, you will arrive in Dong Van. The minibus creeps in the layers of (30)
again, overwhelming you with loads of beautiful sceneries. Passing Heaven’s Gate, Rock
Plateau, which was (31) by the UNESCO as a geological park, seems to appear before your
eyes like a masterpiece of nature. Like other sites in Ha Giang, Dong Van is (32) all
year round, particularly, on Lunar New Year holiday when various cultures of minority groups
are strongly and widely exposed. Besides, you will be able to witness the brilliant yellow paddy
fields around August and September, which is in the (33) of the harvest season.
Up to Lung Cu, the (34) beauty of rocky area will continue to captivate your soul.
The Highest Flagpole of the North Viet Nam, Old Palace of Hmong King, Pho Bang Old Town
are of your good choices here. They (35) the harmony between culture and history of
the highland. Let’s join in the local market, and we guarantee that you will have what you are
looking for!
26. A. place B. area C. position D. destination
27. A. away B. out C. in D. back
28. A. contain B. consist C. include D. surround
29. A. work B. to be working C. worked D. working

30. A. rocks B. clouds C. soils D. earth
31. A. admitted B. realized C. regarded D. recognized
32. A. attract B. attracted C. attractive D. attracting
33. A. center B. middle C. period D. equality
34. A. amazing B. shocking C. upsetting D. frightening
35. A. produce B. cause C. provide D. create
VII. Read the passage about ecotourism, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for
each question.
As most potential ecotourist sites are inhabited by ethnic minorities, the principle of
“encouraging community participation in ecotourism activities” should both create income and
help maintain cultural identity. These communities have a deep understanding of traditional
festivals, cultivation and land use customs, traditional lifestyle and handicrafts, and historical
places. A trip to the limestone mountain of Cao Bang - Bac Kan, for example, is valuable not
only for the Ba Be Lake, but for the opportunity to learn about cultivation customs, dying
practices using endemic plants to produce brocading, and traditional handmade boats of precious
timber collected in the forest.
Because ecotourism is important for environmental education, maintenance of indigenous
culture, and local economic development, both investment and government encouragement are
required.
One research shows that 90 percent of ecotourist guides lack environmental knowledge about
the flora, fauna, and natural resources in the area, and 88 percent would benefit from ecotourism
guidebooks written especially for them. An illustration of wasted potential caused by this lack of
training is Ha Long Bay, a world heritage site with immense environmental value - coral reefs,
limestone mountains, thousands of flora and fauna species of high biodiversity, and rich cultural
identity. But tourists in Ha Long Bay are presently visiting only the Bay and some caves, not
accessing environmental information or local cultural activities. In general, the full potential of
ecotourism has not yet been reached.
International visitors to Viet Nam often like to visit ethnic minority villages to observe the
culture, meet local people, and participate in traditional activities. The ethnic minorities who live
in or near nature reserves maintain distinctive lifestyles, cultural identities, and traditional
customs. These features are part of the real value of ecotourism. However, local people are not
much involved in ecotourism.
In addition, local people still live in poverty, their life closely associates with natural
resources. The economic benefits of ecotourism need to be shared with them, but this will not
happen without community participation.
36. An eeo tour to the region of ethnic minorities is very valuable because tourists .
A. can make a trip to the limestone mountain of Cao Bang - Bac Kan
B. can learn dying practices using endemic plants to produce brocading
C. can make traditional boats of precious timber collected in the forest
D. can understand the aspects of cultures and traditions
37. Ecotourism can bring all the following benefits EXCEPT .
A. maintaining cultural identity
B. providing opportunities to learn about traditional customs
C. establishing more national parks and nature reserves
D. introducing cultures of ethnic minorities to foreign tourists
38. Tourist guides who lack environmental knowledge can’t .
A. make tourists access all environmental information or local cultural activities
B. take tourists to Ha Long Bay, a world heritage site with immense environmental value
C. get ecotourism guidebooks written especially for them
D. make ethnic minorities have a deep understanding of their traditional festivals
39. In order to develop ecotourism, local communities should .
A. depend on natural resources B. take part in all aspects of ecotourism

C. change their distinctive lifestyles D. share the economic benefits of ecotourism
40. The word “distinctive” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .
A. staying the same for a long time B. easily understood
C. clearly different from others D. close to nature
VIII. Complete the conversation about an eco tour to Cat Ba National Park, using the
A. We use the private support boat when paddling to explore hidden corners of Ha Long Bay.
B. We’ll enjoy lunch of local seafood and spend the rest of the first day to explore the town
or relax on Cat Co beaches.
C. The base camp is staffed by friendly local people who'll cook us good breakfast.
D. On the last day we’ll spend the whole day paddling and exploring the bay at our own pace.
E. From Hai Phong, we take an express boat to Cat Ba Island and it takes about two hours.
F. After lunch we walk to Viet Hai Quay for a short paddling on Lan Ha Bay to a beach
where we will camp for a night.
G.Then we will have a long walk across dense jungle to reach the peaceful village of Viet
Hai.
Mai: Hi, Kevin. Packing your bag? Are you going somewhere?
Kevin: Yeah. We’ve booked an eco tour to Cat Ba Island.
Mai: How do you go there?
Kevin: (41)__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________.
Then we board a small boat to cruise to our private base camp.
Mai: Sounds good. Maybe you are tired after a long journey to the island.
Kevin: That’s right, Mai. (42)____________________________________________________
Mai: And you will go around the island the next day?
Kevin: Right. We take a bus ride along the coast to reach Cat Ba National Park. (43)________
_____________________________________________________________________.
We will have lunch after going around Frog Lake.
Mai: What will you do after lunch, swimming or paddling?
Kevin: (44)__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________.
The crew from the support boat will cook our dinner and make sure we have a
comfortable night.
Mai: Fantastic. I wish to spend overnight at a campsite. What will you do on the last day?
Kevin: (45)__________________________________________________________________.
Some of the many caves that lead to beautiful lagoons, and some floating villages to
see the unique way of life there.
Mai: If you have more time, you will explore the limestone formations and grottos there.
Have a good trip, Kevin.
Kevin: Thank you, Mai.
IX. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about Gao Giong Ecotourist Park in
Dong Thap. You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.
46. Gao Giong Ecotourist Park/ established/ 1980s/ located about 20 kilometers/ Cao Lanh
Town/ southern Dong Thap Province.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
47. Upon arriving/ visitors/ invited/ enter/ traditional thatched house/ which/ receive up to 100
people.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________

48. Gao Giong Ecotourist Park/ offer/ visitors/ chance/ relax/ hammocks/ under/ shade of cajuput
trees/ or/ catch fish/ nearby canals.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Tourists/ also take/ quiet stroll/ forest/ or/ climb/ a watchtower/ spectacular panoramic view/
area.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Tourists/ try/ row/ boat themselves/ and/ take many beautiful photos.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Notes:
 hammock (n) = võng; cajuput (n) = tràm

TEST 2 (UNIT 10)
1. A. safari B. camping C. relax D. natural
2. A. understand B. culture C. public D. scuba-diving
3. A. reserve B. conserve C. preserve D. desert
4. A. diversity B. ecology C. eco-friendly D. remarkable
5. A. awareness B. financial C. exotic D. biosphere
6. You can climb up Mount McKinley, the highest peak in North America, to explore the rest of
Denali National Park in Alaska, and view some wildlife.
A. excited B. great C. interested D. spectacular
7. The vast wilderness of Alaska offers some unbelievable ecotourism opportunities, and one of
the most tourism industries in the USA.
A. safe B. sustainable C. natural D. environmental
8. Villagers can compete against the commercial fishing and timber companies who the
natural resources of the area, taking as much as they want.
A. leave B. decrease C. deplete D. lower
9. The Mekong Delta is an extraordinary place that international tourism.
A. attracts B. persuades C. offers D. considers
10. The areas are very for tourists who love to study and discover.
A. successful B. aware C. suitable D. available
11. The gardens and islets near the Tien and Hau River are very attractive ecotourism of the
region.
A. sights B. destinations C. views D. scenes
12. The show Captain Bob's Adventure Children is available now. If children of all ages
it, they part in an airboat ride and an interactive reptile show.
A. enjoy - will take B. enjoys - take
C. enjoyed - would take D. enjoyed - took
13. If you to Pak Ou Caves in Laos, you thousands of Buddha images and statues
which have been deposited here over centuries.
A. go - see B. go - will see C. went - saw D. would go - saw
14. Local people can't see the benefits of ecotourism in their region. If ecotourism their
lives by creating new job opportunities, they a more active role in the conservation.
A. improves - will play B. improves – play
C. improved - would play D. improved - played
15. If visitors their holiday in Hawaii, they in typical ecotourism activities, such
as whale watching, kayaking, surfing, snorkeling, scuba diving, and boating.
A. spend - participate B. spend - will participate
C. spent - would participate D. would spend - would participate
IV. Rewrite the conditional sentences for the following situations.
0. My parents don’t like foreign food, so we don’t go on holiday abroad.
→ If my parents liked foreign food, we would go on holiday abroad.
16. I can’t go to the school concert because I have to help my parents.
___________________________________________________________________________
17. I don’t have enough money, so I can’t buy a new mobile phone.
___________________________________________________________________________

18. I can’t go out because I have so much homework.
___________________________________________________________________________
19. I don’t download more films because I don’t have a fast computer.
___________________________________________________________________________
20. I feel tired because I do a lot of sport.
___________________________________________________________________________
V. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some
extra words.
Nam Cat Tien National Park

In the early morning of the first day, the guide will pick you up and transfer to Nam Cat Tien
National Park, located on a low mountainous area of Dong Nai Province. Nam Cat Tien is an
area which represents a special ecosystem of wet (21) with biodiversity.
You will take a boat trip along the Dong Nai River to view the (22) on the river
banks. You can stop at the grassland area to search for peacocks, jungle fowl and birds that
prefer a more open habitat. After that, you can continue to go to Kim Lan Village, once a French
military camp and now the main village to the one ethnic (23) of the park.
The song of birds will wake you up in the morning of the second day. You go hiking to the
crocodile lake with plenty of (24) to see many varieties of bird life and, if you are
lucky, the chance of spotting larger mammals. The Siamese Crocodile is an endangered (25)
and this is one of the last remaining places in the world that you can still see
them in the wild. In the evening, a walking tour along the track following the river through the
botanical garden to Heaven Rapids, which provide you with good opportunities to see the birds
and possibly the gibbon.
VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the
following passage.
Visitors to Viet Nam would like to learn the long history and rich culture. If you are keen on
visiting a place without (26) the environment at the same time, think about taking a
bicycle tour and you will find you are rewarded with a very special ecotourism experience. There
are many different cycle trips you can (27) but a particular favourite one is the tour of
the Mekong Delta.
The Mekong Delta has a rich (28) of culture and tradition and you can see this (29)
you slowly travel through this very distinct part of the world.
Vietnamese and Khmer people live alongside Chinese communities, and they all rely on the
(30) plains and tributaries of the majestic Mekong River. It is here that many of the
villagers use bicycles to (31) .
Being on a bicycle doesn't mean you will miss out on many of the extra activities and
adventures. You can park your bike and enjoy a trip out to one of the floating villages (32)
people survive by fish farming or you can take an early boat to a floating market to
purchase your food and supplies for the day.
There are plenty of tour operators who will (33) your journey and lodgings for you
as well as carry your excess baggage, or you can (34) of all this yourself and follow the
road less travelled.
This mode of travel means you can really experience the very features of the Mekong Delta
and Viet Nam and know that you are leaving behind only your tyre (35) .
26. A. destroying B. reducing C. damaging D. killing
27. A. afford B. take C. go D. bring
28. A. change B. variety C. diverse D. diversity
29. A. during B. until C. as D. for
30. A. fertile B. dry C. poor D. wealthy
31. A. get by B. get ahead C. get around D. get along

32. A. which B. where C. there D. that
33. A. arrange B. break C. go D. make
34. A. take after B. take notes C. take care D. take advantage
35. A. surfaces B. layers C. spots D. marks
VII. Read the passage about sustainable ecotourism in Laos, and choose the correct answer
A, B, C or D for each question.
Sustainable Ecotourism in Laos
Laos has a low population density, unspoiled diverse ethnic lifestyles, and perhaps the
richest, most extensive network of ecosystems on Indochina. There are over 800 species of birds
and more than 100 large mammals already identified in Laos, with new species being discovered
every year. Some of the more exotic species include tigers, clouded leopards, douc languor
monkeys, gibbons, peacocks, silver pheasants, etc. A network of 20 national protected areas was
designated to protect and conserve its ecosystem. It covers nearly 14% area of the country with
large tracts of tropical monsoon forest, diverse wildlife populations, spectacular limestone
formations, and a diversity of minority ethnic groups.
Laos has been fortunate in many ways, because conservation and environmental protection
took hold very quickly after the country opened up to mass tourism in the early 1990s. Both the
government and many tourism-related businesses took the message very seriously and acted on
it.
Although most of Laos's protected areas are remote and difficult to reach, there are
opportunities for ecotourism activities such as trekking, kayaking, bird-watching, and camping
that allow you to experience firsthand the country's magnificent natural and cultural diversity.
While in Laos, you can make your trip a constructive one by following these simple
guidelines:
 Eat Lao food as much as you feel able. Purchasing fresh foods in the market and eating
Lao dishes ensures that your money supports Lao farmers.
 Purchase local crafts. Purchasing handicrafts in markets or villages directly supports local
artisans and their traditional crafts.
 Stay overnight in villages. Staying overnight in a village as part of an organized tour
provides a genuine and rewarding experience of Lao culture and Lao people.
 Visit national protected areas. Visiting national protected areas can help generate income
and awareness to support the protection of threatened wildlife and forest ecosystems.
36. Laos has many advantages in developing ecotourism because it has .

A. the largest number of national protected areas in Southeast Asia
B. diversity of cultures, ecosystems, and ethnic groups
C. most of Laos's protected areas are remote and difficult to reach
D. a large number of birds and mammals except monkeys
37. National protected areas in Laos have all of the following features EXCEPT .
A. the majority of the country area B. a diversity of minority ethnic groups
C. spectacular limestone formations D. diverse wildlife populations
38. Laos has been fortunate in the development of its ecotourism because .
A. it has developed mass tourism and many tourism-related businesses since the early 1990s
B. tourists can make a constructive trip by following the simple guidelines
C. it has had the right policies and the awareness from many tourism-related businesses
D. there are over 8000 species of birds and more than 1000 large mammals already identified

39. Tourists can take part in several ecotourism activities EXCEPT .
A. trailing B. birdwatching C. kayaking D. staying in a tent
40. According to the guidelines, you should .
A. stays for nights in villages to support wildlife protection
B. buy handicrafts in markets or villages to support Lao farmers
C. visit national protected areas to raise your income and awareness
D. eat, stay, and purchase locally in order to support Lao ecotourism
VIII. Complete the conversation about an eco tour to the Central Highlands, using the
A. On arrival in Da Lat, check in hotel, and have dinner at the restaurant.
B. On the third day of the tour, you have breakfast at hotel, and you leave Da Lat for Lak
Lake about 150 kilometers away.
C. You can combine this with a visit to a traditional silk centre and tea plantations.
D. After that, you go on to visit Dambri Waterfall, surrounded with hills of tea and palm
trees.
E. You will start to visit Truc Lam Pagoda, Tuyen Lam Lake by cable car and Dantala
Waterfall.
F. I’ve heard that in Buon Ma Thuot we can go to Don Village to see the suspension bridge
across the Srepok River, and have an elephant ride.
G.Around the back is a particularly jolly giant - a Happy Buddha with neon halos and a room
built into his ample belly.
Nam: What are you doing, Nick?
Nick: I’m thinking about an eco tour to the Central Highlands for my family.
Nam: Why don’t you take a tour to Da Lat and Buon Ma Thuot?
Nick: Sounds great. They’re two wonderful destinations in the Central Highlands in Viet
Nam. Can we have any activities on the way to Da Lat?
Nam: Of course, Nick. Along the way, you will stop to take photos on Bao Loc Pass. You
will see the immense fields of tea stretching from the edge of the road to the horizon.
Nick: And after that, we’ll travel non-stop to Da Lat?
Nam: No. (41)_______________________________________________________________.
If you view the waterfall from a low position, dozens of rainbows, created by water
and sunlight will be seen. Then you will visit a silkworm factory where people make
cloth from the silk of the worm.
Nick: Then we’ll arrive in Da Lat. Where will we go on the first night?
Nam: (42)__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________.
At night, you are free to go around Da Lat or wander to go shopping at Night Market
of Da Lat.
Nick: And the second day? Where can we go?
Nam: (43)__________________________________________________________________.
This afternoon, you visit Nam Ban Village, and Elephant Fall - a popular stop on the
Easy Rider Trail. Nearby, the Linh An Pagoda has been built to take advantage of the
good “Feng Shui” of having water in front and a mountain behind.
Nick: Wonderful! After that, we’ll go to Buon Ma Thuot. I haven’t been there before.
Nam: That’s right. (44)________________________________________________________.
You will have a cruise on a unique boat on Lak Lake to enjoy the mountain Chu
Yang Sin, the fishing village, Lotus Lake... and have dinner with special dishes of the
local ethnic and enjoy traditional music of the M’Nong minority.
Nick: (45)__________________________________________________________________.
I hope to get the feeling of riding and sitting on a real elephant.
Nam: Exactly. I hope you’ll have a good trip to the Central Highlands.

IX. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about Vam Ho Bird Garden in Ben Tre.
You have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.
46. Vam Ho Bird Garden/ Ba Tri, Ben Tre/ habitat/ nearly 500,000 night herons.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
47. The bird sanctuary/ have/ a lot of wild plants/ trees/ and protective dykes/ safeguard the
birds.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
48. The songs/ birds/ whispering/ plants/ scent/ flowers/ and/ flocks/ flying birds/ make/ scene/
more attractive.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. At sunset/ visitors/ climb high/ tree/ view/ all kinds/ birds.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. Visitors/ feel/ as if/ they/ living/ a world/ sounds, sights and colors.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 4
1. A. ecotourism B. flora C. fortune D. inorganic
2. A. effect B. depletion C. deforestation D. preserve
3. A. fossil B. session C. discuss D. progress
4. A. confusion B. pollution C. influence D. removal
5. A. renewable B. influential C. advantageous D. beneficial
6. In New York State, you can sleep green by staying at one of the hotels, committing to
practices.
A. environment friendly B. environmental friendly
C. environmentally friendly D. friendly environmentally
7. Enrich your time in Hawaii by learning about the of its islands.
A. flora and fauna B. lawns and grass C. floral and animals D. sea and sun
8. In addition, Hawaii is home to some magnificent botanical gardens, opportunities for animal
education, and cultural engagement.
A. conservation B. conservational C. conservationist D. conserve
9. The mangrove forest is home to a variety of wildlife.
A. flood B. flooding C. flooded D. floods
10. Viet Nam has abundant mineral water sources, throughout the country.
A. find B. found C. be found D. finding
11. Without conservation, human beings survive for a long time.
A. will B. won’t C. would D. wouldn’t
12. Farmers have worked hard on their rice crops. If they to work hard, they good
crops.
A. continue - will have B. continue – have
C. continued - would have D. continued - had
13. My father is busy at the moment. If he busy now, he us to Cat Ba National
Park at the weekend.
A. were - wouldn’t take B. is not - won’t take
C. were - would take D. were not - would take
14. If pollution on, the earth a dangerous place to live on.
A. go - will become B. goes - will become
C. would go - would become D. would go - became
15. Chen us that air pollution a serious problem in Beijing.
A. say - is B. told - be C. said - was D. told – was
Unique Cycling Tour To Discover Simple Life In Hue

On the morning of the first day, you start the Hue cycling tour on your biking trip to the
countryside to visit Thanh Toan Bridge, one of the most unique antique bridges in Viet Nam. It
takes you about 8 km from the city centre to Thanh Toan Bridge. On the road, you will see the
scenes of villages look like a nice and lively picture and breathe fresh air with wonderful (16)
. The villages are surrounded in a (17) of green bamboos, rice fields
and a beautiful nearby river.

On arrival, you can enjoy this old bridge with its architecture and the story of its (18)
. You will learn the meaning of the story about the woman who built this bridge for
villagers. Together with the bridge, you can see the small museum which displays Vietnamese
farmer’s (19) on their farm.
In the afternoon, you go on your cycling to pass through roads for more (20) of the
countryside with peaceful and wonderful sights of villages in Hue. Next, you ride up to visit
Vong Canh Hill which is the best (21) for you to have pictures of the Huong River
and pine trees and to feel the romantic beauty of nature...
On the second morning, you will enjoy fresh air and have a close feeling in the village. You
will visit Huyen Khong Pagoda nearby there to find out the daily (22) of Buddhism
and see daily activities of the local people. Then, you will be taken to Hue Temple of Literature
with the doctors' steles to understand more about Viet Nam educational system during the feudal
(23) and Thien Mu Pagoda for more exploration and enjoy the beautiful
panoramic view of the Huong River. Next, take the boat on the Huong River to enjoy the tranquil
(24) and beautiful scenes along the two sides of the river banks. This is the
harmonious (25) with the fishing boats and the peaceful scene of paddy
fields, corn fields, and green fruit gardens.
V. Choose the correct verb forms to complete the sentences.

26. If I (would win/ won) the lottery, I would share all the money with my
family and friends.
27. I wouldn’t study English if I (didn’t/ wouldn’t) need it for my future.
28. It (will take/ would take) me about twenty minutes if I go by bus.
29. If we (don’t leave/ didn’t leave) now, we’ll miss the flight.
30. I could join a band if I (had/ would have) a better singing voice.
VI. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.
“Eco-friendly” or “Environmentally friendly” means the product poses no harmful (31)
on the environment or its inhabitants. This includes the methods used to
manufacture these products. Everyone can (32) in the eco-friendly movement by
simply choosing environmentally friendly products.
Many of our products use renewable plant (33) like bamboo. Bamboo
products are environmentally friendly and are 100% biodegradable and compostable. These
crops are annually renewable and sustainable, meaning they are able to grow back each year.
Besides bamboo, we should use PLA which is an advanced plastic derived from corn and a
renewable resource to make our (34) containers and cups. It is fully
biodegradable and compostable.
Unlike traditional petroleum-based plastics, biodegradable plastic does not produce
greenhouse (35) as it is formed because it is made from plant fibers. PLA does not
produce any toxic material in the composting process and the resulting compost can support new
plant growth.
VII. Complete the conversation about the useful ways to protect the environment, using the
A. Choose matches over lighters because most matches are made of recycled paper while
most lighters are made out of plastic.
B. If glass isn’t recycled, it can take a million years to decompose.
C. If every household in Viet Nam replaced one regular light bulb with one of those new
compact fluorescent bulbs, the pollution reduction would be equivalent to removing
thousands of cars from the road.
D. We only turn on our washing machine when we have a full load.
E. Downloading software on our computer for the present or a later date when you upgrade a
new computer is a good solution.
F. Besides energy conservation, recycling is a very important factor.
G.We should plant on the west side of our house, and it makes out house cooler.

Maria: What are you reading, Mai?
Mai: Yeah, I’m reading an article about “going green”.
Maria: It sounds interesting. We should learn the useful ways to protect our environment.
Mai: That’s right. First, we should save energy. (36)________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Maria: Right. We can also save energy by turning off our computer at night instead of
leaving it in sleep mode, we can save 40 watt-hours per day.
Mai: (37)__________________________________________________________________
People throw away millions of tons of paper every year. For a quick and easy way to
reduce waste, set your printer to print on both sides of paper.
Maria: And if everyone in our country used one less napkin a day, a million kilograms of
paper could be saved from landfills every year.
Mai: You’re right. We often talk about recycling paper, but recycled glass reduces air
pollution and water pollution a lot. (38)______________________________________
Maria: I agree with you. In order to make our neighbourhood green, we should plant trees.
It’s good for the air, the land, and it can shade our house.
Mai: (39)__________________________________________________________________
Consider the amount of pollution created to get our food from the farm to our table.
Whenever possible, we should buy from local farmers or local farmers’ markets.
Maria: Yeah, we can support our local economy and reduce the amount of greenhouse gases
created during transporting. What else can we do with our computers in order to go
green?
Mai: Most software comes on a compact disc, and we throw away millions of CDs every
year. (40)______________________________________________________________
Maria: Anyway, we can use email instead of normal mail or pay our bills online and receive
electronic statements instead of paper. It can save trees and energy.
VIII. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Environmental Pollution and Its Effects
One of the greatest problems that the world is facing today is that of environmental pollution.
Environmental pollution consists of five basic types of pollution, namely, air, water, soil, noise
and light.
Air pollution is by far the most harmful form of pollution in our environment. Air pollution is
caused by fumes emitted by ears, buses, trucks, trains, and factories, such as sulphur dioxide,
carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides. Even smokes from burning leaves and cigarettes are
harmful to the environment causing a lot of damage to man and the atmosphere. Evidence of
increasing air pollution is seen in lung cancer, asthma, allergies, and various breathing problems
along with severe and irreparable damage to flora and fauna.
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC), released from refrigerators, air-conditioners, cause severe
damage to the Earth’s environment. This gas has slowly damaged the atmosphere and depleted
the ozone layer leading to global warming.
Water pollution, caused by industrial waste products released into lakes, rivers, and other
water bodies, has made marine life no longer hospitable. Humans pollute water with large scale
disposal of garbage, flowers, ashes and other household waste. In many rural areas, one can still
find people bathing and cooking in the same water, making it incredibly dirty. Acid rain further
adds to water pollution in the water.

Noise pollution, soil pollution and light pollution too are damaging the environment at an
alarming rate. Noise pollution includes aircraft noise, noise of cars, buses, and trucks, vehicle
horns, loudspeakers, and industry noise, as well as high-intensity sonar effects which are
extremely harmful for the environment.
Soil pollution, which can also be called soil contamination, is a result of acid rain, polluted
water, fertilizers etc., which leads to bad crops. Soil contamination occurs when chemicals are
released by spill or underground storage tank leakage which releases heavy contaminants into the
soil. These may include hydrocarbons, heavy metals, herbicides, and pesticides.
Light pollution includes light trespass, over-illumination and astronomical interference.
41. What is air pollution caused by?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
42. What diseases may air pollution cause?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
43. What are the causes of water pollution?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
44. What types of noise does noise pollution include?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
45. When does soil pollution occur?
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
IX. Use the given words/phrases to make sentences about ecotourism in Cambodia. You
have to add some words or make some changes when necessary.
46. Cambodia/ unique ecosystems/ and/ impressive landscapes/ 23 national protected areas.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
47. Its abundant natural resources/ and/ rich biodiversity/ offer/ potential/ ecotourism
development.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
48. There/ be/ over 60 rare species/ wildlife/ Cambodia/ many of which/ now extinct/ Southeast
Asia.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
49. Ecotourism/ Cambodia/ help/ protect wildlife/ natural environment/ and/ local cultures.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
50. It/ also/ offer/ opportunities/ employment/ and/ sustainable development/ local communities.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

MỤC LỤC
Unit 1: FAMILY LIFE.....................................................................................................1

Unit 2: YOUR BODY AND YOU...................................................................................3
Unit 3: MUSIC.................................................................................................................3
TEST YOURSELF 1..............................................................................................3
Unit 4: FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY........................................................................3
Unit 5: INVENTIONS.....................................................................................................3
TEST YOURSELF 2..............................................................................................3
Unit 6: GENDER EQUALITY........................................................................................3
Unit 7: CULTURAL DIVERSITY..................................................................................3
Unit 8: NEW WAYS TO LEARN...................................................................................3
TEST YOURSELF 3..............................................................................................3
Unit 9: PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT..............................................................3
Unit 10: ECOTOURISM.................................................................................................3
TEST YOURSELF 4..............................................................................................3
Trong sách có sử dụng một số ảnh từ Internet

Bài tập -Tiếng-Anh-10-Lưu-Hoằng-Trí

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bài tập -Tiếng-Anh-10-Lưu-Hoằng-Trí

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bài tập -Tiếng-Anh-10-Lưu-Hoằng-Trí

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LƯU HOẰNG TRÍ

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 3

1. Why didn’t you your bed this morning?

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 4

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 5

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 6

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 7

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 8

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 9

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 10

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 11

16. Family members should develop a plan together to responsibilities more

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 12

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 13

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 14

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 15

B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

II. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

1. Have you got a tissue? I think I'm going to .

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 16

The Many Benefits of Fasting

IV. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 17

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 18

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 19

V. Read the passage carefully, and do the tasks that follow.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 20

Receptionist: Hello, Dr. Winter’s office.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 21

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 22

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 23

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 24

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 25

VIII. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 26

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 27

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 28

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 29

VIII. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 30

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 31

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 32

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 33

III.Choose the correct words to complete the text.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 34

VI. Use to-infinitives or bare infinitives to complete the following sentences.

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 35

VII. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

1. Traditional musical forms are often performed on contemporary stages, “Don

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 36

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 37

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 38

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 39

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 40

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 41

Vietnamese Traditional Theater

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 42

Lưu Hoằng Trí Bài tập Tiếng Anh lớp 10 | 43